Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
Table Of Contents
Chapter 1: UDA ConstructionSuite™ Overview ..................................................................... 1
Disclaimer ......................................................................................................................... 9
iii
Printed Documentation
When logging into ConstructionSuite, the interface opens directly to the Today page. ...16
Documents ...................................................................................................................20
View available columns for each section on the Today Summary tab ............................24
iv
Table Of Contents
v
Printed Documentation
Adding, Deleting and Editing Categories and Subcategories in the Items Database ..........46
vi
Table Of Contents
vii
Printed Documentation
Creating, Editing, and Deleting Projects from the All Projects Tab .................................61
viii
Table Of Contents
ix
Printed Documentation
Creating a New Contact with the Contact Quick Add Form ............................................89
Creating, Editing, and Deleting Contacts on the All Contacts Tab ..................................94
x
Table Of Contents
xi
Printed Documentation
Adding, Editing, and Deleting Items from the Construction Cale ndar ........................... 119
Showing and Hiding Project Names on the Construction Calendar .............................. 122
xii
Table Of Contents
xiii
Printed Documentation
Adding and Deleting Categories, Subcategories, and Items in Estimating ................... 145
xiv
Table Of Contents
Using the Queue to Insert Items into an Estimate with the Items Database ................. 163
xv
Printed Documentation
xvi
Table Of Contents
xvii
Printed Documentation
xviii
Table Of Contents
xix
Printed Documentation
xx
Table Of Contents
xxi
Printed Documentation
xxii
Table Of Contents
xxiii
Printed Documentation
xxiv
Table Of Contents
xxv
Printed Documentation
xxvi
Table Of Contents
xxvii
Printed Documentation
xxviii
Chapter 1: UDA ConstructionSuite™ Overview
About UDA ConstructionSuite™
Introducing the New ConstructionSuite™. UDA has combined the power of the next generation
of ConstructionSuite with feedback and requests from thousands of users to deliver the most
comprehensive project management system for construction professionals available.
Highlights include a new Estimating Platform, Resource Allocation, Change Order
Management, Items Database, two-way QuickBooks Integration, CAD Integration, automated
Application for Payment, Cloud Services, Workflow Management and everything you need to
take control of your projects.
Powerful Integration. Total Control. The ConstructionSuite system takes integration to the next
level to give you complete control over contact and project management. With
ConstructionSuite, you’ll have powerful project management tools fully integrated w ith
ConstructionNet CRM technology. Effortlessly make connections across projects, contacts,
estimates, schedules, contracts, reports, and more with the powerful integration capabilities
of UDA ConstructionSuite™.
Bring on the Breakthrough: ConstructionNet CRM. As the first CRM (Company Resource
Management) solution engineered specifically for the construction industry, UDA
ConstructionNet delivers a dual contact and project database system that untangles the
complex web of managing construction into a sleek and streamlined process. Leverage
comprehensive Contact and Project Information Management, Certificate and Lead Tracking,
Project and Contact Associations, Activities and To Dos, and advanced Calendar functions,
and put the power of cutting-edge CRM technology at your fingertips.
Stop Struggling & Start Streamlining. In a single day of managing projects, you have enough
to keep organized - where your subcontractors are supposed to be, whether your materials
will show up on time, or any number of other details. Add to that contacting your lender for
your financial needs and calling the client to address any questions, and you've already
created a complex web of information. Even if you only manage a few projects a year, you
need more organizational power than a yellow pad or off-the-shelf software can provide. Stop
struggling and start streamlining your business today with the ConstructionSuite™ system.
Read the terms and conditions of this End-User License Agreement before installing, copying, or
otherwise using any UDA product.
This End-User License Agreement (“EULA”) is a legal agreement between you, (“Customer” or “you”),
and UDA Technologies, Inc. (UDA). This EULA is valid and grants the end-user rights only if the
Software is genuine and was purchased from UDA or an authorized reseller. This EULA pertains to all
UDA Software and products, including electronic downloads, CD-Roms, diskettes, associated media,
printed materials, and electronic documentation. By clicking “I AGREE,” installing, copying, or
otherwise using any part of the above software or any associated media, printed materials, or any
online or electronic documentation (the "Software”), you agree to be bound by the terms of this EULA.
If you do not agree to the terms of this EULA, promptly contact UDA for instructions on return of the
unused product(s) for a refund in accordance with UDA’s return policies.
1
Printed Documentation
The term “Computer” used herein shall mean the Hardware, if the Hardware is a single computer
system, or shall mean the computer system in which the Hardware operates, if the Hardware is a
computer system component.
Provided you have paid all applicable fees, registered the Software with UDA, and otherwise complied
with this License Agreement, UDA grants you the following:
1.1 Installation and use. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this EULA, you may install and
use one copy of the Software on a single Computer. The Software may not be installed, accessed,
displayed, run, shared, or use concurrently on or from different computers, including a workstation,
terminal, or other device. If you purchase multiple computer Licenses for the Software from UDA, the
Software may be installed, accessed, displayed, run, shared, or used concurrently on as many
computers as purchased licenses, provided that each individual user accessing the Software has a
valid Software License used only by that computer.
1.2 Registration. Registration associates the use of the software with a specific device. During
registration, the software will send information about the software and the device to UDA. This
information includes the version, language and product key of the software, the Internet protocol
address of the device, and information derived from the hardware configuration of the device. By using
the software, you consent to the transmission of this information. If the device is connected to the
Internet, the software may automatically connect to UDA for registration.
1.3 Validation and Statistics. The software will from time to time validate the software, update, or
require download of new features of the software. Validation verifies that the software has be en
activated and is properly licensed. Validation also permits you to use certain features of the software or
to obtain additional benefits.
1.3.1 During a validation check, the software will send information about the software and the device
to UDA. This information includes the version, language and product key of the software, the Internet
protocol address of the device, information derived from the hardware configuration of the device, and
other project data. By using the software, you consent to the transmission of this information.
1.3.2 If, after a validation check, the software is found not to be properly licensed, the functionality of
the software may be affected. For example, you may need to reactivate the software, or you may
receive reminders to obtain a properly licensed copy of the software. Also, you may not be able to use
or continue to use some of the features of the software, or obtain certain updates or upgrades from
UDA.
1.3.3 You may only obtain updates or upgrades for the software from UDA or authorized sources.
1.4 Software Transfer. The Software may not be shared or used concurrently on different computers.
The initial licensee of the SOFTWARE PRODUCT may make a one-time permanent transfer of this
EULA and SOFTWARE PRODUCT only directly to an end user. This transfer must include all of the
SOFTWARE PRODUCT (including all component parts, the media and printed materials, any
upgrades, and this EULA). Such transfer may not be by way of consignment or any other indirect
transfer. The transferee of such one-time transfer must agree to comply with the terms of this EULA,
including the obligation not to further transfer this EULA and SOFTWARE product.
1.5 EULA Grant for Remote Desktop. You may use remote access technologies to access and use
your licensed copy of the Software, provided that only the primary user of the device hosting the
remote desktop session accesses and uses the Software with a remote access device. These remote
desktop rights do not permit you to use the Software on both the device hosting the remote desktop
session and the access device at the same time.
1.6 EULA Grant for Remote Assistance. You may permit any device to access and use your licensed
copy of the Software for the purpose of providing you with technical support and maintenance services.
1.7 EULA Grant for Documentation. The documentation that accompanies the Software is licensed for
internal, non-commercial reference purposes only.
1.8 EULA Grant for Templates. This Software includes templates. You may copy and modify the
templates available as part of the UDA Software that accompanies this EULA and distribute such
2
Chapter 1: UDA ConstructionSuite™ Overview
templates along with your modifications for use by other licensees of the Software. You may not sell,
resell, license, rent, lease, lend, or otherwise transfer for value, the templates. You may not copy or
post any templates on the Internet or broadcast it in any media. You must indemnify and defend UDA
against any claims or lawsuits, including attorneys’ fees, that arise from or result from the modifications
to templates by you.
1.9 Back-up Copy. You may make a single back-up copy of the Software. You may use one back-up
copy of the Software solely for your archival purposes and to reinstall the Software on the computer.
You may not otherwise make copies of the Software, including the printed materials that accompany
the Software. You may not loan, rent, lease, lend, or otherwise transfer the CD or back -up copy to
another user.
UDA and its suppliers reserve all rights not expressly granted to you in this EULA. This is a license
agreement and not an agreement for sale. UDA continues to own the copy of the software and all
other copies that you are authorized by this agreement to make. The Software and data files
incorporated therein are protected by copyright and other intellectual property laws and treaties. UDA
owns the title, copyright, and other intellectual property rights in the Software and UDA’s suppliers own
the title, copyright, and other intellectual property rights in data files incorporated therein. This EULA
does not grant you any rights to trademarks or service marks of UDA or any of its suppliers. Nothing in
this agreement constitutes a waiver of UDA’s or UDA’s suppliers rights under U.S. Copyright Law,
International Treaty Provisions, or any other federal or state law.
You may not reverse engineer, decompile, or disassemble the Software or the data files incorporated
therein, except and only to the extent that such activity is expressly permitted by applicable law
notwithstanding this limitation.
4. Appropriate Use
This Software is not meant to be, nor does it constitute legal or business advice . None of the contracts,
forms, and templates should be used without appropriate customization and advice from properly
licensed legal counsel familiar with the law that may apply to your circumstances. Sample estimates
and costbook data are provided for reference purposes only, and it is advised that you confirm item
costs with your vendors before calculating project estimates. UDA and its suppliers take no
responsibility for the applicability of these or any materials for the particular transaction you wi ll be
undertaking. UDA Technologies, Inc. and its suppliers will not be liable for any special, incidental, or
consequential damages or lost profits, arising in tort, negligence, contract, or otherwise, in connection
with the use in any manner of the contents of these materials.
5. Upgrades
To use Software identified as an upgrade, you must first be licensed for the Software identified by UDA
as eligible for the upgrade. After installing the upgrade, you may no longer use and you may not
transfer the original that formed the basis for your upgrade eligibility, except as part of the upgraded
Software.
6. Usage Restrictions
For TotalCare members, major product upgrades require a 12 month minimum paid TotalCare
commitment. By accepting major upgrades, you agree to extend your TotalCare subscription to meet
the above qualifications.
TotalCare payments will be billed monthly to the credit card on file. You will provide UDA Technologies
with updated credit card information for cards that will expire during the d uration of this Agreement.
Products and Services covered in this Agreement are nonrefundable. If payments are declined, late, or
otherwise behind, UDA reserves the right to suspend the use of the software until full payment is made,
this suspension of service will not in any way reduce your obligation to pay the order in full. Late fees
may apply.
3
Printed Documentation
TotalCare coverage will automatically renew and continue to be charged after this Agreement ends.
TotalCare coverage can be discontinued by contacting a UDA Customer Service Representative at the
conclusion of this Agreement.
TotalCare Services are nonrefundable. Any actions or disputes relating to this Agreement shall be
brought in the appropriate court in Lee County, Alabama.
For payment plans, UDA reserves the right to suspend the use of the software if payments are
declined, late, or otherwise behind, until the full payment is made, this suspension of service will not in
any way reduce your obligation to pay the order in full.
7. Separation of Components
The Software is licensed as a single product. Its component parts may not be separated for use on
more than one Computer.
8. Termination
Without prejudice to any other rights, UDA may terminate this EULA if you fail to comply with the terms
and conditions of this EULA. In such event, you must destroy all copies of the Software and all of its
component parts.
9. Limited Warranty
9.1 Limited Warranty Conditions. UDA grants you a Limited Warranty that the Software will materially
conform to the documentation and User Guide for ninety (90) days, following your receipt of the
Software. This is your only Warranty. UDA does not warrant that this Software will meet your
requirements. UDA AND ITS SUPPLIERS EXCLUDE AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL EXPRESS
AND IMPLIED WARRANTIES NOT STATED HEREIN, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
9.2 Warranty for Supplements and Updates. Any supplements or updates to the software, including
without limitation, any (if any) service packs or hot fixes provided to you after the expiration of the
ninety-day period are not covered by any warranty or condition, express, implied, or statutory.
9.3 Limitation on Remedies; no Consequential or Other Damages. Your exclusive remedy for any
breach of this Limited Warranty is as set forth below. Except as for any refund elected by UDA, YOU
ARE NOT ENTITLED TO ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES, if the Software does not meet the Manufacturer’s Limited Warranty, and, to the maximum
extent allowed by applicable law, even if any remedy fails of its essential purpose. The terms of
Section 10 (“Exclusion of Incidental, Consequential, and Certain Other Damages”) are also
incorporated into this Limited Warranty. Some states/jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or
limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to
you. This Limited Warranty gives you specific legal rights. You may have other rights which vary from
state/jurisdiction to state/jurisdiction.
9.4 Your Exclusive Remedy. UDA and its suppliers entire liability and your exclusive remedy for any
breach of this Limited Warranty or for any other breach of this EULA, or for any other liability relat ing to
the Software and the data files incorporated therein shall be, at UDA’s option from time to time
exercised subject to applicable law (a) return of amount paid (if any) for the Software in accordance
with UDA’s return policies, or (b) repair or replacement of the Software that does not meet this Limited
Warranty and that is returned to UDA with a copy of your invoice at the address specified by UDA. You
will receive the remedy elected by UDA without charge, except that you are responsible for any
expenses specified in UDA’s warranty remedy documentation. This Limited Warranty is void if failure
of the Software has resulted from accident, abuse, misapplication, abnormal use, or a virus. Any
replacement Software will be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period or thirty days,
4
Chapter 1: UDA ConstructionSuite™ Overview
whichever is longer, and UDA will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide your remedy within a
commercially reasonable time of your compliance with UDA’s warranty remedy procedures.
UDA’s and UDA’s suppliers entire liability to you for any losses shall be limited to the amount you
originally paid for the Software if any. In no event shall UDA or its suppliers be liable for any indirect,
special, incidental, punitive, or consequential damages (including loss of profits) even if UDA or its
suppliers have been advised of the possibility of such damages. The Limited Warranty that appears
above is the only express warranty made to you and is provided in lieu of any other express w arranties
or similar obligations (if any) created by advertising, documentation, packaging, or other
communications. EXCEPT FOR THE LIMITED WARRANTY AND TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, UDA AND ITS SUPPLIERS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE, DATA
FILES AND SUPPLORT SERVICES WITH ALL FAULTS, ANDHEREBY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER
WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS, WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING,
BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY (IF ANY) IMPLIED WARRANTIES, DUTIES, OR CONDITIONS, OF
MERCHANTABILITY, OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR RELIABILITY OR
AVAILABILITY, OF ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF RESPONSE, OR RESULTS, OF
WORKMANLIKE EFFORT, OR LACK OF VIRUSES, AND LACK OF NEGLIGENCE, ALL SUPPORT
OR SERVICES, INFORMATION, SOFTWARE, AND RELATED CONTENT THROUGH THE
SOFTWARE OR OTHERWISE ARISING OUT OF USE OF THE SOFTWARE OR THE DATA FILES.
ALSO, THERE IS NO WARRANTY OR CONDITION OF TITLE, QUIET ENJOYMENT, QUIET
POSSESSION, CORRESPONDENCE TO DESCRIPTION OR NONINFRINGEMENT WITH REGARD
TO THE SOFTWARE OR THE DATA FILES.
To the maximum extent permitted by all applicable law, in no event shall UDA or its suppliers be liable
for any special, incidental, punitive, indirect, or consequential damages whatsoever (including, but not
limited to, damage for loss of profits or confidential or other information, for business interruption, for
personal injury, for loss of privacy, for failure to meet any duty or good faith or reasonable care, for
negligence, and for any other pecuniary of other loss whatsoever) arising out of or in any way related to
the use of or inability to use the Software, the provision of or failure to provide support or other
services, information, Software, and related content through th e Software, or otherwise under or in
connection with any provision of this EULA, even in the event of the fault, tort (including negligence),
misrepresentation, strict liability, breach of contract or breach of warranty, and even if UDA has been
advised of the possibility of such damages.
Notwithstanding any damages that you might incur for any reason whatsoever (including, without
limitation, all damages referenced herein and all direct or general damages in contr act or anything
else) the entire liability of UDA and its suppliers under any provision of this EULA and your exclusive
remedy hereunder (except for any remedy of repair or replacement elected by UDA with respect to any
breach of the limited warranty) shall be limited to the greater amount of the actual damages you incur
in reasonable reliance on the Software up to the amount actually paid by you for the Software or U.S.
$5.00. The foregoing limitations, exclusions, and disclaimers shall apply to the maxim um extent
permitted by applicable law, even if any remedy fails its essential purpose.
This EULA (including any addendum or amendment to this EULA which is included with the Software)
is the entire agreement between you and UDA relating to the Software, the data files incorporated
therein and the support services (if any) and they supersede all prior or contemporaneous oral or
written communications, proposals, and representations with respect to the Software or any other
subject matter covered by this EULA. If any provision of this EULA is held to be void, invalid,
unenforceable, or illegal, the other provisions shall continue in full force and effect.
5
Printed Documentation
OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PUPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or
implied warranties in certain transactions, so this statement may not apply to you.
While reasonable efforts have been made to assure the accuracy of this documentation, in no event
will UDA Technologies, Inc. be liable for direct, indirect, special, incidental, or consequential damages
resulting from any defect in the publication or the associated Software. UDA Technologies, Inc.
reserves the right to change this document at any time without obligation to notify any one.
Integration/Compatibility Requirements
6
Chapter 1: UDA ConstructionSuite™ Overview
Network Requirements
Licensed multi-user versions can be setup using any of the following network configurations:
Download Requirements
High-speed Internet connection (DSL, cable modem, or faster). Clients with dial -up
connections will not be able to download ConstructionSuite due to the large file size.
Microsoft Internet Explorer 6.0 SP1 or later.
NOTE: Actual requirements will vary based upon your system configuration and other
applications installed.
Getting Help
Take advantage of step-by-step instructions, tips, and notes in the improved UDA Help tools. Discover
hundreds of advanced features and options that can help you better manage your company and
projects.
On the main interface, go to Help > UDA Help to access the latest UDA Help included
with your version of the software. You can search UDA Help via the search tab for
answers to your questions.
On the main interface, go to Help > UDA User Guide to access a PDF of the
ConstructionSuite User Guide.
Basic Support: Included with all ConstructionSuite purchases, the Basic support package
entitles you to 30 days of phone support and one year of email, online or fax support. All
support begins from the date of purchase.
7
Printed Documentation
Terms of Service: Select TotalCare features require high-speed internet access. Monthly
TotalCare is automatically billed to a credit card on file. Prepaid TotalCare will bill monthly
after the first year. Major product upgrades require a 6 month minimum paid TotalCare
commitment. TotalCare must be current and in place to be eligible for major product upgrades.
TotalCare can be discontinued by contacting a UDA Customer Service Representative and
services are non-refundable.
Phone: 800-700-8321
Email: support@uda1.com
Before contacting technical support, make sure you have the following information available:
Appropriate Use
This Software is not meant to be, nor does it constitute legal or business advice . None of the
contracts, forms, and templates should be used without appropriate customization and advice
from properly licensed legal counsel familiar with the law that may apply to your
circumstances. Sample estimates and costbook data are provided for r eference purposes
only, and it is advised that you confirm item costs with your vendors before calculating project
estimates. UDA takes no responsibility for the applicability of these or any materials for the
particular transaction you will be undertaking. UDA Technologies, Inc. will not be liable for
any special, incidental, or consequential damages or lost profits, arising in tort, negligence,
8
Chapter 1: UDA ConstructionSuite™ Overview
contract, or otherwise in connection with the use in any manner of the contents of these
materials.
Disclaimer
UDA ConstructionSuite is a powerful, dynamic system with thousands of advanced features designed
for managing construction. With twenty specialized versions, you can select the system that best fits
your business needs.
This help documentation offers a comprehensive, step-by-step guide to all of the features included in
the UDA ConstructionSuite system. Not all ConstructionSuite versions include every feature described
herein. Where possible, features not included in all versions are indicated throughout the
documentation. However, you should refer to the ConstructionSuite Specialized Versions section of
this help documentation for a comprehensive list of the features included in your system.
9
Chapter 2: Getting Started
Installing UDA ConstructionSuite™
1. Click on the download link provided to you by one of our employees via email or
through the online cart. This will open the Install Shield Wizard.
2. Click Next.
3. Read the End User License Agreement and then click “I accept the terms in the
license agreement.”
4. Click Next.
5. Choose a location on your computer to install the UDA ConstructionSuite folder.
Once you have selected a location or if you choose to continue with the default
location, click Next.
6. Click the Install button. This process may take several minutes.
7. Click Finish to exit the wizard. The application will be installed to the default Program
Files directory; typically C:/Program Files/UDA Technologies, or to the location which
you selected.
Open ConstructionSuite
To open ConstructionSuite , click on the desktop icon, or go to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite > UDA ConstructionSuite.
The first time you open ConstructionSuite, it may take several moments for the
database to initialize and load properly.
To log a user out of ConstructionSuite , go to File > Log Out on the main interface.
The user will be logged out and the Log In screen will appear. You may be asked to
close certain programs associated with ConstructionSuite such as OnPoint or
OnCost. Ensure that all of your work is saved in these programs before closing them.
Close ConstructionSuite
11
Printed Documentation
ConstructionSuite is designed to stay open at all times on your computer to give you fast access to the
information you need and to ensure that any reminders you have created will pop up on your screen at
the appropriate time. However, you can easily close the program from your view and let it run in the
background.
To close the program without shutting it down , go to File > Close on the main
interface.
The program will remain running in the background.
To exit the program completely, go to File > Exit on the main interface.
The program will shut down. You may be asked to close certain programs associated
with ConstructionSuite, such as OnPoint or OnCost. Ensure that all of your work is
saved in these programs before closing them.
Designed to help you set up your company information, register your product, import
contacts, and designate your QuickBooks company file (QuickBooks Integration is available
with ConstructionSuite Pro versions or higher), the Initial Configuration Wizard makes it easy
to get started using the new ConstructionSuite system.
Create a Password (optional) and verify it. You are only required to enter a Username each
time you open ConstructionSuite.
4. Click Next.
5. Enter Company Information.
Only Company Name is required, but enter as much information as possible.
Your Company Name and Address are automatically populated into documents, and the Zip
Code is used for features such as the weather forecast and adjusting costs in the Items
Database.
You can edit this information later by going to Tools > Configuration > Company
Information.
6. Click Next, or if you would like to skip ConstructionOnline registration and Data Import, click
Finish .
12
Chapter 2: Getting Started
For first-time users,click 'Get Your FREE Account' and complete First Name, Last Name, Email
Address, and Password and click 'Sign Up'.
8. Click Next.
9. Import Microsoft Outlook Contacts.
The UDA Sync Center will open. See Chapter 23: UDA ContactSync for detailed steps to
perform a contact sync. Once completed, close UDA Sync Center.
UDA ConstructionSuite is pre-loaded with sample data including Projects with related
Contacts, Activities, To Do items, and more to give
you an example of how the system integrates data through ConstructionSuite and
ConstructionNet.
Sample data is stored in the database and can be viewed from any of the tabs such
as Today, Project, Contacts, Calendar,
and To Do. Once you begin using the ConstructionSuite system, however, you may
want to remove the sample data.
13. You have now completed the Initial Configuration Wizard. Click Finish to access the
ConstructionSuite main interface.
NOTE: Not all features are included in every version. For a complete listing of what's
included in your version, view the ConstructionSuite Specialized Versions listing in this help
documentation.
13
Printed Documentation
At the top of the ConstructionSuite Interface, you will find drop-down menus for File, View, Data,
Reports, Tools, Cloud, Trial Versions, Help, and New Features.
File gives you options to create new items within ConstructionSuite, open files, close
the ConstructionSuite window, log out of the system, and close ConstructionSuite.
View provides an alternative method to quickly access various tabs and documents
within the ConstructionSuite system.
Data gives you access to importing database files, contacts, and transactions,
synchronizing information and contacts with Microsoft Outlook, Intuit Quickbooks, and
ConstructionOnline, and also options to back up or restore your ConstructionSuite
database.
Reports gives you quick access to all of the reports that ConstructionSuite has to offer in one
place - including reports generated from estimates, schedules, leads and weather data, among
others.
Tools gives you access to company and user configuration, which includes email and
ConstructionOnline configuration; options to set your preferences for various
functions in the ConstructionSuite system, reminders, and the ability to remove
included data.
Activate will allow you to instantly enter in your license key to activate
ConstructionSuite. License keys are only provided to users after purchase of
ConstructionSuite.
Trial Versions is a complete listing of all of the trial versions that are offered,
including Residential, Commercial, Green Residential and Green Commercial
versions. You can try different versions of the application and experiment with the
features of each of them. To return to your license, select "User License".
Help provides access to all forms of UDA Help, including a PDF version of the User
Guide and Online Assistance (reserved for TotalCare members). You can also Check
for Updates, Submit Feedback, access Live Webinars, get information about
Appropriate Use and contacting UDA Technologies, and also view details of your
license.
The ConstructionSuite Navigation Bar, located below the menu row, enables you to:
Search delivers one of the fastest and most advanced database searches available.
The progressive search begins returning results as soon as you start typing and will
search the entire database for Projects, Contacts, Activities, To Do list items, and
Files that match your search query.
Move back and forth between My Workspaces and Shared Workspaces .
The Server dropdown indicates which computer's database your ConstructionSuite is
logged in to if you are using a multi-user version. To learn more about sharing
databases with multiple licenses of ConstructionSuite, see Working with Additional
Licenses .
Move backward and forward through tabs you have previously visited using the
Backward and Forward Arrows .
Return to the main screen: Today Summary by clicking the Home icon.
Track your progression through the system with the ConstructionSuite Tab Trail .
The ConstructionSuite Sidebar gives you ready-access to essential tools no matter which tab
you are currently working from. These tabs are located on the left-hand sidebar of your
ConstructionSuite interface.
14
Chapter 2: Getting Started
Today will show you an overview of your Recent Projects, Activities, To-Dos,
Financial Graph, Recent Contacts and Recent Files. From here, you can also access
the Items Database, Correspondence Overview and Company Overview tabs.
Estimating will give you options to Launch the Estimate Wizard, Open a Blank
Estimate, Open Estimate Help, as well as display Recent Estimates and all o f the
available Estimate Templates.
Scheduling will give you options to Launch the Schedule Wizard, Open a Blank
Schedule, Open Schedule Help, as well as display Recent Schedules and all of the
available Schedule Templates.
Contracts and Docs will give you options to Launch the Document Wizard, Open a
Blank Document, Open Document Help, as well as display Recent Contracts and all
of the available Contract Templates.
Projects will show you the name and details for all of your ConstructionSuite
projects, as well as provide access to the Overview, Workflow, Project Log and Files
for the selected project.
Project Files will display all projects and their files within ConstructionSuite, as well
as note which files are hosted on ConstructionOnline.
Contacts will display all of your saved contacts within ConstructionSuite. From here,
you can also view Leads, as well as a Contact Summary and Contact Log for the
selected Contact.
Leads will show all of your recorded leads and the details pertaining to each.
Calendar will display a full-screen Calendar showing all of your upcoming events and
activities.
To-Dos will display all of your recorded To-Dos within ConstructionSuite.
Cloud Services XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
Apps and Services will give you access to information on all of our
ConstructionSuite products, ConstructionOnline, TotalCare benefits and the entire
OnSite Mobile App family.
ConstructionOnline SuiteLink in the lower left corner will be activated for TotalCare
members once the ConstructionOnline User Configuration has been completed.
Weather shows the 5-day forecast for your area. You must have a ZIP code entered
in Company Information to use this feature. To learn more about company
information, see Changing Company Information .
Recent Projects lists your recent projects within ConstructionSuite.
Quicklinks gives you instant access to the tasks you'll perform most often in
ConstructionSuite, such as creating new Contacts, Projects, Activities, To -Dos,
Estimates, or Schedules.
Mini Calendar shows the current month. Use the arrows on either side of the month
name to view other months. The Mini Calendar also works in conjunction with the
UDA Construction Calendar. To learn more, see Using the Mini Calendar .
NOTE: To view all of the sidebar features, you can expose the right sidebar by clicking on
the slider signified by five vertical dots and dragging your mouse left. This will display more
sections, including Recent Projects, Quick Links and the Mini Calendar. Additionally,you can
collapse the sidebar completely by clicking on the left side of the column and dragging your
mouse all the way to the right side of the interface.The left sidebar can also be collapsed by
clicking the right side and dragging it to the left.
15
Printed Documentation
The ConstructionSuite tab system is organized into four main sections: Summary, Items
Database, Correspondence Overview and Company Overview.
NOTE: Not all features are included in every version. For a complete listing of what's
included in your version, view the ConstructionSuite Specialized Versions listing in this help
documentation.
When logging into ConstructionSuite, the interface opens directly to the Today page.
From this interface, you will have multiple options for accessing, sorting, and relating information, so
it's easy to customize your company and project needs. You will also find that the interface serves as a
central location for all dynamic templates; allowing you to create estim ates, schedules, contracts,
specifications and more. You can also link templates into the advanced Workflow system to help
smooth the transition between phases and keep your projects progressing effectively. For more
information about Workflows, see About Project Workflows.
The Today tab serves as the home base for managing your construction projects. It also
allows you to use the New dropdown menu in the upper left corner to create a new project,
new contacts, new activities, new to do lists, new correspondences, new notes and files,
including new estimates, schedules, specifications, custom AutoDocs and proposals.
Estimating includes advanced estimating features, including the UDA Items Database
with RS Means integration, Change Order Management, Resource Allocation, and
CAD Integration. From the estimating tab, you can access a comprehensive library of
project-specific estimate templates, including Commercial, CSI, Light Commercial,
Remodeling, Residential, Subcontractor, and any custom templates - depending on
your version. You can also access Estimate Help and the Estimate Wizard, which
takes you step by step through the estimate creation process - from selecting
template style and taxes to project information and color theme. You can also view
any recent estimates you have worked on from this tab.
Scheduling is now faster than ever and includes advanced scheduling features
including multiple predecessors and multiple resource allocation, unlimited baselines
and nested groups, custom holidays and workdays, as well as improved Microsoft
Project Integration and more dynamic reporting options. From the Scheduling tab,
you can create a schedule using the Schedule Wizard, which takes you step by step
through the schedule creation process - from selecting template style and project
information to work days and holidays. Depending on your version, you can also
access templates for Residential, Remodeling, Light Commercial, Commercial, and
any custom templates from the Scheduling tab.
Contracts & Docs includes a comprehensive library of professionally-authored
contracts and forms designed to protect your company and help limit your liability.
Depending on your version, you can access templates for Contracts, Documents,
LEED Resources, LEED Rating Systems, LEED Version 3, Developer Tools,
Personnel Management, Property Management, and various Reports.
16
Chapter 2: Getting Started
17
Printed Documentation
The Project Files tab delivers a comprehensive list of all files you have created in
ConstructionSuite - including Estimates, Schedules, and Documents - sorted by
associated project.
The Contacts tab is a central place to review contact information for all of your stored
contacts. From here you can view, add and edit contacts, manage your leads for
specific projects, generate a contact summary report, send e-mails or text messages
and track insurance. You can directly sync your Outlook contacts into
ConstructionSuite. You also have the ability to view a Contact Summary and Contact
Log for each client.
The Leads tab allows you to view all of your leads for specific projects and the details
and priority associated with each.
The Calendar feature of ConstructionSuite allows you to add new activities and view
by day, week, month or in a list. You can also sort your calendar to only show you a
type of event such as a meeting, call or certificate expiration via the visible types
icon. Completed activities can be hidden in order to streamline and clean up your
calendar.
The To Do List tab allows for the creation of a new to do item and allows you to
classify events by due date. You also have the option of filtering To Do's by status -
overdue, upcoming, incomplete or complete - or you can view all of the to do's
simultaneously to make sure you stay on schedule.
The Apps and Services tab provides users with an inside look at the latest offerings
from UDA. This includes specialized versions of ConstructionSuite,
ConstructionOnline features, TotalCare benefits and OnSite Mobile Apps.
The ConstructionOnline window will give you instant access to your latest
ConstructionOnline announcements, notifications, files and photos as well as the
weather in your area. This is a TotalCare Member Only feature, which must be
activated by completing the ConstructionOnline User Configuration under the Tools
tab.
The Apps & Services tab provides access to UDA Technologies' available products
and services. This includes the various ConstructionSuite Specialized Versions ,
ConstructionOnline , TotalCare Support & Services , and the entire family of Onsite
Mobile Apps .
Search delivers one of the fastest and most advanced database searches available. The
progressive search begins returning results as soon as you start typing and will search the
entire database for Projects, Contacts, Activities, To Do list items, and Files that match your
search query.
The Workspace Icon will allow you to easily move back and forth between 'My Workspace',
represented by a single person, to 'Our Workspace', represented by two people. The 'Our
Workspace' option displays calendars and events for all users operating on your network.
18
Chapter 2: Getting Started
NOTE: Not all features are included in every version. For a complete listing of what's
included in your version, view the ConstructionSuite Specialized Versions listing in this help
documentation.
Today
Project Summary
Items Database
Correspondence Overview
Company Overview
Estimating
Scheduling
19
Printed Documentation
Contracts
Documents
Financing
Financial Forms
Financial Spreadsheets
Planning Guide
UDA Planning Guide
Specifications
Specifications Wizard
LEED Resources
20
Chapter 2: Getting Started
LEED Version 3
Credit Weightings
Rating Systems Technical Advancements
Regionalization
LEED v3 FAQs
Energy Star
NAHB Green
Developer Tools
Application Forms
Commercial Association
Commercial Covenants
Condo, Golf, Timeshare Covenants and Forms
Golf and Ski Covenants and Forms
Homeowners Association
21
Printed Documentation
Residential Covenants
Marketing Tools
Personnel Management
Employment Manual
Human Resources
Operations
Safety Manual
Property Management
Projects*
All Projects
Project Overview
Project Workflow
Project Log
Project Files
*Access Insurance Tracking, Project Workflows, Project Associations, and Project
Dimensions from the Project Overview tab.
Contacts*
All Contacts
Leads
Contact Summary
Contact Log
*Access Lead Management, Insurance Tracking, and Contact Associations from the Contact
Summary tab. Contact synchronization with Outlook and QuickBooks can also be accessed
from the icons in the UDA Contacts tab.
22
Chapter 2: Getting Started
Calendar*
Month View
Week View
Day View
List View
*Synchronization options with the Outlook Calendar can be found in the UDA SyncCenter.
To Do List
Overdue
Upcoming
Incomplete
Complete
All
ConstructionSuite automatically opens to the Today page. To get back to this page from any screen,
select Today in the left toolbar.
Designed to meet your individual company needs, the ConstructionSuite system offers multiple options
for customizing the information you view each time you access the Today Summary tab. You can
collapse and expand sections and select which information you would like to vi ew.
The default view will show Recent Projects, Activities, To Do List, and the Financial Graph.
To view Recent Contacts and Recent Files instead of the Financial Graph, click on the
Financial Graph Icon in the top right of the Today Summary screen.
To collapse a section in the view, click the arrows on the right side of the section header.
The section will be minimized and moved to a location that allows the maximization of other
sections on the tab.
23
Printed Documentation
To expand a section that has been minimized, click the arrows on the collapsed section
header. The section will be maximized again.
To expand the sidebar, click on the left edge of the sidebar and drag it to the left. You will be
able to view more information, including more Quick Links and two months of the Mini
Calendar.
To collapse the sidebar completely, click on the left side of the column and move your
mouse all the way to the right side of the interface.
NOTE: You can also expand/collapse sections by clicking on the section header.
However, the titles of each section (for example, "Recent Projects") are hyperlinked
and will take you to that tab in the ConstructionSuite system. You must click in a
blank part of the section header to expand or collapse it in the view.
To add columns to a section, right-click on the column headers (such as Project Name for
Recent Projects) and click on a column name in the list. The new column will be added to that
section.
To remove columns from a section, right-click on the column header (such as Project Name
for Recent Projects) and de-select a column name from the list. The column will be removed.
View available columns for each section on the Today Summary tab
Recent Projects: The default columns are Project Name and Status. You can also view
Number, Type, Base Estimate, Estimated Value, Actual Costs, Committed Costs, Invoiced
Amount, Start Date, End Date, Duration, Client, Address, City, State, Postal Code, Country,
and Group.
Recent Contacts: The default columns are Contact Name (file as) and Telephone Number.
You can also view First Name, Last Name, Quality, Company, Fax, Email, Address, City,
State, Postal Code, Country, Lead, Lead Quality, Lead Expires, Lead Value, Lead Referral,
Lead Source, and Group.
Recent Files: The default columns are File Name and File Type. You can also view Project
Name, Project Number, File Size, and Date Modified.
Activities: The default columns are Subject and Start Date. You can also view Start Time, End
Date, End Time, % Complete, Contact, Project, Project Number, and Prio rity.
To Do List: The default columns are Subject and Due Date. You can also view Completed, %
Complete, Contact, Project, and Project Number.
NOTE: Depending on your version, you may not be able to view all of the following
information. Consult the ConstructionSuite Specialized Versions listing in this help
documentation to see what features and components are included in your version.
24
Chapter 2: Getting Started
Get fast access to the information you need with the UDA ConstructionSuite Search.
1. Click in the search box and start typing. The Today screen will open a Search Results
tab divided into Projects, Activities, To Do, Contacts, and Files.
2. If the search returns more results than can be shown in the consolidated window,
click the See All link at the bottom of the section.
3. To get back to your results, click the Back arrow at the top of the interface beside the
Home button and Tab Trail.
NOTE: Activities and To Dos are a part of the full version of ConstructionNet CRM,
available in ConstructionSuite Pro and above.
Sample data is stored in the database and can be viewed from an y of the tabs such as Today, Project,
Contact, Calendar, and To Do. Once you begin using the ConstructionSuite system, however, you may
want to remove the sample data.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, go to Tools > Remove Sample Data . All sample data will be
removed from your database.
UDA's Content Delivery System provides you with additional content including Energy Star
Guidelines, Green Workflows, NAHB Guidelines, Marketing Tools, and Quarterly RS Means
Costbooks updates (for TotalCare users only). The Content Delivery System will prompt
you to install the additional content on a daily basis until updated or ignored.
The Content Delivery System will automatically open at launch of ConstructionSuite, with
the options to Install Selected Items, Quit, or Remind me in 30 Days.
If you select Quit, the Content Delivery System will close, and reopen the next time
you launch ConstructionSuite
If you select Remind me in 30 Days, the Content Delivery System will close, and
reopen in 30 days.
25
Printed Documentation
To Install Selected Items, you must first check the box beside the data which you
would like to select. Please note, it may take some time to install additional content,
as they are large files. However, once the install is complete, select Quit, and your
data will be present within ConstructionSuite.
NOTE: With the exception of RS Means Costbooks updates, all data delivered through the
Content Delivery System will be accessible in their prospective folders on the Contracts
tab.
WARNING: It is very important that you do not delete automated fields or bookmarks in the
templates, as doing so will disable the program from generating the report or document. See
the instructions below to learn how to turn on bookmarks in your document.
NOTE: Only users logged in with administrative privileges will be able to edit report
templates.
26
Chapter 2: Getting Started
8. If you wish to undo changes to a template, Right Click the template and click
Restore Template. This will undo all changes that have been made to the template.
27
Chapter 3: Networking with ConstructionSuite™
Working With Additional Licenses
No Server Required. With flexible networking architecture, you don't have to have a
dedicated server to benefit from a shared master database. Proprietary networking
technology makes it easy for any number of users to share information through a peer -to-
peer workgroup, dedicated Windows server, wireless network, remote desktop technology, or
virtual private network (VPN).
Multiple Users. Multiple Locations. Now with ConstructionSuite, it's easy to work in the
office or on the site. In addition to having the ability to log in to a master database, each
licensed computer comes equipped with its own database, so you can utilize the power of
ConstructionSuite on a laptop in the field. Employ UDA SyncCenter, included with all multi-
user editions, to take advantage of bidirectional synchronization between your mobile
computer and the master database before you leave the office, and keep critical project
information at your fingertips throughout the day. When you return, synchronize once again
to update project changes in the master database.
Sharing a database is easy with UDA ConstructionSuite. Follow the simple steps below to get
connected and start saving time by having all of your employees work from a central shared
database.
NOTE: For this process to work successfully, you need to have either a peer -to-peer
network or dedicated server in your office.
Install ConstructionSuite
1. Install ConstructionSuite for each computer that you have purchased a license for.
2. Enter a separate license key for each installation.
NOTE: If you are installing on a dedicated server and you have purchased a 5, 10
or 25 user version of ConstructionSuite Network, use the key that begins with SVR to
take advantage of the Workgroup Server.
To share a database, you must designate a computer to host the primary database, then
create a login for each user who will need to access the database.
29
Printed Documentation
1. Decide which computer you would like to designate as the primary database.
2. Open ConstructionSuite on that computer by clicking on the desktop icon or by going
to Start > Programs > UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite.
3. On the main interface, go to Tools > Configuration > User Configuration.
4. Click the [Add] button in the toolbar to open the User Information Window.
5. Enter a Username and Password. Verify the password.
6. Designate an access level: User or Administrator. An administrator can force check-
in a file if it is opened by another user. To learn more about Check In/Check Out, see
Managing Files with Check In/Check Out .
7. Enter a First and Last Name for the user.
8. Click OK.
9. Use the Add, Edit and Delete buttons on the User Configuration window toolbar to
make the appropriate changes.
10. Click OK when done.
NOTE: The number of users that can log into a single database varies depending
on your version and number of licenses purchased. To purchase additional licenses,
contact a UDA representative at 1.800.700.8321.
1. Once users have a username and password, they can log into the primary computer
when opening UDA ConstructionSuite.
2. Open ConstructionSuite on that computer by clicking the desktop icon or by going t o
Start > Programs > UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite.
3. On the login screen, enter the Username and Password for the primary database.
4. Click the Server> button on the right.
5. Use the drop-down menu to select the primary computer's name from the list.
6. Click OK.
7. The computer is now logged in to the primary database. The name of the primary
computer will appear in the top left of the interface, in the Server pane.
NOTE: If you need to switch to another database and are currently logged into
ConstructionSuite, you can click the arrow next to the server name in the top left
corner of the Interface. Click Yes to confirm change, and then follow the instructions
above to log in to another database.
30
Chapter 4: Workgroup Server
About the Workgroup Server
The ConstructionSuite Workgroup Server contains the central database that connects and stores all
data created from licensed instances of ConstructionSuite on your company network. Designed to be
installed on a dedicated server on your company network, the Workgroup Server installation enables
you to easily access and control all files and information in your ConstructionSuite Network with an
easy-to-use dashboard control center.
31
Printed Documentation
32
Chapter 4: Workgroup Server
33
Printed Documentation
Changes made in the file that are not saved will be lost with the force d check in.
If the file is only checked in and not closed on the computer, the original user can
reactivate the check out without having to re-open the file. This will overwrite any
changes made by other users after the file was opened on the original user 's
computer.
WARNING: If the original user clicks Save after the forced check in, the changes he or she
made will overwrite other users' changes.
34
Chapter 5: ConstructionSuite™ Today Tab
About the Today tab
The Today tab gives you access to your ConstructionSuite Summary, Items Database ,
Correspondence Overview and Company Overview - all powerful tools designed to give you
complete access to your company's most vital information.
The Summary tab is the central launch pad for ConstructionSuite, providing access to
Recent Projects, Activities, the To Do List and the Company Financial Graph
(Activities and To Dos are only available in Pro versions of ConstructionSuite and
above). Recent Files and Recent Contacts can also be shown by hiding the Financial
Graph. To learn more about the Today Summary tab, see Quick Reference for the
Today Summary Tab .
The Items Database tab provides access to the UDA Items Database, a powerful cost
database system that enables you to easily enter and maintain thousands of
materials, labor, equipment, and other costs for your construction projects. To learn
more about the UDA Items Database, see About the Items Database .
The Correspondence Overview tab (included in Commercial Catalyst version and
above) is the comprehensive list of RFI, Submittal & Corresponde nce that has been
completed within ConstructionSuite.
The Company Overview tab offers a powerful, aggregate report. As a central reporting
tool, the Company Overview report enables you to access central information about
your project groups or developments, including total number of projects, start and end
dates, total scheduled days, estimated cost, actual cost, and an array of options for
each project (Aggregate Reporting is only available in Corporate and Network
versions).
The Summary tab also includes Financial Graphs. Get an overall snapshot of the
estimated values and costs associated with each of your projects. The graph can be
filtered in several ways, including by project group, status and project type.
Each time it is opened, the ConstructionSuite system will automatically show the Today Summary tab.
You can customize the view by collapsing and expanding sections and by selecting which information
columns you would like to view for each section via the right click menu.
Recent Projects lists all of the projects you have recently worked on. To learn more about
using Projects, see About UDA Projects .
Create a new project by clicking the [add project] link below any existing projects or by
clicking the New dropdown menu in the top left corner of the Today Summary tab and
selecting New Project.
Go to the Project Overview tab by clicking on a project name.
35
Printed Documentation
If there are more Projects than can be listed in this section, click the See All link at the
bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the ConstructionSuite
system.
Recent Contacts lists all of the contacts you have recently accessed in the ConstructionSuite
system. To learn more about using Contacts, see About UDA Contacts .
Create a new contact by clicking the [add contact] link below any existing contacts or
by clicking the New dropdown menu in the top left corner of the Today Summary tab
and selecting New Contact.
Go to the Contact Summary tab by clicking on a contact name.
If there are more Contacts than can be listed in this section, click the See All link at
the bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the ConstructionSuite
system.
Recent Files lists the files you have accessed most recently.
Activities (only available in Pro versions and above) shows a compiled list of your scheduled
items and project sub-tasks. To learn more about Activities, see About ConstructionSuite
Activities
Add a new Activity by clicking the [add activity] link below any existing activities or by
clicking the New dropdown menu in the top left corner of the Today Summary tab and
selecting New Activity.
Edit an Activity by clicking on the activity entry.
Adjust the time frame for Activities listed on the Today Summary tab by clicking Tools
> Options > Activities and To Do Options on the ConstructionSuite interface.
If there are more Activities than can be listed in this section, click the See All link at
the bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the ConstructionSuite
system.
To Do List (only available in Pro versions and above) shows a compiled list of your overdue
and upcoming To Do List items, including those associated with specific projects or contacts.
Add a new To Do item by clicking the [add to do] link below any existing to do's or by
clicking the New dropdown menu in the top left corner of the Today Summary tab and
selecting New To Do.
Edit a To Do item by clicking on the entry.
Adjust the time frame for To Do List items shown on the Today Summary tab by
clicking Tools > Options > Activities and To Do Options on the ConstructionSuite
interface.
If there are more To Do items than can be listed in this section, click the See All link
at the bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the
ConstructionSuite system.
36
Chapter 5: ConstructionSuite™ Today Tab
37
Chapter 6: UDA Items Database
About the Items Database
Track and Manage Costs Like Never Before. The UDA Items Database delivers a powerful, yet easy-
to-use system to store, track, and manage all of your construction costs. As a central location for all of
your construction cost information, the UDA Items Database gives you instant access to the informati on
you need. With unlimited capacity, progressive search technology, and an ultra -sleek design, the UDA
Items Database takes a giant leap forward in cost management for construction professionals.
Stocked, Loaded, and Ready to Go. Pre-loaded with tens of thousands of materials from RSMeans
MeansData™ Costbooks, the UDA Items Database gives you instant access to both national average
and adjusted local area pricing for materials, labor, and equipment. And, since it's fully customizable,
you can even create your own complete costbooks to track and manage quotes from local vendors.
Select from over 20,000 items and over 38,000 quotes from RSMeans MeansData™
Costbooks for Residential or Commercial Construction. Quarterly updates to the cost
data are available for TotalCare members.*
Adjust pre-loaded costs to your area with just a few clicks.
Create your own construction costbooks , add quotes , and modify existing information .
Store multiple quotes for an item, and set a default quote to use when inserting the
item into your UDA Estimate.
Enter and track quotes from local vendors for easier bid tracking and cost
management.
Access and manage the database easily through the ConstructionSuite™ interface.
Build comprehensive, accurate estimates using costs stored in the database.
Update existing estimates or templates when construction costs for labor or materials
change.
Benefit from unlimited capacity for storing, tracking, and managing costs without
sacrificing stability or performance.
Making Integration Work for You. With advanced integration between the UDA Items Database and
UDA Estimating, you can insert items complete with Item Name, Description, Classification, Vendor
Name, and Cost into your project estimates. When prices change for your items, you can easily update
costs in the database and project estimate with just a few clicks. Plus, you can enable
ConstructionSuite to automatically open the Items Database each time you open an estimate, collapse
the database window for easier viewing, and easily update material and labor costs in a new estimate if
prices have changed in the Items Database.
What's Included in the UDA Items Database.* In all versions of ConstructionSuite, the UDA Items
Database comes pre-loaded with the RSMeans MeansData™ Costbooks for Residential Construction
and RS Means MeansData™ Costbooks for Repair and Remodeling. Commercial and Green versions
of ConstructionSuite come pre-loaded with additional RS Means costbooks, depending on the version.
The additional costbooks are listed below:
Residential Green:
Commercial:
39
Printed Documentation
Commercial Green:
Costbook is the highest level in the Items Database and represents a large grouping of categories,
subcategories, and items. The UDA Items Database comes pre-loaded with the RSMeans
MeansData™ Costbooks for Residential and Commercial Construction, and you can also create your
own custom costbooks.
Categories and Subcategories provide the hierarchical structure within the costbook, and
mainly serve organizational functions.
Items are individual elements in the database that can be inserted into an estimate. To
have a cost associated with it, an item must have at least one quote.
Within the Items Database, you will notice multiple panes that contain and control d ifferent
aspects of the database.
Search : Enables you to locate an item by typing keywords. This function searches
names and descriptions of items in the database.
Costbook: Enables you to s witch between pre-loaded costbooks and custom
cookbooks.
Filter By: Enables you to select a contact to only view items associated with that
vendor.
Multiplier : Enables you to adjust the pre-loaded national average costs according to
your company's location or the project location.
Items Tab : Lists the categories and subcategories for the selected costbook. You can
add, edit, and delete custom category and subcategory names from here.
Items Preview Pane : Contains an expandable/collapsible list of items and quotes. You
can insert, enqueue, and edit quotes from this pane.
40
Chapter 6: UDA Items Database
Show Queue: (only visible when the Items Database is opened from an estimate) The
Queue enables you to keep an active list of items waiting to be inserted into the
estimate and allows you to enter multiple items into the estimate at a time.
1. Go to Start > Programs > UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite >
ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on the Items Database tab located at the top of the Today screen.
1. Open an estimate.
2. Go to Estimating > Items Database .
Select a costbook
1. Access the items database by going to Estimating > Items Database in an open
estimate.
2. If the items preview pane is not viewable, click Expand to expand the section.
3. Click on the selector button beside the panel that shows the currently selected
costbook.
4. Check the box next to the costbook you would like to use. Only one costbook can be
selected at a time.
5. Click OK. You are now associated with the selected costbook.
NOTE: All versions of ConstructionSuite come with the Residential and Repair and
Remodeling Costbooks. Commercial versions come with the Building Construction Cost
Data and Light Commercial Costbooks. Commercial Catalyst, Developer, and Enterprise
versions of ConstructionSuite come with the Commercial Costbook, which includes
assemblies and the Green versions of ConstructionSuite come with the Green Costbooks.
Additional Costbooks can be added to any version.
41
Printed Documentation
The RSMeans MeansData™ Costbooks give you access to tens of thousands of items, complete with
descriptions and national average costs. You can use the Multiplier selector to adjust the costs by your
local area.
This feature adjusts pre-loaded materials, labor, and equipment costs according to your company
location. That is, if material costs in your area are 6% above the national average and labor is 4%
below the national average, costs in the RSMeans MeansData™ Costbooks will be adjusted
accordingly.
NOTE: The local area multiplier only applies to pre-loaded costs and will not adjust custom
quotes. You must have a zip code stored for the company information in ConstructionSuite
for the multiplier to adjust your costs.
1. Access the Items Database by going to Estimating > Items Database in an open
estimate.
2. Click on the drop-down arrow next to Multiplier in the top right .
3. Select Company Location from the list. The costs in the database will adjust based
on your area's cost comparison to the national average.
1. Open the Items Database either from the main interface or from an open estimate.
2. Click and type in the Search box located in the top corner of the screen. The search
results will appear in the Items Preview Pane.
NOTE: If you type multiple words such as "maple cabinet" in the search box, the search
will only return items that contain both words instead of showing all items that have either
"maple" or "cabinet".
42
Chapter 6: UDA Items Database
1. Access the Items Database by going to Estimating > Items Database in an open
estimate.
2. Click on the selector button next to the Filter By panel .
3. Click Select Contact from the pop-up menu. The Select Contact form will open.
4. Choose a contact from the list and click OK. The costbook will now only show items
associated with the selected contact.
1. Access the Items Database by going to Estimating > Items Database in an open
estimate.
2. Click on the selector button next to the Filter By panel .
3. Select Clear. The costbook will now show all items in the preview pane.
Creating an Assembly
4. Fill in the Name, Description, Unit, and add any desired notes.
43
Printed Documentation
Create a costbook
1. Open the Items Database either from the main interface or from an estimate.
2. Click on the selector button next to the Current Costbook field. The Select Costbook
form will open.
3. Click the [add costbook] link or click the New icon on the toolbar.
4. Type a name for the new costbook and click OK.
5. To begin building your new costbook, check the box next to the new costbook name
and click OK.
6. Add categories, subcategories, items, and quotes as desired using the Categories
and Items toolbars.
The csv import looks for the following 31 columns in the order listed:
1. Category
2. Subcategory
3. Item Name
4. Description
5. Item Notes
6. Unit
7. Material Cost
8. Material Notes
9. Material Vendor
10. Material Issued
11. Material Expires
12. Labor Cost
13. Labor Notes
14. Labor Vendor
15. Labor Issued
16. Labor Expires
17. Equipment Cost
18. Equipment Notes
19. Equipment Vendor
20. Equipment Issued
44
Chapter 6: UDA Items Database
1. Open the Items Database either from the main interface or from an estimate.
2. Click the selector button next to the Costbook field. The Select Costbook form will
open.
3. Click on a costbook name to highlight it.
4. Either click the Edit button in the toolbar, or right-click on the item name and select
Edit from the pop-up menu .
5. Type the new costbook name in the box and click OK.
6. Click OK again to exit the Select Costbook form.
Delete a costbook
1. Open the Items Database either from the main interface or from an estimate.
2. Click on the selector button next to the Costbook field. The Select Costbook form will
open.
3. Click on a costbook name to highlight it.
4. Either click the Delete button on the toolbar, or right-click the item and select Delete .
5. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. All categories, subcategories, items, and quotes
associated with that costbook will be deleted.
45
Printed Documentation
NOTE: To add categories or subcategories, you can open the Items Database either from
the main interface or from an estimate. Categories and subcategories cannot be added to the
pre-loaded RSMeans MeansData™ Costbooks.
Add a category
1. In the Items Database expandable/collapsible costbook tree in the left panel, select
[add category].
2. The New Category form opens. Type a name for the category in the box.
3. Click OK.
Add a subcategory
NOTE: To rename categories or subcategories, you can open the Items Database either
from the main interface or from an estimate.
Rename a category
46
Chapter 6: UDA Items Database
1. In the Items Database expandable/collapsible costbook tree in the left panel, click on
the category name you wish to change.
2. Select the Edit icon on the toolbar . The Rename Category form will open. (You can also
edit the category name by right-clicking the category and selecting Edit Category)
3. Type a new name for the category in the box and click OK.
Rename a subcategory
1. In the Items Database expandable/collapsible costbook tree in the left panel, click on
the subcategory name you wish to change.
2. Select the Edit icon on the toolbar . The Rename Subcategory form will open. (You can
also edit the subcategory name by right-clicking the subcategory and selecting Edit
Subcategory)
3. Type a new name for the subcategory in the box and click OK.
NOTE: To move categories or subcategories, you can open the Items Database either from
the main interface or from an estimate.
1. In the Items Database expandable/collapsible costbook tree in the left panel, right-
click on the category or subcategory name you wish to move.
2. Select the Rearrange Categories option from the pop-up menu and choose if you
would like to move the category or subcategory up or down. The selected category or
subcategory will move up or down one place in the tree.
NOTE: To outdent or indent categories or subcategories, you can open the Items
Database either from the main interface or from an estimate.
1. In the Items Database expandable/collapsible costbook tree in the left panel, click on
the category or subcategory name you wish to move.
2. Select the Rearrange Categories option from the pop-up window and choose if you
would like to outdent or indent. Top-level categories can only be indented, but
subcategories can be outdented or indented, depending on their original position.
47
Printed Documentation
NOTE: To delete categories or subcategories, you can open the Items Database either
from the main interface or from an estimate.
Delete a category
1. In the Items Database expandable/collapsible costbook tree in the left panel, right-
click on the category name you wish to delete, and select Delete Category. (You can
also delete a category by selecting the delete button on the toolbar after selecting the
category.)
2. Click Yes to delete the category and any corresponding subcategories, items, and
quotes.
Delete a subcategory
1. In the Items Database expandable/collapsible costbook tree in the left panel, right-
click on the subcategory name you wish to delete, and select Delete Subcategory.
(You can also delete a subcategory by selecting the delete button on the toolbar after
selecting a subcategory.)
2. Click Yes to delete the subcategory and any corresponding subcategories, items, and
quotes.
NOTE: To add items, you can open the Items Database either from the main interface or
from an estimate.
48
Chapter 6: UDA Items Database
NOTE: To edit items, you can open the Items Database either from the main interface or
from an estimate.
Edit an item
1. In the Items Database preview pane, click on the name of the item you wish to edit.
2. Select the Edit icon on the toolbar . The Edit Item form will open. (You can also edit the
item by right-clicking and selecting Edit item from the pop-up menu.)
3. Modify the Item Name, Description, Unit, or Notes.
4. Click [add quote] to enter a new quote, or right-click on an existing quote to edit,
delete, or set the quote as the primary quote.
5. Click OK when done.
NOTE: To delete items, you can open the Items Database either from the main interface or
from an estimate.
Delete an item
1. In the Items Database preview pane, click on the name of the item you wish to delete
and select the Delete button on the toolbar. (You can also right-click on the item and
select Delete Item from the pop-up menu.)
2. Click Yes to confirm delete. The item and any quotes linked to that item will be
removed from the database.
49
Printed Documentation
NOTE: To add quotes, you can open the Items Database either from the main interface or
from an estimate.
If the item does not have a quote associated with it, right-click on the item name and select
New Quote from the pop-up menu.
2. On the New Quote form, enter as much information as needed. Name, Description, and Unit
cannot be changed from this window.
Classification: Use the drop-down menu to select a classification. Choose between Material,
Labor, Equipment, Subcontractor, and Other.
Vendor: Click the button next to this field to launch the Select Contact form. Choose a contact
to assign as the vendor and click OK.
Issue Date: The current day's date will be automatically filled. Click the button next to this field
to select a new date from the calendar.
Expiration Date: The default expiration date for the quote is three months from the current
date. Click the button next to this field to select a new date from the calendar.
Notes: Enter any notes about the quote such as stipulations from the vendor or supplier.
NOTE: For each item, the Set as Default Quote check box will determine if this particular
quote is used as the default quote. This is a manual setting and will not automatically switch
to a most recent quote if you enter multiple quotes for the same vendor. However, if you have
stored a more recent quote from a particular vendor for an item in the estimate and choose to
Refresh Item Costs in the estimate, the cost will be updated to the most recent cost from the
default quote's vendor. For more information, see Refreshing Item Costs or Designating
Default Quotes.
NOTE: To edit quotes, you can open the Items Database either from the main interface or
from an estimate.
Edit a quote
50
Chapter 6: UDA Items Database
1. In the Items Database preview pane, click on an item name to view its quotes.
2. Click on the quote you wish to edit.
3. Select the Edit icon on the toolbar . The Edit Quote form will open. (You can also edit
the quote by right-clicking it and selecting Edit Quote from the pop-up menu)
4. Make desired changes and then click OK when done.
1. In the Items Database preview pane, click on an item name to view quotes.
2. Double-click on either the date or cost. (A hyperlink should appear as you mouse
over either of these.) The Edit Quote form will now open.
3. Make desired changes and then click OK when done.
NOTE: To delete quotes, you can open the Items Database either from the main interface
or from an estimate.
Delete a quote
1. In the Items Database preview pane, click on an item name to view its quotes.
2. Click on the quote you wish to delete, and select the Delete button on the tool bar.
You can also delete a quote by right-clicking the quote and selecting Delete Quote
from the pop-up menu .
3. Click Yes to confirm delete.
NOTE: To designate default quotes, you can open the Items Database either from the
main interface or from an estimate.
1. In the Items Database preview pane, click on an item name to view quotes. For each
classification, you must set a default quote.
2. Double-click on the quote you wish to designate as the default and check Set as
Default Quote at the bottom of the Edit Quote window .
3. You can also Right-click on the quote you wish to designate as the default and select
Set as Default Quote from the pop-up menu. This quote will be used whenever you
insert the item with that classification into an estimate.
NOTE: If the Default quote is expired, it will still be used as the Default for the item. The
Default Quote designation is a manual setting that must be changed.
51
Printed Documentation
For each quote, you have the option of selecting an expiration date. Quotes that are expired can be
filtered out of the Items Database preview pane, making it easier for you to access the most up -to-date
information. The expiration date is shown in the quote summary for each item in the preview pane. You
can also change or view the expiration date by launching the Edit Quote form.
NOTE: To change the expiration date of a quote, you can open the Items Database either
from the main interface or from an estimate.
1. In the Items Database preview pane, click on an item name to view its quotes.
2. Right-click on the quote you wish to edit and select Edit Quote. (You can also double-
click on the quote you wish to edit)
3. The Edit Quote form will open.
4. Click the button next to the Expiration Date to launch the mini-calendar.
5. Select the new expiration date.
6. Click OK on the Edit Quote form when done.
1. In the Items Database preview pane, select the Tools dropdown menu in the upper-
left.
2. Select Options. This will bring up your Items Database options.
3. From this window, un-check the box labeled Show Expired Quotes to hide quotes
that are no longer valid
4. Click OK to close the Options window.
NOTE: You can also edit other options from this window, such as the default expiration
period, insertion options, showing inactive items/categories, and whether or not to always
keep the Items Database window on top of other open windows.
Create detailed estimates from the industry's most popular costbooks. UDA
ConstructionSuite 2011 now includes RS Means Data costbooks, the most used, quoted, and
respected unit price guides available. With more than 25,000 items included in UDA
ConstructionSuite 2011, RS Means Cost Data is the professional estimator's first choice for
reliable price data for accurate budgeting and estimating.
Easily create your own customized costbook with Duplicating Costbooks. Quickly
create custom costbook information based on existing costbooks. In ConstructionSuite 2011,
you can duplicate any existing costbook within the system and then customi ze it by deleting
or inserting categories, items, or quotes.
52
Chapter 6: UDA Items Database
Reliable construction cost information for residential, commercial, and industrial products.
The latest prices for labor and material for nearly 100,000 items and 14,000 assemblies
across North America and Canada.
Instant access to both national average and adjusted local area pricing for materials and
labor.
The ability to create your own complete costbooks to track and manage quotes from local
vendors.
NOTE: Experience Quarterly RS Means Costbooks Updates when you sign up for
TotalCare Service & Support Package. For more information, visit TotalCare or call your
Customer Support Representative at 1.800.700.8321.
53
Chapter 7: UDA Projects
About UDA Projects
More Power for Your Projects. If there's one thing all construction firms have in common, it's that
each project requires an immense amount of information to be organized in order for the project to be
completed successfully. Even if you only manage a few projects a year, you're bound to need more
than an off-the-shelf software can provide.
Integrated Project Information. UDA ConstructionSuite™ gives you the power and integration you
need to take control over project management, so you don't have to struggle with keeping it all straight.
In a moment's notice, you can navigate to a current project's tab and get all the information you need in
a single glance, and you won't waste valuable time trying to juggle information.
Create connections. As a part of the cutting-edge CRM technology of ConstructionNet, UDA Projects
delivers world-class project information management that enables you to create connections across
Contacts, Estimates, Schedules, Contracts, Specifications, Activities, To Dos, Certificates, Workflows,
and Dimension Sets.
Easily access, view, and edit project-specific information such as Related Contacts,
History, Workflows, Change Orders and more through the Projects tab.
Develop a comprehensive record of all project files, contacts, and correspondence.
Keep project information organized by selecting a Project for all ConstructionSuite
activities.
Use UDA Projects with advanced Workflows to ensure each step in the process gets
completed on time.
Easily backup and synchronize Project information using UDA ProjectBackup and UDA
ProjectSync .
Protect projects and files by restricting access with Permissions.
Grant employees permission to view and/or edit information for certain projects or
files.
Add company specific information to any project using custom fields.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Go to File > New > New Project , or click New Project in the Quick Links window. The
Project Wizard will open.
3. Click Next once you have read the Introduction screen.
55
Printed Documentation
4. Enter as much information as desired. Project Name and Project Type are required.
Project Name (required): Type a name for the project. (Example: Anderson Residence or Lot
1323)
Project Type (required): Click the button next to the Project Type selector box to open the
Project Type form. To learn more about Project Types, see Understanding and Using
Project Types.
Client: Click the button next to the Client selector box to open the Select Contact form. The
client will show up as a related contact for the project. To learn more about relating contacts
and projects, see Understanding Project Associations.
Address: Enter the street address for the project. If the Client selected has an address
associated with his or her contact information, you can select the checkbox to use the Client
Address for the Project Address.
ZIP: Enter the project zip code. This is useful for services such as weather tracking.
Project Group: Click the button next to the Project Group selector box to open the Project
Group form. Project Groups are used to organize and filter project information and are
particularly useful for property developers because projects can be grouped according to
neighborhood or development. Once grouped, users of the Corporate or Network version of
ConstructionSuite can take advantage of the Aggregate Reporting System on the Company
Overview tab.
Project Status: Click the button next to the Project Status selector box to open the Project
Status window. Project Status is used to organize and filter project information.
Lender: Click the button next to the Lender selector box to open the Select Contact form. The
lender will show up as a related contact for the project. To learn more about relating contacts
and projects, see Understanding Project Associations.
5. Click Next.
6. Enter as much information as desired in the text boxes.
For a limited scope project, type the Scope of Work information. For larger projects, type a
reference to the specifications you will attach to the proposal or contract package.
Type any Special Conditions necessary. Special conditions are typically conditions specific to
each project that you want to make sure the client is aware of. For example, to ensure the
client fully understands what to expect, you may want to describe certain services that will not
be included in the project.
7. Click Next.
8. Enter or edit Dimensions . If there are no dimensions associated with the selected
Project Type, begin entering the project dimensions by clicking in the value column (if
56
Chapter 7: UDA Projects
not set, this value will be defaulted to 0) and editing the number in the form. To learn
more about using Dimensions, see Understanding Dimensions .
9. Click Finish when you have entered all information. You will be taken to the new
project's overview screen.
NOTE: Not all features are included in every version. Refer to the ConstructionSuite
Specialized Versions section for a complete listing of what's included in each version.
In-depth information about a project is located in the Edit Project form, which can be launched from the
Project Overview tab. From this form, you can view information such as:
Project Info
Project Details
Dimensions
Certificates (Premier versions and above)
Associations
General Information (Estimated Value, Schedule Duration, Change Orders, etc)
Custom Information
Details: Edit or add details such as Scope of Work and Special Conditions by typing in the text
boxes.
57
Printed Documentation
Dimensions: Add or Delete Dimensions by using the buttons in the toolbar. Edit Dimensio ns
by clicking on the appropriate field in the list.
Certificates: Add or Delete Insurance or Bond Certificates by using the Add and Delete
buttons at the bottom of the window. Edit Certificates by selecting an item from the list and
changing the appropriate information in the fields below.
Associations: Add or Delete Related Contacts and Projects by using the Add and Delete
buttons at the bottom of the screen. Edit relationships by selecting a name from the list and
using the selector boxes below to enter information.
General: View Estimate information, Schedule information (Pro versions and above), and
Change Orders (Premier versions and above) and view and delete Applications for Payment
(Premier versions and above).
Custom: Add and Edit additional fields such as Loan Information, Claim Number, or Custom
details. These fields can be sorted alphabetically.
Selecting a Project
Every ConstructionSuite estimate, schedule, or document must have a project associated with it. When
you open any of these, you will be given the opportunity to select or create a project. Selecting a
project for your file links the file to the ConstructionSuite database, which is designed to store and link
information for your company, projects, and contacts.
Select a project
1. When you open a new ConstructionSuite file, you will have an opportunity to select a
project, either from the Project Select form or from a wizard.
2. Select a project name. The project information associated with the selected project
will appear .
3. Click OK. You have now selected a project for your new ConstructionSuite file. Once
you save the file, you can access it from the Projects tab.
The Project Type selector comes pre-loaded with typical construction classifications, but you can also
create your own Project Type categories to fit your project needs.
Pre-loaded Project Type categories include Addition, Bath Remodel, Commercial, Exter ior, Large
Remodel with Addition, Light Commercial, Misc., Multi-family Residential, Office/Warehouse,
Production Building, Remodeling and Single-family Residential.
You can add, edit, or delete Project Type categories to define your project groupings; cre ate a
Workflow for each Project Type; and create a Dimension set for each Project Type.
1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, go to Tools > Options > Project Type Options.
2. Click the button next to the Project Type name at the top of the screen to open the
Project Type selector.
3. Do one of the following:
58
Chapter 7: UDA Projects
To create a new Project Type, click the Add button in the toolbar. Enter a name for the new
type and click OK.
To create a new Project Type from an existing one (complete with associated Workflow and
Dimension set), click on the Type name to select it and click OK. Then, click the Copy button,
enter a new name, and click OK.
To edit a Project Type category name, click on a Project Type name to highlight it, and click
the Edit button in the toolbar. Enter a new name for the type and click OK.
To delete a Project Type, click on a Project Type name to highlight it, and click the Delete
button in the toolbar. Click Yes to confirm the delete.
1. If the Project Types options window is not already open, go to the ConstructionSuite
interface, click Tools > Options > Project Type Options .
2. Click the button next to the Project Type name at the top of the screen to open the
Project Type selector.
3. Use the checkbox to select a Project Type and click OK.
4. On the Workflows tab, click [add workflow]. The Edit Workflow Item window will open.
5. Enter a name for the Workflow Item in the text box.
6. Select an action type:
No Action will only list the item in the Workflow.
Launch Template will enable you to select a template from the Action window that opens.
Fire an Event will enable you to select an Internal or External Action from the window that
opens.
NOTE: Internal Actions are those that occur inside ConstructionSuite such as
opening a project file, launching a wizard, creating a new To Do or Activity; and
External Actions are those that occur outside of ConstructionSuite such as opening
another program or launching a web site. If you choose to fire an external event, you
will need to browse to the program or enter the URL of the web site in the section that
appears under the action type selector.
7. Click OK. Repeat this process until you have finished creating the Workflow.
8. To rename an item in the Workflow, right-click on the item name and select Edit.
Select item options and click OK.
9. To remove an item from the Workflow, right-click on the item name and select Delete .
Click Yes to confirm.
NOTE: You can also move items up and down within the Workflow, as well as
outdent and indent items in the list. These options can also be found by right-clicking
on an item name.
10. Click the Save button at the top of the window to save the Workflow to the selected
Project Type. You can now access and use the Workflow for projects associated with
59
Printed Documentation
the selected Project Type. To learn more about Workflows, see About Project
Workflows.
1. If the Project Types options window is not already open, go to the ConstructionSuite
interface, click Tools > Options > Project Type Options .
2. Click the button next to the Project Type name at the top of the screen to open the
Project Type selector.
3. Use the checkbox to select a Project Type and click OK.
4. Click on the Dimensions tab.
5. Click [add dimension] . A new row will appear.
6. Type a Name for the Dimension. (Example: First Floor)
7. Enter a Value (Optional). (Example: 1200)
8. Select a Unit from the drop-down menu. (Example: Square Feet)
9. Repeat this process until you have entered all of your project dimensions. If
necessary, you can use the Delete button on the toolbar to remove a dimension. You
can also print your dimension set using the Print button on the toolbar.
10. Click the Save button at the top of the window to save the dimension set to the
selected Project Type. You can now access and use the Dimension set for projects
associated with the selected Project Type. To learn more about Dimensions, see
Understanding Dimensions
The default Project Numbering Scheme contains a Mask and a Seed. The Mask is any combination of
characters and also provides automated fields such as year, month, and day. The Seed is the initial
number for the character set that follows the mask.
For example, the default numbering scheme consists of the letters PR (short for project), a two -digit
year, a two-digit month, and a four character number. A project created on September 29, 2008 would
show PR-0809-1000, with 1000 being the four digit number in the Seed succession.
You can change the numbering scheme to fit your company's project identification system.
1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, go to the Tools > Options > Project Number
Schema . The Project Numbering Scheme window opens.
2. Create a Mask using any combination of characters. A list of Special Characters that
control automated fields such as year, month, and day, can be found at the bottom of
the window.
3. Create a Seed. Remember, this will begin the project number count.
NOTE: You must use at least a four-digit seed. Anything less will not be accepted
by ConstructionSuite as it will be more likely to lim it your projects.
60
Chapter 7: UDA Projects
Get fast access to the information you need with the UDA ConstructionSuite Search.
The Search box is located at the top left of the ConstructionSuite Navigation Bar, where you always
have access to it.
1. Click in the search box and start typing. The Today screen will ope n a Search Results
tab divided into Projects, Activities, To Do, Contacts, and Files.
2. If the search returns more results than can be shown in the consolidated window,
click the See All link at the bottom of the section.
3. To get back to your results, click the Back arrow at the top of the interface beside the
Home button and Tab Trail.
NOTE: Activities and To Dos are a part of the full version of ConstructionNet CRM,
available in ConstructionSuite Pro and above.
The All Projects tab contains two sections: the toolbar and the preview pane.
Use the preview pane to view Project Name, Project Number, Status, Type, Group, Estimated
Value, Actual Value, Start Date, End Date, Duration, Client and more. To learn more about
customizing the view, see Customizing the All Projects View .
Creating, Editing, and Deleting Projects from the All Projects Tab
Creating, editing, and deleting projects can be done quickly from the All Projects tab.
61
Printed Documentation
1. Access the All Projects tab by clicking on the following tabs: Projects > All Projects .
2. Click the New button in the toolbar. The Project Wizard will open.
3. Enter as much information as desired. Project Name and Project Type are required,
and a Project Number will be automatically assigned based on the Project Numbering
System.
4. Click Next. Continue entering as much information as possible. To learn more about
the options available in the Project wizard, see Creating a New Project with the Project
Wizard .
5. Click Finish.
1. Access the All Projects tab by clicking on the following tabs: Projects > All Projects .
2. Click on a project name in the list to select it.
3. Click the Edit icon on the toolbar. The Edit Project window will open.
4. Use the icon tree on the left and the tabs at the top of the window to navigate the
window and edit Project Information, Dimensions, Certificates, Associations, and
more. For further information about the Edit Project form, see Editing Project
Information with the Edit Project Form .
5. Click OK when done.
1. Access the All Projects tab by clicking on the following tabs: Projects > All Projects .
2. Click on a project name in the list to select it.
3. Click the Delete icon in the toolbar. A window will pop-up asking you to confirm that
you would like to delete the project, click Yes. The project and all associated files will
be permanently removed from the database.
NOTE: You can also access the New, Edit, and Delete options by right -clicking on a
project name in the All Projects window.
This feature enables you to reuse and repurpose information for similar jobs, saving you substantial
time. After you have duplicated a project, you can rename the project and any files to reflect the current
job.
Duplicate a project
62
Chapter 7: UDA Projects
1. On the All Projects tab, click the project name you wish to rename. The project will
open in the Project Overview tab.
2. In the Project Details section, click on the name of the project. The Edit Project
window will open.
3. Type a new name for the project in the Project Name field.
4. Click OK. All references to the project, with the exception of duplicated files, will
reflect the new name.
1. Access the All Projects tab by clicking on the following Projects tab in the
ConstructionSuite interface
2. Customize the All Projects view and apply any filters using the icons and filter
selector on the toolbar to narrow the scope of your print out.
3. Click the Print button in the toolbar. The Print Preview window will open.
4. Use the Page Setup and other print options on the Print Preview screen to customize
your print out.
5. Click the Print button on the Print Preview screen to send the document to your
printer.
Important: For each of the tasks outlined below, you will need to be on the All Projects tab.
Access the All Projects tab by clicking on the following tabs: Projects > All Projects .
63
Printed Documentation
Group by will give you the opportunity to select a column header by which you would like to
group projects. For instance, you can group Projects by Status. To group by a column, click on
the column header and drag it to the area of the screen that says Drag a column header here
to group by that column. To ungroup, click on the header and drag it back into the preview
section.
Card will organize project information in a business card format on your screen. Right-click on
any card header to add or remove rows from the view.
1. On the All Projects tab, right-click on any column header to reveal the complete list of
available columns.
2. Select and de-select columns by clicking on the column name.
1. To rearrange the column order on the All Project tab, click and drag any column
header left or right. The Project Name column cannot be moved.
1. In the Projects header, use the Filter by drop-down menu to select a project filter.
2. Select Contact, Contact Group , Projects , or Project Status .
To edit and manipulate a complete listing of your projects in Microsoft Excel, you can export
directly from the All Projects tab. Use this feature in conjunction with other All Project tab
options such as filters to customize your Projects report.
64
Chapter 7: UDA Projects
1. Access the All Projects tab by clicking on the following tabs: Projects > All Projects.
2. Click the Export to Excel button on the toolbar.
3. The export to excel will complete and open your list in Microsoft Excel.
From the Project Overview tab, you will see the following information:
Project Details will show the Project Name, Status, Type, Client, Estimated Value (if available),
Schedule information (if available), Change Order details, Application for Payment details and other
relevant information.
To view all project details , click the [view project details] link.
To edit project information , click on any item in the Project Details section.
To learn more about editing project information , see Editing Project Information with
the Edit Project Form .
Project Workflow (only available in Premier versions and above) is an active guide to completing each
project. Workflow items can have actions associated with them, enabling you to launch templates, files,
programs, or web sites right from your Project Overview tab. Workflows can also be assigned to Project
Types, enabling you to reuse successful project outlines.
Activities (only available in Pro versions and above) are scheduled items and tasks that appear in lists
on the Project, Contacts, and main overview screens. Unlike To Do items, Activities can have assigned
Reminders and Time of Day. Activities are also directly linked to the Construction Calendar, where you
can select a Month, Week, Day, or List view.
65
Printed Documentation
To Do List (only available in Pro versions and above) enables you to keep a list of project specific To
Do items. A compiled list appears on the Today Summary tab, but only To Dos that are associated with
the selected project appear on the Overview tab.
Related Contacts lists contacts from your database that are directly related to the project such as the
Lender, Client, Project Manager, or Superintendent. Contacts assigned to estimates and schedules will
also appear in this section.
Project Log contains a record of completed actions for the selected project.
66
Chapter 7: UDA Projects
The RFIs, Submittals and Correspondence Log can be shown instead of the Project Log
with select Commercial versions of ConstructionSuite (Contractor versions or higher) by
clicking on the notebook icon in the Project Log header.
Files enables you to view and open the most recent project files you have accessed in the
ConstructionSuite system.
NOTE: You can also take advantage of the Project Overview toolbar, which enables you to
create new items on the overview screen and view the Edit Dimensions form.
Activities are items that need to occur at a specific time such as an appointment or meeting. These
items are stored in your Activities list on the Today tab and can also be accessed through the
Construction Calendar, Project, and Contact tabs.
Beyond the organizational benefits of associating an Activity with a Project, you will also have access
to advanced sorting and filtering capabilities.
67
Printed Documentation
Subject: Type a Subject for your Activity. The text entered in this field will appear in your
Activities list on the main interface and in the calendar.
Start and End Times: Designate a date and time for your activity. If the event will last all day,
check the box next to All Day Event.
Quick, Planning, and Start Reminders: Use the drop-down menus to set reminders. Quick
Reminders can be set for anywhere between five minutes and two hours before the start of
the activity. Planning and Start Reminders are set for a number of days in advance. You can
set multiple reminders for an activity. For more advanced reminder options, click on the
Reminders tab.
To Dos are items that need to be completed but do not have to occur on a specific date or
time.
1. In the To Do List window of the Project Overview tab click the [add to do] hyperlink.
The New To Do window will open.
2. Enter To Do information. Only the Subject field is required, but additional information
can be used to sort and filter To Dos.
Subject: Type a Subject for your To Do. The text entered in this field will appear in your To Do
list on the main interface.
Due Date: Select a due date. This can be manually entered or selected from the mini -calendar
using the button beside the Due Date field. If a To Do item is not 100% complete and is p ast
its due date, it will be shown in red on the main interface.
68
Chapter 7: UDA Projects
NOTE: The Created By and Modified By fields will be automatically populated based on the user
that is currently logged in to ConstructionSuite.
ConstructionSuite will make an entry in the History whenever you or a member of your team
performs any of the following actions:
History will also include entries for QuickBooks Transactions that are associated with the selected
project. To learn more about importing QuickBooks transactions, see Importing QuickBooks
Transactions.
If the entry is not visible on the Project Overview tab, click the See All link at the bottom of the
Project Log pane to go to the Project Log tab. From this tab, double-click the entry to open
the History Items window.
69
Printed Documentation
4. Click OK when done, or click the arrow next to either the Related Cont act or Related
Project name to go to that tab.
The Project Files tab is divided into three sections: the Toolbar, the Folder Tree, and the Preview
Pane. Using these, you can rename, cut, copy, paste, delete and otherwise manage all of your project
files.
The Toolbar, located above the folder tree and preview pane, enables you to create,
edit, and delete project files. You can also view the weather and customize the Files
tab view .
The Folder Tree , located on the left side of the screen, lists all of your project names
with a portfolio icon, as well as projects hosted on networked computers (indicated by
the Earth icon). Click on the name of a project to view its files in the preview pane. If
a project is hosted on a networked computer, you will be prompted to create a l ocal
version of the project in order to view the files.
The preview pane , located to the right of the Folders list, shows files for the selected
project. You can customize the appearance of the preview pane by going to the View
menu in the toolbar.
NOTE: You can also right-click on file names in the preview pane to take advantage
of features such as renaming files, exporting files and cutting, copying, and pasting
files .
1. Access the Files tab by clicking on the following tabs: Projects > Files .
2. In the Projects toolbar on the Files tab, click the View button.
3. Select one of the following:
Thumbnails: Large icons displaying the thumbnail image of the file with Name, Size and
Project Name.
Tiles: Large icons that can be grouped by Name, Size, Type, and Date Modified.
Icons: Small icons that can be grouped by Name, Size, Type, and Date Modified.
List: File names are listed and can be grouped by Name, Size, Type, and Date Modified.
Details: Files listed with Name, Type, Size, Status, Date Modified, Date Created, and Check
Out Status (multi-user versions). Can be organized by any of these columns.
70
Chapter 7: UDA Projects
You can group all present files by Name, Size, Type, or Date Modified.
1. In the Projects toolbar on the Files tab, go to View > Group Icons By > Show In
Groups .
2. Select one of the following:
Name: Organizes files alphabetically by the first letter of the project name.
Type: Organizes files by file type such as Estimate, Schedule, Contract, etc.
1. Access the Files tab by clicking on the following tabs: Projects > Files .
2. In the Projects toolbar on the Files tab, go to View > List or View > Details .
3. Click on any column header and drag it horizontally left or right to rearrange the
column order.
1. Access the Files tab by clicking on the following tabs: Projects > Files .
2. In the Projects toolbar on the Files tab, go to View > Details.
3. Click on any column header to sort by that column. Clicking on the same header a
second time will reverse the order of the rows.
NOTE: Moving a file into a different project will reset any project associations in the file,
including Change Orders and Activities.
71
Printed Documentation
NOTE: You can also delete a file by clicking on it once to select it and then clicking the
Delete button in the toolbar.
1. Select the Project Files tab On the ConstructionSuite interface and then click the
Deleted Files tab.
2. Click on the project folder on the left side that contains the file you wish to restore.
3. Right-click the file and select Restore . The file will be moved from the Deleted Files
directory and placed back in the appropriate project folder. If all files in the Deleted
Files directory have been either restored or permanently deleted , the Deleted Files tab
will no longer be visible.
72
Chapter 7: UDA Projects
Once a file is deleted, it is moved from its original folder and placed in the Deleted Files directory.
Deleted files will remain in the database until they are permanently removed. Once a file has been
permanently deleted, it can no longer be accessed or restored.
1. Select the Project Files tab on the ConstructionSuite interface and then click the
Deleted Files tab.
2. Click on the project folder on the left side that contains the file you wish to
permanently delete.
3. Right-click the file and select Permanently Delete .
4. Click Yes to confirm the removal. The file will be permanently removed from the
database and cannot be recovered.
And, with the database system, it is now easier than ever to ensure that files are managed
appropriately between multiple people. The new Check In/Check Out feature ensures that a file can
only be opened by one person at a time, preventing data loss that could occur from simultaneous file
editing.
By opening a file from ConstructionSuite, a valid user has Checked Out the file for editing. This means
that no one else can open the file for editing until it has been checked back in.
Files are Checked In when a user completely closes the file on his or her computer. Once the file is
closed, it can be accessed by other users.
If a file is checked out, the icon in the Files tab will change to indicate its status.
In the Tiles view and Details view, you will be able to see the name of the user who has checked out
the file for editing. To change the view, go to the View menu on the Project Files toolbar and select
Tiles or Details.
Emergency Check In
A user with administrator privileges can force check in a file from another user if the file cannot be
closed down from the source computer. This feature is designed to be a last resort and should only be
used when the file cannot be shut down from the computer on which it has been opened.
Changes made in the file that are not saved will be lost with the forced check in.
If the file is only checked in and not closed on the computer, the original user can
reactivate the check out without having to re-open the file. This will overwrite any
73
Printed Documentation
changes made by other users after the file was opened on the original user's
computer.
Force check in
1. Ensure that the file cannot be closed down on the user's computer. If it can
be closed down properly, save and close the file instead of forcing the check
in. If not, proceed to step 2.
2. Log into ConstructionSuite as an administrator.
3. Click on the Project Files tab or locate the file in the files window of the Project
Overview tab.
4. Right-click the file you want to force check in and select Check In . The file will
be checked in and can be opened for editing by other users.
WARNING: If the original user clicks Save after the forced check in, the
changes he or she made will overwrite other users' changes.
NOTE: This can also be done directly from the Files window of the Project Overview tab.
NOTE: This can also be done directly from the Files window of the Project Overview tab.
Database files will contain the file and any associated project or contact information. These files can
only be opened through the ConstructionSuite system.
74
Chapter 7: UDA Projects
4. Type a name for the file and select a folder in which to store it.
5. Click Save. The file will be saved in the corresponding UDA format and will contain all
related project and contact information.
Keep your clients, subcontractors, and vendors informed of essential information by creating and
sending read-only copies of your project estimates, schedules, or documents. Creating a read -only
copy of a file will enable people who do not have ConstructionSuite installed to view project files but
not make any changes to them. Once a file is in read-only format, it cannot be imported back into the
ConstructionSuite system and retain associated information such as project relations, associated
contacts, or other database-linked information.
NOTE: This can also be done directly from the Files window of the Project Overview tab.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite, Inc .
2. On the main interface, go to Data > Import > UDA Database File Import . The File
Import window will open.
3. Select the estimate or schedule you would like to import.
4. Click Open after you have located and selected the file.
5. Click OK.
6. If you have any ConstructionSuite applications running, you will need to close them.
Be sure to save any work before closing the programs. Clicking End or End All on the
Applications window will close the programs without saving your work. Click Close on
the window when you are ready to proceed.
75
Printed Documentation
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, go to Data > Import > UDA Database File Import . The File
Import window will open.
3. Select the document you would like to import.
4. Click Open after you have located and selected the file.
5. Click OK. The file will import to the designated location.
6. If you have any ConstructionSuite applications running, you will need to close them.
Be sure to save any work before closing the programs. Clicking End or End All on the
Applications window will close the programs without saving your work. Click Close on
the window when you are ready to proceed.
7. Click Exit when the process is finished.
NOTE: If your UDA Document has a letterhead, when you open the imported document,
manually delete the old letterhead and insert letterhead using the new UDA Document
Management system. You may also choose remove the letterhead before importing the
document.
IMPORTANT : Documents created in previous versions will benefit from most of the new
functionality in ConstructionSuite. However, you may not be able to use the Document Style
feature for imported documents.
Insurance, Licenses, and Bond Management. With the dynamic Insurance Tracking system, you can
rest easy knowing that your projects and everyone involved in the construction process have valid
Insurance, Licenses, and Bonds. Also, advanced integration with UDA Estimating, Scheduling,
ConstructionNet, and QuickBooks gives you real control in tracking and validating certificates.
Create multiple Insurance, License , or Bond certificates for your projects and
subcontractors.
Set a notification time frame for expiring certificates so you can request the proper
renewals in time.
Utilize in conjunction with Resource Allocation in UDA Scheduling to verify that your
vendors and subcontractors are properly licensed and insured.
Be warned of expired certificates before writing checks and paying bills (requires
QuickBooks Integration).
Making Integration Work for You. As a part of the integrated ConstructionSuite™ system, Insurance
Tracking not only warns you of expiring Insurance, Licenses, and Bonds, but it also works in
conjunction with QuickBooks and UDA Scheduling to notify you before scheduling or paying project
resources who are not properly insured or certified.
76
Chapter 7: UDA Projects
To access the Insurance Tracking System, you will need to first open the Edit Contact form.
1. On the Insurance, License, or Bond tab of the Edit Contact form, click the Add button
at the bottom of the window. A new line appears in the list designating the new
certificate.
2. Click the selector button next to the Type field to open the Select Type window.
3. Click the Add Type button in the toolbar. The Add a New Item form will open.
4. Enter a name for the new type.
5. Click OK to return to the Select Type form.
6. Select a Type by checking a box, if desired.
7. Click OK to exit the Select Type form.
1. On the Insurance, License, or Bond tab of the Edit Contact form, select an existing
certificate or click the Add button at the bottom of the window if no certificates exist.
2. Once a certificate has been selected, click the button next to the Type selector to
open the Select Type window.
3. Click on a type in the list to select it.
4. Click the Edit button in the toolbar. The Rename Item form will open.
5. Enter a new name for the type in the text box.
6. Click OK to return to the Select Type form.
7. Select a Type by checking a box, if desired.
8. Click OK again to exit the Select Type form.
1. On the Insurance, License, or Bond tab of the Edit Contact form, select an existing
certificate or click the Add button at the bottom of the window if no certificates exist.
2. Click the button next to the Type selector to open the Select Type window.
77
Printed Documentation
NOTE: Certificate types can only be deleted if they are not currently in use by any
contact.
78
Chapter 7: UDA Projects
5. Click the Add button at the bottom of the window. A new line appears in the bond list.
6. Click the selector button next to the Bond Type box to open the Select Bond Type
window.
7. Click in the checkbox next to the type of bond you are adding. You can also create,
edit, or delete bond types from this window.
8. Click OK.
9. Click the Calendar buttons next to Effective Date and Expiration Date to choose the
appropriate dates.
10. Enter the Bond No ., Bond Amount , Agency Name , and Classification in the appropriate
text boxes.
11. Click the selector button next to the Primary Contact box to choose a contact from
your database. Click OK once you have made a selection.
12. Click the Add button to create another bond certificate, or click OK on the main
window to close the Edit Project form.
79
Printed Documentation
If you want to be notified earlier or later, you can change the time frame for notification.
1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, click on Tools > Options > Certificate Options .
2. Type the number of days in advance that you would like to be notified.
3. Click OK.
Keep Your Company Moving Forward. As one of the first integrated construction software systems to
offer a Workflow Management tool, UDA ConstructionSuite enables you to create an active outline of
the steps that need to be completed for each project and also repurpose the wo rkflow throughout the
software. Workflow items represent steps in the building process for a project and can have actions
associated with them such as automatically opening a template, file, program, or web site.
Making Integration Work for You. Project Workflows can be created individually for each project or
associated with a Project Type. Associating a Workflow with a Projec t Type enables you to customize
and reuse the successful project outline without having to completely re -create it for similar projects.
Pre-loaded with workflows for a variety of project types, UDA ConstructionSuite makes it easy to get
started using this dynamic new feature.
NOTE: Project Workflows are only available in Premier versions and above.
An item that Launches a Template will be hyperlinked to the template of your choice. You can create
an item that opens any template stored in the ConstructionSuite system, or you can launch the
Estimate or Schedule Wizard.
Internal Action
80
Chapter 7: UDA Projects
Email Client : Opens a blank email through your default email program. Your
Project must have a Client with an email address on file associated with it in
order to fire this event.
Launch Primary Estimate : Opens the primary estimate if one is designated for
the project.
Launch Primary Schedule : Opens the primary schedule if one is designated for
the project.
Estimate Wizard : Launches the New Estimate Wizard.
Schedule Wizard : Launches the New Schedule Wizard.
New To Do: Opens the New To Do form.
New Activity: Opens the New Activity form.
New Contact: Opens the Contact Quick Add form.
External Action
Launch a Program : If this option is selected, a pane will appear in which you
can select an external file. This file will be launched by the workflow item
hyperlink.
Go to Web Site : Opens the designated web site.
Creating a Workflow for a Project Type can be done easily from the ConstructionSuite main
interface.
1. At the top of the ConstructionSuite interface, select Tools > Options > Project Type
Options. This will open the Project Type Options window.
2. From here, you can select the Project Type you would like to create a workflow for
using the selector button.
3. Once the desired Project Type has been selected, begin formulating your w orkflow
using the [add workflow] link. This will launch the Edit Workflow Item form.
4. Enter a name for the Workflow Item in the text box.
5. Select an action type:
No Action will only list the item in the Workflow.
Launch Template will enable you to select a template from the Action window to associate
with the workflow item.
Fire an Event will enable you to select an Internal or External Action from the Action window
to associate with the workflow item.
NOTE: Internal Actions are those that occur inside ConstructionSuite such as
opening a project file, launching a wizard, or creating a new To Do or Activity.
External Actions are those that occur outside of ConstructionSuite such as opening
another program or launching a web site. If you choose to fire an ex ternal event, you
will need to browse to the program or enter the URL of the web site in the box that
appears under the action type selector.
81
Printed Documentation
6. Click OK to submit your workflow item . Repeat this process until you have finished
creating the Workflow.
Project Workflows can be edited once they have been created. To edit a single project's
workflow, you can simply edit the workflow from the Project Overview tab of the project. To
edit a workflow template for a designated Project Type, you must access the Project Type
Options for the specific type by selecting Tools > Options > Project Type Options.
Editing a Workflow:
1. To rename an item in the Workflow, right-click on the item name and select Edit. You
can now enter a new name for the item. You can also change the event type and
assign an event to the item from this window.
2. To remove an item from the Workflow, right-click on the item name and select Delete .
Click Yes to confirm.
3. To change an item's position within the workflow, right click on the item and select
either Move Up or Move Down until the item is where you want it.
4. To Indent or Outdent an item within the workflow, right click on the item and select
either Indent or Outdent until the item is where you want it.
If the Workflow you wish to view is associated with an individual project, you can ac cess it from the
Project Overview tab.
If the Workflow you wish to view is associated with a particular Project Type, you can access it from
the main ConstructionSuite menu.
1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, go to Tools > Options > Project Type Options .
2. Click the selector button at the top of the window to open the Project Type selector.
3. Use the checkbox to select a Project Type and click OK.
4. The associated Workflow will appear on the Workflows tab.
5. Click OK to close the Options window.
82
Chapter 7: UDA Projects
After you have completed a task listed in your Workflow, mark it as complete by
checking the box next to the item name.
If you check off an item that is not complete, click on the checkbox again to reactivate
it in the list.
Workflow items that have blue arrows on the right side have an action associated with them.
Associations are relationships between projects and contacts. These relationships can be project to
project, contact to contact, and project to contact.
From the Projects tab of ConstructionSuite, you can create project-contact and project-project
associations. Project-related contacts will appear on the Project Overview tab and in the Edit Project
form under Associations. Here you can revert between Project-Contact and Project-Project
associations.
In the ConstructionSuite system, there are two types of project-related contacts: those that you assign
though ConstructionNet such as the Lender, Client, Project Manager, or Superintendent, and those that
you assign using UDA Resource Allocation in Estimating and Scheduling.
For information about UDA Resource Allocation, see Assigning Resources in Estimating and/or
Assigning Resources in Scheduling.
83
Printed Documentation
Recent shows the most recent contacts you have accessed. Select the contact from the list
and click OK.
Alphabetical sorts contacts alphabetically. Click on a letter to show the list of contacts
beginning with that letter. Only letters that have contacts listed are active. Select the contact
from the list and click OK.
Search searches the entire contact database. Locate a contact by typing any part of the
contact's name in the search box. Select the contact from the list and click OK.
6. Once you have clicked on a contact's name, the Contact Information an d Related
Projects appear.
7. Click the selector button next to the box in the Relationship Type pane to open the
Relationships window.
8. Use the checkbox to select the type of relationship. You can also create, edit, and
delete relationship types using the buttons in the toolbar.
9. Click OK once you have made your selection.
10. Click OK again to close the Select Contact Relation form.
Delete a relationship
NOTE: You can also delete a Related Contact by clicking in a blank area of the entry in the
Related Contacts section of the Project Overview screen, right-clicking, and selecting Delete.
84
Chapter 7: UDA Projects
To edit a current relationship type: click the relationship name you would like to edit, click
the Edit button in the toolbar, type a new name, and click OK.
To delete a relationship type: click the relationship name you would like to delete, click the
Delete button in the toolbar, and click Yes to confirm. Only types not in use can be deleted.
Understanding Dimensions
Dimensions are an invaluable aspect of the ConstructionSuite system, and offer sea mless integration
with UDA Estimates, Proposals, and Project Types. By defining your project dimensions, you can
quickly calculate estimates, easily integrate dimensions into proposals, and associate dimensions with
Project Types.
85
Printed Documentation
If you would like to enter a Waste Percentage or Total Value column, right-click on the
column header and select Waste or Total. The Waste Percentage or Total column will appear.
Enter a number in the column.
6. Repeat this process until you have created all dimensions for your project.
7. Click OK to close the Dimensions window.
NOTE: Just like in Excel, you can use formulas in the Edit Dimensions window. Each
dimension has an ID letter in the far left column that you can use to create formulas in the
Value cell of the Edit Dimensions window. For example, if Dimension A is value d at 1200
square feet, and Dimension B is valued at 1000 square feet, you could add a new dimension
and type the formula A + B in the Value cell. After you finish editing the new dimension, 2200
will appear in for the value.
5. Repeat this process until you have made all desired changes to your p roject
dimensions.
6. Click OK to close the Dimensions window.
NOTE: You can also move items up and down within the list. These options can
also be found by right-clicking on an item name.
86
Chapter 7: UDA Projects
3. Click the Dimensions button in the toolbar. The Takeoffs/Dimensions window will
open.
4. Click the Edit Units button at the bottom of the form. The Units window will open.
5. Click on a unit name and then click the Edit button in the toolbar. The Rename Item
window opens.
6. Type a new name for the unit and click OK.
7. Repeat this process until you have finished editing units.
8. Click OK to return to the Takeoffs/Dimensions form.
For a paper-based copy of your project dimensions, you can print from the
Takeoffs/Dimensions form.
Print Dimensions
87
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts
About UDA Contacts
People are everywhere. Keep them organized with UDA Contacts. Managing contacts throughout
your company can be a daunting task, even for the smallest firm. With the sheer num ber of people it
requires to complete a project successfully - from your own employees to clients, subcontractors,
lenders, suppliers, vendors, and more, you need a system that enables you to take control of contact
management.
As a part of the leading-edge CRM technology of ConstructionNet, UDA Contacts delivers dynamic
contact management for construction professionals. More than just an application to store contact
information, UDA Contacts offers advanced integration with numerous components in the
ConstructionSuite™ system, including Projects, Activities, To Dos, Estimates, Schedules, Contracts,
Specifications, Insurance Tracking, Lead Management, and the Items Database.*
Assign contacts throughout UDA Estimates and Schedules with UDA Resource
Allocation to ensure timely completion of projects.
Automatically email or send text message reminders to project resources to keep your
suppliers and vendors on time with their assigned tasks.
Use the Document Management Wizard to import contact information into
ConstructionSuite documents and avoid time-consuming entry tasks.
Track Certificates such as Insurance, Licenses, and Bonds to protect your company
from undue financial liability.
Enter and manage leads to boost sales and profits for your company.
Take advantage of powerful features such as Contact Groups and Project
Associations to keep your contacts organized.
Synchronize and Maximize. You can also synchronize UDA Contacts with essential office programs
such as Microsoft Outlook and QuickBooks, which maximizes your time by eliminating tedious double
entry tasks.
Use the UDA ContactSync to import and export contacts between ConstructionSuite,
QuickBooks, and Microsoft Outlook.
Easily assign vendors to your QuickBooks Purchase Orders during the QuickBooks
Integration process.
NOTE: Not all features are included in every ConstructionSuite version. Refer to the
ConstructionSuite Specialized Versions section for a complete listing of the components
included in each version.
The Contact Quick Add form makes it easy for you to set up a new contact in the
ConstructionSuite system. Once you have basic information entered, you can go to the Edit
Contact form to enter comprehensive information such as personal details, multiple
addresses, licenses and bonds, and project associations.
89
Printed Documentation
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite, Inc.
2. Go to File > New > New Contact, or click New Contact in the Quick Links window. The
Contact Quick Add form will open.
3. Enter as much information as desired. ConstructionSuite requires that you have a
Display Name for the new contact, which is pulled from the First , Last, and/or
Company name fields.
Name & Email
Display Name: Use the drop-down menu to select how you would like the contact to
be stored in the system. Options include:
Contact Group: Select the contact's group that he/she belongs to.
Phone Numbers
Provider: Provide the contact's mobile phone provider to ensure reminder text
messages are delivered.
Address
Primary Address: Type the contact's street address and suite or apartment number.
You can use the Enter key on your keyboard to include multiple lines.
90
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts
4. Click the More button at the bottom of the screen to access the Edit Contact form, if
desired. This will allow you to enter additional contact information.
5. Click Save & New to save the information and create another new contact, or click
Save & Close to save the information and close the form.
The Contact Group selector comes pre-loaded with typical construction contact groups, but you can
add, edit, or delete groups to fit your management needs.
NOTE: If you wish to add a contact to a group when you are first creating that contact, click
the More button on the Contact Quick Add form to access the Edit Contact form.
To edit a Contact Group name, click on a Contact Group name to highlight it and click the
Edit button in the toolbar. Enter a new name for the group and click OK.
To delete a Contact Group, click on a Contact Group name to highlight it and click the Delete
button in the toolbar. Click Yes to confirm the delete.
91
Printed Documentation
In-depth information about each contact is located in the Edit Contact form, which can be opened from
the Contact Summary tab. From this form, you can view information such as:
Contact Details
Lead Management (Premier Versions and above)
Addresses
Certificates (Premier Versions and above)
Associations
Details: Edit or add details such as Gender, Marital Status, Birthday, Anniversary, Spouse,
Children, Pets, and more by using the selector buttons or typing in the text boxes.
Lead: Edit or add lead details such as Probability, Value, Quality, Referred by, Lead Source,
Expiration, Callback, Forecast Date, and Close Date. Lead Tracking is only available in
Premier versions and above.
Addresses: Edit or add address and contact information. Use the navigator tree on the left or
the Address Type Selector to move between the Business, Home, Billing, and Shipping
address screens.
Certificates: Add or Delete Insurance, License, and Bond Certificates using the Add and
Delete buttons at the bottom of the screen. Edit Certificates by selecting an item from the list
92
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts
and changing the appropriate information in the fields below. Insurance Tracking is available in
Premier versions and above.
Associations: Add or Delete Related Contacts and Projects by using the Add and Delete
buttons at the bottom of the screen. Edit relationships by selecting a name from the list and
using the selector boxes below to enter information.
Custom: Add or Edit Custom Fields by using the Add Custom Field or Edit Custom Fields
buttons at the bottom of the screen.
Get fast access to the information you need with the UDA ConstructionSuite Search.
The Search box is located at the top left of the ConstructionSuite Navigation Bar, where you always
have access to it.
1. Click in the search box and start typing. The Today screen will open a Search Results
tab divided into Projects, Activities, To Do, Contacts, and Files.
2. If the search returns more results than can be shown in the consolidated window,
click the See All link at the bottom of the section.
3. To get back to your results, click the Back arrow at the top of the interface beside the
Home button and Tab Trail.
NOTE: Activities and To Dos are a part of the full version of ConstructionNet CRM,
available in ConstructionSuite Pro and above.
The All Contacts tab contains two sections: the toolbar and the preview pane.
93
Printed Documentation
Use the preview pane to view Contact Name, First Name, Last Name, Company, Group,
Contact Information, Website, Lead Management Attributes, Created By and Relationship.
You can customize the view to add or remove columns from the All Contacts tab.
NOTE: You can also access the New, Edit, and Delete options by right -clicking on a
contact name in the All Contacts window.
94
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts
Important: For each of the tasks outlined below, you will need to be on the All Contacts
tab. Access the All Contacts tab by clicking on the Contacts tab.
Group by will give you the opportunity to select a column header by which you would like to
group contacts. For instance, you can group Contacts by City. To group by a column, click on
the column header and drag it to the area of the screen that says Drag a column header here
to group by that column. To ungroup, click on the header and drag it back into the preview
section.
Card will organize contacts into a business card format on your screen. Right-click on any
card header to add or remove columns from the view.
1. On the All Contacts tab, right-click on any column header to reveal the complete list
of available columns.
2. Select and de-select columns by clicking on the column name.
95
Printed Documentation
1. To rearrange the column order on the All Contacts tab, click on any header name
(except Contact File As name).
2. While holding down the button on your mouse, drag the header left or right.
1. In the Contacts header, use the Filter by drop-down menu to select a contact filter.
2. Select Lead Stage, Lead Status, Contact Groups, Project Groups or simply select a
specific Project to filter by . Default Contact Groups include Clients, Leads,
Subcontractors, Suppliers, and Vendors, so you can easily create, access, and print
a report of contacts by group.
To edit and manipulate your contact information from within Microsoft Excel, you can export
directly from the Contact Summary tab. Use this feature in conjunction with other Contact
Summary tab options.
From the Contact Summary tab, you will see the following information:
Contact Details will show the Contact Name, Group, Company Name, Address, and any present
Contact Information by default.
To view all contact details , click any entry or the [view contact details] link in the
Contact Details window. The Edit Contact form will appear.
96
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts
To edit contact information , simply enter the updated information in the Edit Contact
form.
To learn more about editing contact information , see Editing Contact Information with
the Edit Contact Form .
Related Projects lists projects from your database that are directly related to the selected contact.
Projects to which the contact is assigned as a resource will also appear in this section.
Activities (only available in Pro versions and above) are scheduled items and tasks that appear in lists
on the Project, Contacts, and main overview screens. Unlike To Do items, Activities can have assigned
Reminders and Time of Day. Activities are also directly linked to the Construction Calendar, where you
can select a Month, Week, Day, or List view.
To Do List (only available in Pro versions and above) enables you to keep a list of contact -specific To
Do items. A compiled list appears on the Today Summary and To Do tabs on the main interface, but
only To Dos that are associated with the selected contact appear on the Contact Summary tab.
97
Printed Documentation
To view more information columns , right click on the section header and select a
column name from the list. Available columns for the To Do List section are Subject,
Due Date, Completed, % Complete, Contact, Project, and Project Number.
To hide information columns , right click on the section header and de-select the
column name.
If there are more To Do items than can be listed in this section , click the See All link at
the bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the ConstructionSuite
system.
Certificates (only available in Premier versions and above) include Insurance, Licenses, and Bonds.
Creating certificates for a contact ensures that all of your resources have the appropriate coverage and
certifications.
Contact Log contains a record of completed actions for the selected contact.
View Contact Log item details from the Contact Log pane by clicking on the entry
name.
To view more information columns , right click on the section header and select a
column name from the list. Available columns for the Contact History section are
Name, Created By, Date Modified, Project, Project Type, Contact and Project
Number.
To hide information columns , right click on the section header and de-select the
column name.
If there are more files than can be listed in this section , click the See All link at the
bottom of the section to be taken to the appropriate tab in the ConstructionSuite
system.
Activities are items that need to occur at a specific time such as an appointment or meeting. A
compiled list appears on the Today Summary tab on the main interface, but only Activities that are
associated with the selected contact appear on the Contact Summary tab.
These items are stored in your Activities list on the Today tab and can also be accessed on the
Calendar tab.
98
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts
Beyond the organizational benefits of associating an Activity with a Contact, you will also have access
to advanced sorting and filtering capabilities.
Start and End Times: Designate a date and time for your activity. If the event will last all day,
check the box next to All Day Event.
Quick, Planning, and Start Reminders: Use the drop-down menus to set reminders. Quick
Reminders can be set for anywhere between five minutes and two hours before the start of
the activity. Planning and Start Reminders are set for a number of days in advance. You can
set multiple reminders for an activity. For more advanced reminder options, click on the
Reminders tab.
99
Printed Documentation
Subject: Type a Subject for your To Do. The text entered in this field will appear in your To Do
list on the interface.
Due Date: Select a due date from the calendar. If a To Do item is not 100% complete and is
past its due date, it will be shown in red on the interface.
ConstructionSuite will make an entry in the History whenever you or a member of your team performs
any of the following actions:
Contact Log will also include entries for QuickBooks Transactions that are associated with the
selected contact. To learn more about importing QuickBooks transactions, see Importing QuickBooks
Transactions.
100
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts
If the entry is not visible on the Contact Log pane, click the See All link at the bottom of the
Contact Log pane to go to the Contact Log tab. From this tab, click the entry to open the
History Item window.
4. Click Close when done, or click the arrow next to either the Related Contact o r
Related Project name to go to that tab.
To edit and manipulate your contact log information from within Microsoft Excel, Google, or
Outlook, you can export directly from the Contact Log tab. Use this feature in conjun ction with
other Contact Log tab options.
1. Access the Contact Log tab by clicking on the Contacts tab, Click the contact you
wish to see, and then select the Contact Log tab at the top of the screen.
2. Click on the Export to Excel button on the toolbar or select Google CSV or Outlook
CSV from the export drop-down menu.
3. The export will complete and open your list in the specified format.
Lead information can be accessed both through the Edit Contact form and from the All Contacts tab,
where you can compile and print a listing of all of your company's leads.
UDA Lead Management (available in Premier versions and above) enables you to enter,
store, and view lead information such as Lead Probability, Lead Quality, Lead Source, and
more.
NOTE: If you are creating a new contact and would like to add lead details at the same
time you are entering new contact information, click the More button at the bottom of the
101
Printed Documentation
Contact Quick Add form. The Edit Contact form will open. Click Lead in the navigator column
on the left.
102
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts
For quick reference when you're away from the office, you can print a report of all your
prospective clients.
Print a listing of all of your leads from the All Contacts tab.
To edit and manipulate your lead information from within Microsoft Exc el, you can export
directly from the Leads tab. Use this feature in conjunction with other Leads tab options.
UDA Insurance Tracking gives you the ability to enter certificates for your company, projects, and
subcontractors, ensuring that your company is always protected.
For each certificate, you can enter a Type, Issued Date, Expiration Date, Policy Number, Amount,
Agency, Classification, and Primary Contact - putting the information you need at your fingertips.
Also, by storing an expiration date, you will be notified of any certificates that are about to expire. This
way you can be sure that the protection spans the entire length of your project.
NOTE: UDA Insurance Tracking also works in conjunction with UDA Resource Allocation in
Estimating and Scheduling. For more information, see Assigning Resources in Estimating
and/or Assigning Resources in Scheduling .
103
Printed Documentation
104
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts
7. Click in the checkbox next to the type of license you are adding. You can also create,
edit, or delete license types from this window using the toolbar at the top of the
window.
8. Click OK.
9. Click the Calendar button next to Effective Date and Expiration Date to select dates.
10. Enter the License Number , License Amount, Agency name, and Classification in the
appropriate text boxes.
11. Click the selector button next to the Primary Contact field to choose a contact from
your database. Click OK once you have made a selection.
12. Click the Add button to create another license certificate, or click OK at the bottom of
the window to close the Edit Contact form.
Certificates for a contact are listed in the Certificates section of the Contact Summary tab. If there are
more certificates than can be viewed on the tab, click the See All link at the bottom of the window. You
will be taken to the Edit Contact form.
105
Printed Documentation
To access the Insurance Tracking System, you will need to first open the Edit Project form.
1. On the Insurance or Bond tab of the Edit Project form, click the Add button at the
bottom of the window. A new line appears in the list.
2. Click the button next to the Type selector to open the Select Type window.
3. Click the Add button in the toolbar. The Add a New Item form will open.
4. Enter a name for the new type.
5. Click OK to return to the Select Insurance Type form.
6. Select a Type by checking a box, if desired.
7. Click OK to exit the Select Insurance Type form.
106
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts
1. On the Insurance or Bond tab of the Edit Project form, click the Add button at the
bottom of the window. A new line appears in the list.
2. Click the button next to the Type selector to open the Select Insurance Type window.
3. Click on a type in the list to select it.
4. Click the Edit button in the toolbar. The Rename Item form will open.
5. Enter a new name for the type in the text box.
6. Click OK to return to the Select Insurance Type form.
7. Select a Type by checking a box, if desired.
8. Click OK again to exit the Select Insurance Type form.
1. On the Insurance or Bond tab of the Edit Project form, click the Add button at the
bottom of the window. A new line appears in the list.
2. Click the button next to the Type selector to open the Select Insurance Type window.
3. Click on a type in the list to select it.
4. Click the Delete button in the toolbar.
5. Click OK to exit the Select Insurance Type form.
If you want to be notified earlier or later, you can change the time frame for notification.
Associations are relationships between projects and contacts. These relationships can be project to
project, contact to contact, and project to contact.
From the Contacts tab of ConstructionSuite, you can create project-contact and contact-contact
associations. Contact-related projects will appear on the Contact Summary tab and in the Edit Contact
form under Associations. Relationships defined between contacts will only show in the Edit Contact
form.
107
Printed Documentation
In the ConstructionSuite system, there are two ways to relate projects and contacts: through the
Project or Contact Relation form and through UDA Resource Allocation in Estimating and Scheduling.
For information about UDA Resource Allocation, see Assigning Resources in Estimating and/or
Assigning Resources in Scheduling.
Recent shows the most recent projects you have accessed. Select the project from the list.
Alphabetical sorts projects alphabetically. Click on a letter to show the list of projects
beginning with that letter. Only letters that have projects listed are active. Select the project
from the list.
Search searches the entire project database. Locate a project by typing any part of the
project's name in the search box. Select the project from the list.
5. Once you have clicked on a project's name, the Project Information and Current
Related Contacts for that project appear.
6. Click the selector button next to the Relationship Type field to open the Relationships
window.
7. Use the checkbox to select the type of relationship. You can also create, edit, and
delete relationship types using the buttons in the toolbar.
8. Click OK once you have made your selection.
9. Click OK again to close the Select Project Relation form.
Delete a relationship
108
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts
2. On the All Contacts tab, click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary tab.
3. Click the Edit tool on the toolbar. The Edit Contact form will open.
4. In the column on the left, click Related Contacts or Related Projects. A list of
associations will appear on the right.
5. Click on the entry you would like to remove from the existing relationships.
6. Click the Delete button at the bottom of the window.
7. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. The relationship will be removed.
8. Click OK when done.
NOTE: You can also delete a Related Project by right-clicking in a blank area of the entry
in the Related Projects section of the Contact Summary screen and selecting Delete .
To edit a current relationship type: click a relationship name, click the Edit button in the
toolbar, type a new name, and click OK.
To delete a relationship type: click a relationship name, click the Delete button in the
toolbar, and click Yes to confirm. Only types not in use can be deleted.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite .
109
Printed Documentation
2. On the main interface, go to Data > Import > Outlook Contacts . The UDA Sync Center
will open with different Sync Options.
3. Select what direction you want to sync the data with Outlook.
You can Send and Receive Information with Outlook, which will merge the
Outlook and ConstructionSuite information together.
You can Send Information to Outlook Only, which will send your
ConstructionSuite information to Outlook.
You can Receive Information from Outlook Only, which will import your
Outlook contacts into ConstructionSuite.
4. If you choose to both Send and Recieve information, select which information has
priority. Here you can opt to overwrite all data in UDA or Outlook, or just keep both
up-to-date.
You can select Most Recently edited has priority, which will sync the
contacts, leaving the most recently edited information.
You can select UDA ConstructionSuite has priority, which will give your
ConstructionSuite contacts precedence and overwrite conflicting contact
information in Outlook.
You can select Outlook has Priority, which will give your Outlook contacts
precedence and overwrite conflicting contact information in
ConstructionSuite.
5. Select if you would like to Sync all Contacts or if you would like to Sync only
selected contacts.
6. Select how you want to update Contact Group Settings in UDA. This will dictate the
way your contact organization in Outlook transfers to your contact organization within
UDA.
You can select Do not sync Contact Groups.
You can select to Sync Categories as Contact Groups.
You can select to Sync Folders as Contact Groups.
7. If you would like to Omit Personal Items or sync Personal Items Only, check the
perspective boxes.
NOTE: Personal Items in Outlook are considered any item or contact that is designated as
Private in Outlook. To mark a contact as private, look for a Padlock icon on the toolbar from
within a contact in Outlook.
8. Click Next.
9. If you have selected to Sync all Contacts, you will come to the confirmation screen,
which outlines the sync you are about to perform. You also have the ability to name
the current sync and set up a scheduled sync to occur on a daily or weekly basis.
10. If you have selected to Sync only selected contacts, you will come to a contact
select screen, where you are able to view all of your Outlook and ConstructionSuite
contacts. Select the individual contacts you would like synced by clicking the
checkbox beside their name. You can also check the Select All box to automatically
check all boxes.
11. Click Next.
12. You will come to the confirmation screen, which outlines the sync you are a bout to
perform. You also have the ability to name the current sync and set up a scheduled
110
Chapter 8: UDA Contacts
sync to occur on a daily or weekly basis. For more information on scheduled syncs,
see Synchronizing Contacts on Demand .
13. Click the Sync Now button at the bottom of the form. The progress bar indicates the
import status.
14. Once the import is complete, click Exit. Select Close to close the Sync Center.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, go to Data > SyncCenter. The UDA Sync Center will open,
choose a QuickBooks Contact Sync.
3. Select your prompt options.
Prompt me to approve changes will stop the sync to ask your permission to
accept changes during the sync.
Inform me only when sync is complete will not ask permission to make any
changes and will run the entire sync uninterrupted..
4. Select which information has priority. Here you can opt to overwrite all conflicting
data in UDA or QuickBooks, or just keep both up-to-date.
You can select Most Recently edited has priority, which will sync the
contacts, leaving the most recently edited information.
You can select UDA ConstructionSuite has priority, which will give your
ConstructionSuite contacts precedence and overwrite conflicting contact
information in Outlook.
You can select Quickbooks has Priority, which will give your QuickBooks
contacts precedence and overwrite conflicting contact information in
ConstructionSuite.
5. Select your Write Options and how contacts should be transferred between
QuickBooks and ConstructionSuite.
Multidirectional Sync of Contacts will transfer contacts both from
ConstructionSuite to QuickBooks and from QuickBooks to ConstructionSuite.
Your overwrite options will determine how these contacts are handled .
Import contacts into your database only brings contacts from QuickBooks
into ConstructionSuite.
Export contacts from your database only sends contacts from
ConstructionSuite to QuickBooks.
6. Click the Sync button at the bottom of the form. The progress bar indicates the import
status.
7. Once the sync is complete, click Exit. Select Close to close the Sync Center.
111
Printed Documentation
The vCard is a web-standard method of storing contact information. If you use a contact management
program that does not offer a direct import or synchronization with UDA ConstructionSuite, you can
most likely export your contacts as vCards and then import each vCard into the ConstructionSuite
system.
For more information on how to export contacts from other programs into the vCard format , consult the
help menu of that program.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, go to Data > Import > vCard Import . The Open vCard File
window will open.
3. Browse to the location on your computer where the vCard is stored.
4. Click Open. The contact and any associated information will be imported.
NOTE: If the contact is already listed in your database, you will have the option to rename
the contact, create a new contact, overwrite the contact in your database with the new one,
or cancel the import.
1. On the main interface, open the SyncCenter by going to Data > SyncCenter . The Sync
Center window will open.
2. Select the type of contact sync you would like to execute. This can involve Outlook,
Quickbooks, or ConstructionOnline if you currently have an account linked to your
software. For more information on how to link a ConstructionOnline account, see
Configuring Suitelink .
3. Once you have selected the source/destination of your contact sync, you will be
taken to the Sync Options form. For more information on the Syncing Options, see
Contact Syncing . When you have selected your option preferences, click Next.
4. Once you have confirmed your preferences and set an automatic sync (if desired),
click Sync Now to perform the synchronization. A window will appear when the
synchronization is complete.
5. Click Exit to close the window. Click Close to close the Sync Center.
112
Chapter 9: UDA Construction Calendar
About the UDA Construction Calendar
Always Know What's Next. ConstructionSuite™ automatically merges your project schedules and
business activities in the new Construction Calendar to give you ultimate control over your company's
upcoming events. With four dynamic views - Month, Week, Day, and List - and numerous options for
customizing each, the Construction Calendar offers one of the most flexible tools available for
managing construction schedules.
Construction Calendar. Advanced Control. Designed for multi-project management, the Construction
Calendar pulls from the powerful ConstructionSuite™ database to unite project schedules with your
business activities to give you a central access point for all of your company's events. Once inside the
Construction Calendar, you can customize the view through defining a time frame, filtering information
by a variety of options, and rearranging columns to meet your management needs. Then, you can also
capitalize on the advanced Reminder system to ensure that you and your employees, vendors, and
subcontractors always know what's coming up. Lead reminders are automatically set up for callback
dates so you will never miss a follow up call.
Merge project subtasks and business activities for a comprehensive record of all
upcoming events.
Easily manage multiple project schedules.
Utilize advanced reminders to keep your projects running smoothly.
Get the information you need how you need it with multiple filter and view options.
Customize the view and print your company's schedules in Monthly, Weekly, Daily, or
List formats.
Control the Construction Calendar view with the dynamic Mini Calendar docked in the
ConstructionSuite interface.
Take your ConstructionSuite calendar to the job site with ConstructionOnline or on a
smart phone through Microsoft Outlook with UDA Activity Sync .
Making Integration Work for You. Integration reigns in the new UDA Construction Calendar. With the
ability to merge data from numerous aspects of the ConstructionSuite system, you have the power to
access and manage all the information you need to keep your projects and company moving forward.
In addition to working in conjunction with UDA Scheduling and Activities created through the
ConstructionNet CRM, the Construction Calendar also offers dynamic integration with the Reporting,
Contact, and Document Management systems in UDA ConstructionSuite. Also, with bi -directional
synchronization between the Construction Calendar and Microsoft Outlook, you can be sure that
everyone in your company has access to your company's upcoming event s, whether they're in the
office or on the go with the use of a smart phone.
NOTE: Only Project Subtasks from schedules marked as Primary will appear in the
Construction Calendar. To learn more about Primary Schedules, see Understanding Primary
and Inactive Schedules .
ConstructionSuite™ Activities
113
Printed Documentation
ConstructionSuite Activities (available in Pro versions and above) offer a dynamic method to create
appointments that work in conjunction with Projects, Contacts, and the Construction Calendar. With this
advanced system, you can easily jump to a project or contact overview to see what Activities need to
be completed, making it easy for you to keep everything on track.
You can also synchronize ConstructionSuite Activities with the Outlook Calendar and then take
them with you in the field via a smart phone that is compatible with Microsoft Outlook.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the [add activity] link in any of the Activities sections within the Today Summary,
Project Overview, or Contact Summary, or simply click the New Activity button on the
Construction Calendar toolbar. The New Activity window will open.
3. Enter Activity Information .
Subject: Type a Subject for your Activity. The text entered in this field will appear in your
Activities list on the main interface and in the calendar.
Start and End Times: Designate a date and time for your activity. If the event will last all day,
check the box next to All Day Event.
Quick, Planning, and Start Reminders: Use the drop-down menus to set reminders. Quick
Reminders can be set for anywhere between five minutes and two hours before the start of
the activity. Planning and Start Reminders are set for a number of days in advance. You can
set multiple reminders for an activity. For more advanced reminder options, click on the
Reminders tab.
Edit an Activity
114
Chapter 9: UDA Construction Calendar
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Locate the Activity you wish to edit. Activities can be located on the Construction
Calendar, or on either the Today Summary, Project Overview, or Contact Summary
tabs.
3. Click once on the Activity entry. The Edit Activity form will open.
4. Make the desired changes and click OK to close the form.
NOTE: Only activities that have been manually created can be edited, not activities that
come directly from a schedule or other source within UDA.
Delete an Activity
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Locate the Activity you wish to delete. Activities can be located on the Construction
Calendar, or on either the Today Summary, Project Overview, or Contact Summary
tabs.
3. Right-click on the Activity entry and select Delete .
4. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. The Activity will be removed from the database.
To edit Activity Types, you will first need to open the New Activity window.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the [add activity] link in any of the Activities sections on either the Today
Summary, Project Overview, or Contact Summary, or click the New Activity button on
the Construction Calendar toolbar.
115
Printed Documentation
Through the Activities form, you can set numerous reminders, giving you the opportunity to be
reminded far in advance and close to the start of an Activity. You can set Reminders through drop -
down menus on the main tab of the Activity form, or you can take advantage of advanced options on
the Reminders tab of the Activity form.
If you want to add Reminders to Activities you have already created, click on the entry name in
the Activities section of the Today Summary, Project Overview, or Contact Summary tab, or
double-click the entry on the Construction Calendar. The Edit Activity form will open.
3. Click the [add new] link under the type of reminder you would like to create.
Planning Reminders are used to remind you of planning activities such as scheduling tasks
or ordering materials. You can choose either a specific day or a set number of days before the
activity you would like to be reminded. You can also set a time of day for this option.
Starting Reminders are used to remind you of starting activities such as The beginning of a
job or the beginning or a subtask. You can choose either a specific day or a set number of
days before the activity you would like to be reminded. You can also set a time of day for this
option.
116
Chapter 9: UDA Construction Calendar
Custom Reminders are be used for any other task you would like to be reminded of. You can
choose either a specific day or a set number of days before the acti vity you would like to be
reminded. You can also set a time of day for this option.
6. Designate if you would like to Show Popup Message and/or Send Email to Client, email or
text users when the reminder goes into effect.
Viewing Activities
There are multiple places to view Activities in the ConstructionSuite system.
View Upcoming , Ongoing , and Overdue Activities on the Today Summary tab.
View Project-Related Activities on the Project Overview tab.
View Contact-Related Activities on the Contact Summary tab.
View All Activities through the Construction Calendar in the Month View, Week View,
Day View, and List View.
NOTE: You can change the date range for shown Activities through the Tools > Options
> Activities and To Do Options menu.
You can also synchronize ConstructionSuite Activities with the Microsoft Outlook Calendar
using UDA Activity Sync. To learn more about this feature, see About UDA Activity Sync .
Get fast access to the information you need with the UDA ConstructionSuite Search.
The Search box is located at the top left of the ConstructionSuite Navigation Bar, where you always
have access to it.
1. Click in the search box and start typing. The Today screen will open a Search Results
tab divided into Projects, Activities, To Do, Contacts, and Files.
2. If the search returns more results than can be shown in the consolidated window,
click the See All link at the bottom of the section.
3. To get back to your results, click the Back arrow at the top of the interface beside the
Home button and Tab Trail.
NOTE: Activities and To Dos are a part of the full version of ConstructionNet CRM,
available in ConstructionSuite Pro and above.
117
Printed Documentation
Access the Calendar by clicking on the Calendar tab. Then, choose the view that best fits your needs,
and follow the instructions below to navigate and utilize these dynamic calendar options.
Month View
Use the Month tab to get an overview of all Activities and Project Subtasks scheduled for the past and
upcoming year, for a total of two years' information. The Month tab will automatically default to the
current month's view.
To view other months , use the scroll bar on the right side of the calendar.
To view a particular day from the Month tab, click on the day in the mini-calendar
located at the bottom of the right sidebar.
To view all items for a specific date if there are more than can be seen on the
calendar, click the pale yellow button at the bottom of the day's activities to jump to
the Day View.
To print the Month View , click the Print button in the toolbar. You can print in a
Calendar view or a Detailed List view.
You can also Add, Edit, and Delete entries from this tab.
Week View
Access the Week tab for a listing of all Activities and Project Subtasks for the current week. This tab
stores information for six months prior to and following the current week, for a total of one year's worth
of weekly listings.
To view other weeks , use the scroll bar on the right side of the calendar.
To jump to a particular date from the Week tab, click on the day in the mini-calendar
located at the bottom of the right sidebar.
To view all items for a specific date if there are more than can be seen on the
calendar, click the pale yellow button at the bottom of the day's activities to jump to
the Day View.
To print the Week View , click the Print button in the toolbar. You can print in a
Calendar view or a Detailed List view.
You can also Add, Edit, and Delete entries from this tab.
Day View
Use the Day tab for a list of all items scheduled only for the current date. Project Subtasks will appear
as all day tasks. The default time interval for the Day tab is 30 minutes.
To view other days , either click the desired date on the Mini Calendar in the right
sidebar, or go to the Month or Week tab to select another day.
118
Chapter 9: UDA Construction Calendar
To change the time interval , right-click on the time column and select the 5 , 6 , 10 , 15 ,
30 , or 60 minute interval.
To print the Day View , click the Print button in the toolbar. You can print in a Calendar
view or a Detailed List view.
You can also Add, Edit, and Delete entries from this tab.
With essential information organized in a detailed chart, the List View enables you to manage multiple
project schedules and Activities with ease. In addition to the customization options in the other
Construction Calendar tabs, you can define a time frame, sort information by a variety of options, and
rearrange columns in the List View to meet your management needs.
NOTE: To access the List View, click on the Calendar > List View .
Available information columns include: Subject, % Complete, Contact, Project, Project Number,
Priority, Start, Start Time, End, End Time, Created By and Assigned To.
NOTE: Remember, you can also add, edit, or delete entries ; filter the view ; show or hide
Activity Types ; and Print the List View .
In addition to viewing a combined set of Activities and Project Subtasks, you can also add,
edit, and delete entries from the Construction Calendar.
119
Printed Documentation
3. Click on the New Activity button in the toolbar. The New Activity form will open.
4. Enter Activity Information , Activity Details , and set any Reminders . Click on the
Reminders tab for advanced options.
5. Click OK. The Activity will appear in the calendar.
NOTE: You can add new custom activities, but you cannot add Project Subtasks
from the Construction Calendar. Open up the UDA Schedule for your project to add
subtasks.
NOTE: You can edit created activities, but you cannot edit Project Subtasks from
the Construction Calendar. To edit a Project Subtask from the calendar, you must
open the project schedule, edit the subtask information, and re-save the schedule.
Then, the Project Subtask will be edited in the Construction Calendar.
NOTE: You can delete created activities, but you cannot delete Project Subtasks
from the Construction Calendar. To remove a Project Subtask from the calendar, you
must open the project schedule, delete the subtask, and re-save the schedule. Then,
the Project Subtask will be removed from the Construction Calendar.
1. Access the Calendar view you would like to print by clicking on the Calendar > Month
View , Week View , Day View, or List View .
2. Use the Filter and Visible Types options to show or hide items on the calendar.
3. Click the Print button in the toolbar.
4. Select the Date Range for your print out using the pop-up Calendar buttons to select
Start and End dates.
5. Click OK.
120
Chapter 9: UDA Construction Calendar
6. Use the Page Setup and other print options on the Print Preview screen to customize
your print out.
7. Click the Print button on the Print Preview screen to send the document to your
printer.
Located on the right sidebar of the ConstructionSuite interface, the mini calendar gives you a
quick link into the UDA Construction Calendar.
Click and drag across multiple days on the mini calendar to create a customized view.
Click on a single date on the mini calendar to go to the Day View.
Filters are also useful to develop and print custom reports for you and your company.
1. Click on either the Month View , Week View , Day View, or List View tab.
2. In the Calendar toolbar, click the Filter by drop-down menu.
3. Select Show All . All Activities and Project Subtasks will show on the calendar.
Meeting
Telephone Call
Review
Staff Meeting
Certificate Expiration
Scheduled Subtask
121
Printed Documentation
Milestone
RFI
Lead
Custom Types
By default, all Activity Types are shown on the Construction Calen dar.
1. Click the Visible Types button in the toolbar. A menu appears. Activities Types with
checkmarks next to them are currently shown on the calendar.
2. Double-click an Activity Type name or click the check box beside the activity to de -
select it. All Activities of that type will be hidden from the view.
3. Open the Visible Types menu again and double-click on an inactive Activity Type or
click the check box beside the activity to reinstate it on the calendar.
If you have filtered the view for a specific project or simply do not want to view project names on the
calendar, you can easily remove them from the view.
1. Click on the Tools > Options > Calendar Project Names on the main ConstructionSuite
interface.
2. Project names will be hidden from all items on the calendar.
If you have hidden project names on the calendar, you can easily show them again.
1. Click on the Tools > Options > Calendar Project Names on the main ConstructionSuite
interface.
2. Project names will be shown again for all items on the calendar.
In the office. In the field. It’s all there with the UDA SyncCenter. Use this feature in conjunction with
a smart phone to access all of your essential scheduling information in the field. Any changes you
make to Activities can then be synchronized back into the Construction Calendar when you return to
the office.
122
Chapter 9: UDA Construction Calendar
NOTE: The Construction Calendar and Outlook Activity Sync are only available in Pro
versions and above.
The SyncCenter is a dynamic process that imports, exports, and modifies information between the UDA
Construction Calendar and Microsoft Outlook. Please read the following for specific information about
the synchronization process.
Any Calendar Appointments with the words “Birthday” or “Anniversary” in the subject
Any Calendar Appointments that start or end more than a month before the date of
synchronization.
Activities or Project Subtasks with the words “Birthday” or “Anniversary” in the subject
Activities or Project Subtasks that start or end more than a month before the date of
synchronization
Project Subtasks that are not associated with a Primary Schedule.
The SyncCenter will also modify entries in both calendars depending on the date of
modification .
For example, if you synchronized the calendars and made a change to a ConstructionSuite
Activity through the Outlook Calendar and then performed another synchronization, that
modification will be reflected in the UDA Construction Calendar.
123
Printed Documentation
IMPORTANT : Project Subtasks are locked in the Construction Calendar, and changes cannot
be made to them through the ConstructionSuite interface. If you make changes to a Project
Subtask in Outlook and then synchronize with the Construction Calendar, those changes will
not be recorded in ConstructionSuite. To make changes to Project Subtasks in
ConstructionSuite, open the schedule for that project and make any necessary changes.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Go to Data > SyncCenter > Microsoft Outlook Activity Sync . This will open the Sync
Options window.
3. Select your Sync Options and click Next.
4. Confirm your selected Sync Options then choose a Sync Name and select Save
Sync if you wish to save the Sync Settings for future use. You can also create a
Scheduled Sync to automatically occur on a Daily or Weekly basis.
5. Once you are satisfied with the proposed actions, click Sync Now . The process will
complete and you will be able to access all synchronized information in the UDA
Construction Calendar and Microsoft Outlook.
124
Chapter 10: UDA To Do List
About the UDA To Do Tab
Between keeping your company organized and completing your projects on time, there's a lot to do and
a lot to keep track of. The ConstructionSuite™ system is designed to give you as many options as
possible to help you and your company stay on track. The To Dos tab within ConstructionSuite contains
a complete listing of all the items on your UDA To Do List. Use the To Do List to track items that need
to be completed either for your company or your projects.
Like ConstructionSuite Activities, To Do items can be associated with Contacts or Projects and can
also have a specific date assigned. However, To Do items will not have the option to be assigned
Reminders or a specific time of day and will not appear on the UDA Construction Calendar.
Instead, To Do List items are managed through the comprehensive To Do List that enables you to
manage all Overdue, Upcoming, Incomplete, and Complete items in your list.
The Overdue tab lists Items that are past their due date and not marked as complete.
The Upcoming tab lists items that have a due date in the future.
The Incomplete tab lists overdue and upcoming items that have not been marked as
complete.
The Complete tab lists all items marked as complete.
The All tab lists all items.
NOTE: Lead Reminders are automatically set for callback dates so you will never miss a
follow up call.
To Do List items can be created, edited, and deleted from any of the To Do List sections in
ConstructionSuite. These sections can be found on the ConstructionNet Today Summary tab,
the Project Overview tab, and the Contact Summary tab.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
125
Printed Documentation
2. Click the [add to do] link in any of the To Do List sections on either the Today
Summary, Project Overview, or Contact Summary tab, or click the [add to do] button
on any of the To Do List tabs such as Overdue, Upcoming, Incomplete, Complete, or
All. The New To Do form will open.
3. Enter To Do information.
Subject (Required): Type a Subject for your To Do. The text entered in this field will appear in
your To Do list on the interface.
Due Date: Select a due date from the calendar. If a To Do item is not 100% complete and is
past its due date, it will be shown in red on the interface.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Locate the To Do item you wish to edit. To Do items can be located on the To Dos,
Today Summary, Project Overview, or Contact Summary tabs.
3. Click on the To Do item to open the Edit To Do form.
4. Make the desired changes and click OK to close the form.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Locate the To Do item you wish to delete. To Do items can be located on the To Dos,
Today Summary, Project Overview, or Contact Summary tabs.
3. Right-click on the To Do item and select Delete .
4. Click Yes to confirm the deletion. The To Do item will be removed from t he database.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Locate the To Do item you wish to edit. To Do items can be located on the To Dos,
Today Summary, Project Overview, or Contact Summary tabs.
126
Chapter 10: UDA To Do List
3. Click in the checkbox next to the item. The item will be marked as complete.
4. To view the completed item, go to To Dos > Complete , or To Dos > All.
Filters are also useful to develop and print custom reports for you and your company.
As an integral part of the ConstructionNet CRM system, To Do List items can be associated
with project or contacts, or stand on their own.
Below you'll find the multiple ways to access To Do List items. Adding, editing, or deleting
items can be done from any of these locations.
127
Printed Documentation
NOTE: You can customize which To Do List items are shown on the Today Summary tab
by clicking Tools > Options > Activities and To Do Options on the main ConstructionSuite
interface.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on Projects .
3. On the All Projects tab, click a project name to go to the Project Overview tab.
4. To Do items related to the selected project appear in the To Do List section.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on Contacts .
3. On the All Contacts tab, click a contact name to go to the Contact Summary tab.
4. To Do items related to the selected contact appear in the To Do List section.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on To Dos > Overdue.
3. To Do items that are past their due date and not marked as complete will appear on
this tab.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on To Dos > Upcoming .
3. To Do items that have a due date set in the future will appear on this tab .
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on To Dos > Incomplete .
3. To Do items, both Overdue and Upcoming that have not been marked as complete
will appear on this tab.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on To Dos > Complete .
128
Chapter 10: UDA To Do List
3. To Do items that have been marked as completed will appear on this tab.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on To Dos > All.
3. All To Do items will appear on this tab.
Get fast access to the information you need with the UDA ConstructionSuite Search.
1. Click in the search box and start typing. The Today screen will open a Search Results
tab divided into Projects, Activities, To Do, Contacts, and Files.
2. If the search returns more results than can be shown in the consolidated window,
click the See All link at the bottom of the section.
3. To get back to your results, click the Back arrow at the top of the interface beside the
Home button and Tab Trail.
NOTE: Activities and To Dos are a part of the full version of ConstructionNet CRM,
available in ConstructionSuite Pro and above.
129
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
About UDA Estimating
Accurate Cost Control. With UDA Estimating, advanced job costing tools such as classification-based
line item markup, industry -standard overhead and margin calculation, and automated dimensions are
just the beginning of the most comprehensive construction estimating system on the market.
Reduce Risks. Increase Profits. With multi-project estimate reporting and integration with the Items
Database, CAD programs, QuickBooks, UDA Scheduling, and the revolutionary ConstructionNet CRM
system, UDA Estimating delivers an unrivaled combination of strength and power designed to increase
your accuracy and significantly increase profits.
Making Integration Work for You. Advanced integration from UDA Estimating eliminates double-entry
tasks that can cost you valuable time and money. Create complete estimates from multiple CAD
programs, launch schedules from estimate, synchronize estimates and schedules, utilize bi -directional
QuickBooks Integration to create invoices, purchase orders, and more and connect all your
ConstructionSuite files through the revolutionary ConstructionNet CRM system.
131
Printed Documentation
IMPORTANT : Sample project estimates are provided for reference purposes only and should
be modified to reflect your local costs and specific project criteria.
NOTE: In UDA Estimating, there are hundreds of features designed to speed the process
of generating bids and performing job costing functions. Any changes that you make to the
system, whether through un-protecting a locked Excel sheet or through other means could
result in calculation errors. However, a number of safeguards have been added to the system
to give you the tools you need to ensure accurate estimating such as:
Pop-up messages – Do not ignore any messages that appear on the screen. While
many messages are tips to help guide you through the system, others may indicate
that an error has occurred. Please contact UDA Technologies if you receive any error
messages while working with the system.
Reports – Before you submit a bid to a customer or sign a contract, run a Project
Totals Report from the Reports menu in UDA Estimating and compare the estimate
totals to ensure accuracy.
If you have any questions about UDA Estimating or any of the ConstructionSuite
components, contact a UDA representative at 1.800.700.8321.
Opening Estimating
UDA Estimating delivers hundreds of advanced features designed to give you total cost control. Access
the pre-loaded and custom estimating templates from the ConstructionSuite user interface.
Open Estimating
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Estimating tab.
3. Click the estimating folder that best fits your project type. Options will vary according
to your version.
4. Open an estimate by double-clicking one of the following file types:
Master Estimates will have a predefined framework of categories, subcategories, and items
that you can customize to fit your project needs.
Blank Estimates enable you to build your own framework of categories, subcategories, and
items.
Sample Estimates provide a fully developed estimate from a sample project that you can also
customize to fit your project needs.
132
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
1. On the ConstructionSuite interface, go to the Estimating tab and click on the Launch
Estimate Wizard icon . The Estimate Wizard will launch.
To use a framework from an existing template, choose the Select a Predefined Estimate
option. The next screen will provide a list of available estimating templates.
3. Select a Project for the Estimate. If there is a Lender assigned to the project
selected, the Lender category will automatically populate.
To use an existing project , click the project selector button and choose a project from
the list. For more information, see Selecting a Project .
To create a new project , click the New button. The Project Quick Add form will open.
You can enter Project Information, Project Details, and Contact Information. Click the
More button to access the complete Edit Project form. For more information, see
Creating a New Project.
To edit an existing project , click the project selector button and choose a project from
the list. Click the Edit button at the bottom of the window. The Edit Project form will
open. You can edit Project Information, Lender Information, Additional Information,
and Project Dimensions. For more information, see Editing a Project .
5. Click Finish. The new estimate will open. You are now ready to begin using your
project estimate.
6. Building an Estimate Framework (If you selected Create a New Blank Estimate)
The Blank Estimate comes by default with one category and one subcategory.
You can add additional categories by clicking the [add category] link on the estimate.
Additionally, you can create new subcategories by clicking the [add subcategory] link
on the estimate.
133
Printed Documentation
Continue using the Add Category, Add Subcategory, and Add Item buttons until you
are satisfied with the estimate framework. You can change this framework and add or
delete categories, subcategories, and items at any time. For more information, see
Modifying Categories, Subcategories, and Items .
NOTE: You can save an Estimate as a template at any time by selecting File > File >
Save as Template and selecting a destination to save to.
For more information on using UDA Projects, see Using UDA Projects.
1. Open ConstructionSuite.
2. Click on the Estimating folder and select the type of estimate you would like to open.
3. Double-click on the Master estimate. The Project Select form will open.
4. To select a project for the estimate, do one of the following:
To use an existing project , select the appropriate tab and click on the project name.
For more information, see Selecting a Project.
To create a new project , click New Project at the top of the window . The Project Quick
Add form will open. You can enter Project Information, Project Details, and Contact
Information. Click the More button on this window to access the complete Edit Project
form. For more information, see Creating a New Project .
134
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
5. Click OK.
6. If the file was previously saved as a project estimate, you will need to select if you
want to remove Costs, Quantities , Actuals , or Resources before saving the template.
Click OK once you have made your selections.
7. The template will appear in the section you specified on the Estimating tab. The
master estimate still exists in its original location.
NOTE: You may notice that project information does not have to be removed before saving
a template. ConstructionSuite is designed to automatically remove project designations upon
saving a template. When you use the template, you will be prompted to select a project.
1. Close all other applications. The update will take a few minutes to complete.
2. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
3. From the main interface, select Data > Import > UDA Database File Import
4. Select the estimate from the appropriate location on your computer.
5. Click Open.
6. The new estimate will import into ConstructionSuite. Open the estimate and UDA
Estimating will update to the current format.
135
Printed Documentation
7. Wait until the update process is complete. When prompted, save the new estimate in
the appropriate project folder.
NOTE: At this time, the UDA Summary Estimating toolset from previous versions of
ConstructionSuite is not enabled in the ConstructionSuite system. Estimates created in the
Summary Estimate format will not import during the Project Import process.
Categories: each category has its own sheet and is viewed on the Project Totals sheet (Example:
Framing).
Subcategories: viewed on the Project Totals sheet and category sheets (Example: Wall
Framing Materials).
Items: viewed only on the category sheets (Example: 2"x 10"x 12's).
When you open an estimate, you are opening a spreadsheet workbook with several layers, including a
Project Totals sheet, several category sheets, and a Company Overhead and Margin sheet.
Project Totals is the top sheet of every UDA Estimate. Containing categories and subcategories, the
Project Totals sheet gives you instant access to a comprehensive summary of your estimate.
Categories each have a sheet in the workbook that displays all the subcategories and items within
that category. To edit estimates, click the category or subcategory name to jump to the category sheet.
You can insert categories and create category sheets by clicking the [add category] link in between
any two categories on the Project Totals sheet.
Company Overhead and Margin is the last sheet in every UDA Estimate. Use this to calculate your
overhead and profit margin. To access this sheet from the Project Totals page, click on the Company
Overhead and Margin category name at the bottom of the sheet. If your estimate does not have this
sheet, you can insert a Company Overhead and Margin sheet by selecting an existing category and
going to Insert > Insert Overhead and Margin Sheet.
IMPORTANT : Estimate values can be edited only on category sheets. Estimate values
cannot be edited on the Project Totals sheet.
To show or hide columns, go to the View menu and click on Show/Hide Columns to access the
complete listing of available column headers. You may also wish to choose an option from the
Predefined Views menu. For more information on customizing the view, see Showing and Hiding
Columns in Estimating.
Notes allows you to enter notes for a category or subcategory. Click in this column to
add notes.
136
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Name shows the name of the category or subcategory. You can add, delete , and
rename categories and subcategories.
Description enables you to enter custom text describing the category or subcategory.
Type enables you to designate a subcategory as Estimate, Allowance, Option, or
Change Order (available in Premier versions and above). Go to a Category page and
click in this column to make a selection. For more information, see Estimating for
Projects .
Method shows your estimating method; either Detailed, Lump Sum, or Inactive. Go to
a Category sheet and change the estimating method by using the drop-down menu
for the subcategory you wish to change. For more information about Method, see
Estimating for Projects .
Classification shows if the subcategories are defined as Material, Labor,
Subcontractor, Equipment, Other, or N/A. For more information, see Estimating for
Projects .
Status shows whether subcategories are designated as Estimated, Firm, or Bid. For
more information, see Estimating for Projects .
Resource enables you to assign a contact from your contact database to
subcategories. For more information, see Assigning Resources in Estimating .
Contact Group lists the name of the group association, if any, for the selected
resource.
% of Total calculates the percent of the total estimate for categories and
subcategories.
Estimate shows the estimated value for subcategories before any tax or markup. You
can change your estimated value by clicking on the name of the subcategory you
wish to edit.
Unit shows the specified unit that interacts with the designated quantity selecte d for
each line item.
Sales Tax shows the sales tax value, if designated, for subcategories. For more
information, see Setting Sales Tax Options in Estimating .
Tax Type determines how the set tax rates are handled by CostructionSuite. This
includes Not Taxed, Materials, Services, or Tax Included.
Total Cost is the Estimate value plus Sales Tax.
Line Item Markup shows the percent markup for each line item cost.
Dollar Markup shows the dollar value of designated markup for each subcategory. For
more information, see Adding Line Item Markup in Estimating .
Dimensions enable you to select a dimension from the existing dimensions specified
in the estimate.
Total Price is the sum of the Estimate value plus Sales Tax and Line Item Markup.
Actual Cost shows the actual cost for a subcategory. Go to a Category sheet and
enter the actual cost to calculate the Variance .
Cost Variance shows the difference in the estimated cost and actual cost, allowing
you to analyze the accuracy of your estimates.
Start Date shows the start date of the subtask. Synchronization between the estimate
and a schedule is required to view this information.
End Date shows the end date of the subtask. Synchronization between the estimate
and a schedule is required to view this information.
137
Printed Documentation
Duration shows the total duration for each subtask. Synchronization between the
estimate and a schedule is required to view this information.
% Complete show the percentage that is complete for each subtask. Synchronization
between the estimate and a schedule is required to view this information.
Committed Costs shows the costs your company has already expended or is
obligated to pay for each subtask. Integration with QuickBooks is required in order to
take advantage of this feature.
Invoiced Amount shows the total of all invoices issued for each subtask. Integration
with QuickBooks is required in order to take advantage of this feature.
Custom Columns enable you to incorporate additional information into the estimate .
Each category sheet has 29 columns of information to offer you maximum control over your
subcategories and items.
To show or hide columns, go to the View menu and click on either Show/Hide Columns, or
choose the Predefined Views option. For more information on customizing the view, see
Showing and Hiding Columns in Estimating .
Name shows the name of the subcategory or item. You can add, delete and rename
subcategories and items.
Description enables you to enter custom text describing subcategories or items.
Click in this column to add custom text.
Notes allows you to enter notes for subcategories and items. Click in this column to
add notes.
Type enables you to designate a subcategory as Estimate, Allowance, Op tion or
Change Order (available in Premier versions and above). Click in this column and
use the drop-down menu to make a selection. To learn more about types, see
Estimating for Projects .
Method shows your estimating method, either Detailed, Lump Sum or I nactive. You
can change your estimating method by clicking in the column for the subcategory you
want to work with. For more information about methods, see Estimating for Projects .
Classification shows if the subcategories or items are defined as Material, Labor,
Subcontractor, Equipment, Other, or N/A. Line Item Markup and Reports use
Classifications to give you maximum control over your estimated figures. Choose a
Classification by clicking in the column and using the drop-down menu. For more
information, see Estimating for Projects .
Status shows whether subcategories or items are designated as Estimated, Firm, or
Bid. To set a status, click in the column for a subcategory or item and use the drop -
down menu. For more information, see Estimating for Projects.
Resources enables you to assign a contact from your contact database to
subcategories. For more information, see Assigning Resources in Estimating .
Contact Group lists the name of the group association, if any, for the selected
resource.
Dimension enables you to select from a list of custom -defined project dimensions to
facilitate faster estimating.
138
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Quantity shows the quantity for a subcategory or item. Click and type in this column
to enter a quantity.
Cost shows the cost for a subcategory or item. Click and type in this column to enter
a cost.
Unit shows the unit you have designated for the subcategory or item. Click in this
column to launch the unit selector.
Estimate shows the estimated value for subcategories and items that is calculated
from the Quantity and Cost columns. It is the amount of the subcategory or item
before tax or markup. Enter an estimate value in the Detailed method using Quantity
and Cost columns, or simply enter a value in the Cost column if you are using the
Lump Sum method.
Tax Type enables you to designate tax for a subcategory or item as Not Taxed, taxed
on Materials, taxed on Services, or Tax Included. To designate sales tax
percentages, go to Estimating > Set Sales Tax. For more information, see Setting
Sales Tax Options in Estimating .
Sales Tax shows the total amount of tax that is being applied to each subcategory or
item.
Total Cost is the Estimate value plus Sales Tax.
Line Item Markup shows the markup value for each subcategory or item. Add a
markup individually for each subcategory or item, or designate markup by
Classification. For more information, see Adding Line Item Markup in Estimating .
Dollar Markup shows the actual dollar value for the applied markup for each
subcategory or item. Add a markup individually for each subcategory or item, or
designate markup by Classification. For more information, see Adding Line Item
Markup in Estimating
Total Price is the sum of the Estimate value plus Sales Tax and Line Item Markup.
Actual Cost enables you to either enter actual costs manually or import actual costs
from QuickBooks (in select versions). Click and type in this column to record the
actual cost for a subcategory or item, or go to QuickBooks Integration > Import
QuickBooks Actuals.
Cost Variance is the difference between Total Cost and Actual cost.
Committed Costs shows the value of all of your QuickBooks purchase orders
associated with each subcategory or item.
Invoiced Amounts shows the value of all existing invoices within QuickBooks
associated with each subcategory or item.
Quickbooks Actuals shows the value of all existing QuickBooks Actuals associated
with each subcategory or item.
Start Date shows the start date of the subtask. Synchronization between the estimate
and a schedule is required to view this information.
End Date shows the end date of the subtask. Synchronization between the estimate
and a schedule is required to view this information.
Duration shows the total duration for each subtask. If durations are entered in the
estimate, they will be transferred into a schedule generated from the estimate. For
more information, see Creating a New Schedule from the Estimate .
% Complete show the percentage that is complete for each subtask. Synchronization
between the estimate and a schedule is required to view this information.
Custom Columns enable you to incorporate additional information into the estimate.
139
Printed Documentation
Scroll through the sheets in order using the Prev and Next buttons on the top toolbar.
Jump to a specific sheet by using the Go To dropdown menu on the toolbar. This is
located just above the column headers on the left side of each spreadsheet and is
bordered by the navigation arrows.
Navigate to the first or last sheet in the estimate by using the Skip Forward or Skip
Back buttons on the top toolbar.
Use the tabs at the bottom of the estimate to move between sheets.
Depending on your project needs, you may want to show or hide columns in your estimate.
1. To control which columns are in view, open an estimate and go to View > Show/Hide
Columns. The column names are divided into sections. This window can also be
accessed by right-clicking a column header and selecting Show/Hide columns.
2. Use the checkboxes to select which columns will be shown in the estimate. If you
would like all columns in a section to show, check the box next to the section header.
3. Adjust the Column Width by typing a number (in pixels) in the appropriate space.
4. Click OK.
NOTE: Available columns differ between the Project Totals, Category, and Company
Overhead and Margin sheets.
Predefined Views contains select groupings of columns you can utilize for quick
customization of the estimate view.
1. In an open estimate, go to View > Predefined Views. You can also access the
predefined views from the lower-right hand corner of an estimate or from the upper-
right hand corner of the Show/Hide Columns window.
2. Choose a predefined set from the list. Descriptions are shown below.
NOTE: While column choice differs between the Project Totals and Category sheets, you
can only have one Predefined View selected for your estimate. That is, if you select
Organizational as your Predefined View on the Project Totals sheet, you cannot chan ge the
view set on the Category page to Financial without affecting the Project Totals sheet view.
140
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
141
Printed Documentation
Views
Category
Sheet
Notes l
Name
Description
Type
Method
Classification
Status
Resources
Contact
Group
Estimate
Tax Type
Sales Tax
Cost
Unit
Total Cost
Line Item
Markup
Dimensions
Quantity
Total Price
Actual Cost
Cost
Variance
QuickBooks
Actuals
Start Date
End Date
Duration
Percent
Complete
Custom
Columns
142
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
You can customize your estimate view by showing and hiding categories, subcategories, items, and
subtotals in your estimate.
NOTE: The Project Totals sheet contains categories and subcategories. Category sheets
contain subcategories and items. To show and hide the various aspects of your estimate,
ensure that you are on the correct sheet in the estimate.
On the Project Totals sheet, right-click the category name that you want to hide subcategories
for and select Hide Subcategories.
To show subcategories, right-click the category name with hidden subcategories and select
Show Subcategories.
On a Category sheet, right-click the subcategory name that you want to hide items for and
select Hide Items.
To show items, right-click the subcategory name with hidden items and select Show Items.
NOTE: Subcategories and Items can also be shown or hidden using the Collapse button
beside each Category or Subcategory name.
To show row and column headers, go to View > Toggle Row & Column Headers.
143
Printed Documentation
To hide row and column headers, go to View > Toggle Row & Column Headers.
For more information on using UDA Projects, see Using UDA Projects.
1. When you open a new estimate, the Project Select window will appear.
2. To select a project for the estimate, do one of the following:
To use an existing project , select the appropriate tab and click on the project name.
For more information, see Selecting a Project.
To create a new project , click New Project at the top of the window . The Project Quick
Add form will open. You can enter Project Information, Project Details, and Contact
Information. Click the More button on this window to access the complete Edit Project
form. For more information, see Creating a New Project.
3. Click OK. You have selected a project for the estimate.
After you have selected a project for the estimate, you may decide that you want to designate a
different project instead.
1. If the Project Information dialog box is not already open, go to Tools > Select Project .
2. To select a project for the estimate, do one of the following:
To use an existing project , select the appropriate tab and click on the project name.
For more information, see Selecting a Project .
To create a new project , click New Project at the top of the window . The Project Quick
Add form will open. You can enter Project Information, Project Details, and Contact
Information. Click the More button on this window to access the complete Edit Project
form. For more information, see Creating a New Project.
3. Click OK. You have selected a different project for the estimate.
4. You will be prompted to save the estimate with the new project associatio n. Click OK
and save the estimate.
While you are working on your estimate, you may need to update your project information to reflect
changes in your project such as project details, related contacts and projects, and insurance and bond
certificates.
144
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Edit Project . The Edit Project window will open.
2. Use the Navigation Tree on the left to access the sections you wish to edit.
3. Click OK when you've made the necessary changes.
1. On the Project Totals sheet, click the [add category] link in the section of the estimate
where you would like to add the new category.
2. Type the name of the new category.
1. On either the Project Totals page or a Category sheet, click the [add subcategory] link
in the section of the estimate where you would like to add the new subcategory.
2. Type the name of the new subcategory.
3. If you are on the Category page, you can select Optional Settings such as Type,
Method, Classification , and Tax Type . If you choose the Lump Sum method, you can
also enter Quantity and Cost.
1. On a Category sheet, click the [add item] link in the section of the estimate where you
would like to add the new item.
2. Select Insert Items from Database or Insert Item Manually.
If you choose Insert Items Manually, type the name of the new item and assign a
Classification, Tax Type, Quantity, and Cost, if desired.
If you choose Insert Items from the Database, select your items from the Items Database
window. For more information about the Items Database, see Using the Items Database.
145
Printed Documentation
In addition to adding and deleting elements of your estimate framework, you can also rename, move,
outdent, and indent categories, subcategories, and items.
Indenting elements of your estimate changes their position in the f ramework of categories,
subcategories, and items. If you choose to indent a category, it will go down one level in the hierarchy
and become a subcategory. Likewise, if you indent a subcategory, it will become an item.
Outdenting elements of your estimate changes their position in the framework of categories,
subcategories, and items. If you choose to outdent a subcategory, it will go up one level in the
hierarchy and become a category. Likewise, if you outdent an item, it will become a subcategory.
2. Select a Type by clicking in the cell and using the drop-down menu.
146
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Estimate is the default setting. All costs entered for subcategories marked as Estimate will be
calculated in the estimate totals.
Allowance costs are calculated in the estimate totals. When you run a Proposal or Allowances
report from the estimate, all subcategories marked as Allowance will be listed separately.
Option enables you to present costs for additional options to your customers without affecting
the estimate totals. Subcategories designated as Option will be listed in the Proposal and
numerous UDA Estimating reports. Any subcategory marked as an option will not be
calculated in the total cost of the project. If you would like to include the subcategory's
costs in the totals, change the type to Estimate, Allowance, or accepted Change Order
(available in Premier versions and above).
Change Order (available in Premier versions and above) launches the Change Order Wizard,
allowing you to create a new change order or add the subcategory to an existing change order.
Change Orders have three designations: Pending, Accepted, and Rejected. Only accepted
change orders will be calculated in the estimate totals. For more information about change
orders, see Creating and Using Change Orders.
3. Select a Method by clicking in the cell and using the drop-down menu.
Lump Sum enables you to enter estimate information on the subcategory level.
Inactive excludes subcategory costs and information from the estimate without permanently
deleting the subcategory.
4. Select a Classification by clicking in the cell and using the drop-down menu.
Classifications are Material, Labor, Subcontractor, Equipment, Other, and N/A. You can
assign line item markup percentages to each classification by going to Tools > Options and
clicking on the Markup tab. You can also run a report based on classifications.
5. Select a Status by clicking in the cell and using the drop-down menu.
Status options include Estimated, Firm, and Bid. If you choose to assign a status for each
subcategory or item, you can generate a Status report for each designation.
6. Enter Quantities and Costs.
To manually enter costs for subcategories and items in your estimate, click in the cell and
type the appropriate number.
To use quantities from dimensions you have defined in your project, click in the Dimension
cell for the subcategory or item and select a dimension from the drop -down menu. For more
information, see Using Dimensions in Estimating.
To use costs for items stored in the database, click the [add item] link and select Insert
Items from Database. You will be given the opportunity to enter a quantity and class after
selecting your item. For more information, see Using the Items Database.
7. Select a Unit by clicking in the cell and making a selection from the unit menu.
Units are fully customizable and can be used to generate the Item Units Report. To save time,
you can designate the same unit for each item in a subcategory by selecting the Uniform
units for each item option on the Tools > Options > Settings form and then selecting the
unit for the first item in a subcategory.
8. Select a Tax Type by clicking in the cell and using the drop-down menu.
Tax Type options include Not Taxed, tax on Materials, tax on Services, or Tax Included. To
assign percentages for taxes, go to Tools > Options and click on the Taxes tab. You can
speed the process of assigning sales tax in your estimate by activating the Uniform Sales Tax
option by going to Tools > Options > Settings.
9. Enter Line Item Markup by clicking in the cell and making a selection in the window that
appears.
147
Printed Documentation
If you are using Classifications and have a markup percentage associated with each
classification, you may not need to enter a percentage in this column. You can assign
percentages to each classification by going to Tools > Options and clicking on the Markup
tab.
NOTE: In UDA Estimating, there are hundreds of features designed to speed the process
of generating bids and performing job costing functions. Any changes that you make to the
system, whether through un-protecting a locked sheet or through other means could result in
calculation errors. However, a number of safeguards have been added to the system to give
you the tools you need to ensure accurate estimating such as:
Pop-up messages – Do not ignore any messages that appear on the screen. While
many messages are tips to help guide you through the system, others may indicate
that an error has occurred. Please contact UDA Technologies if you receive any error
messages while working with the system.
Reports – Before you submit a bid to a customer or sign a contract, run a Project
Totals Report from the Reports menu in UDA Estimating and compare the estimate
totals to ensure accuracy.
If you have any questions about UDA Estimating or any of the ConstructionSuite
components, contact a UDA representative at 1.800.700.8321.
1. In an open estimate, click on the Company Overhead & Margin category name (located
in the Go To menu in the toolbar or at the bottom of the Project Totals sheet) to go to
that sheet in the estimate.
2. For each applicable subcategory, select an estimating method.
Use the Lump Sum estimating method if you want to estimate using a fixed dollar amount
for overhead and margin.
Use the Detailed estimating method if you want to calculate overhead and margin based on a
percentage.
If you are using the detailed method, enter a percentage in the Percent column and select
either Percent Margin or Percent of Costs from the Unit drop-down menu.
NOTE: Percent Margin is the industry-recommended method that will provide you
with a true margin on the grand total. This unit will calculate your percentage on the
cost of the entire project, including figures entered on the Company Overhead and
Margin sheet. For example, if your project costs $100,000, a 10% overhead using the
Percent Margin unit would produce $11,111.11 for your overhead. This number is
derived by dividing the costs by (1 minus the percentage). Percent of Costs only
provides a percentage on the subtotal of the project. Using the example above, a
10% overhead on a $100,000 project using the Percent of Costs unit would only
148
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
provide $10,000 for overhead expenses. This number is derived by multiplying the
subtotal cost by the percentage.
If you deleted your Company Overhead and Margin sheet, you can easily insert a new one.
NOTE: The Company Overhead and Margin sheet contains five subcategories with two
items each. These subcategories and items can be renamed, but no additional subcategories
or items can be created.
The Dimensions feature in UDA Estimating enables you to quickly calculate estimates based
on your custom project dimensions.
4. Repeat this process until you have created all dimensions for your project.
5. Click OK.
NOTE: Just like in Excel, you can use formulas in the Edit Dimensions window. Each
dimension has an ID letter in the far left column that you can use to create formulas in the
Value cell of the Edit Dimensions window. For example, if Dimension A is valued at 1200
square feet, and Dimension B is valued at 1000 square feet, you could add a new dimension
and type the formula A + B in the Value cell. After you finish editing the new dimension, 2200
will appear in for the value.
149
Printed Documentation
5. Click OK. The dimension value will be entered in the Quantity cell, and the unit type
will be entered as the Unit for the subcategory or item.
Track and manage resources with ease using UDA Resource Allocation . Beyond providing a
direct link between the contact database and UDA Estimates and Schedules, UDA Resource
Allocation enables you to avoid conflicts, automatically send reminders, and generate
reports. Maximize your estimating and scheduling efficiency with UDA Resource Allocation -
available in Pro versions and above of ConstructionSuite.
Alphabetical sorts contacts alphabetically. Click on a letter to show the list of contacts
beginning with that letter. Only letters that have contacts listed are active.
Search searches the entire contact database. Locate a contact by typing any part of the
contact's name in the search box.
150
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
4. Click on the desired contact's name. The Contact Details appear for the selected
contact.
5. Once you are satisfied with your choice of contact, click OK.
NOTE: When an assigned resource has a group association in the main contact database,
the group name will appear in the Contact Group column of your estimate. For example, if you
assign John Smith to the Plumbing Labor subcategory in the estimate, and yo u have
assigned John Smith to the Plumbers group, John Smith will appear in the Resource column,
and Plumbers will appear in the Contact Group column for that subcategory.
Save time by assigning a resource to all items within a subcategory. If you assign a resource to the first
item in a subcategory, you will be asked if you would like to apply to all items in the subcategory.
Select yes to quickly assign a resource to all items within a subcategory.
NOTE: If you would like to clear the resource for all items in the subcategory, select the
Resource cell for the first item in the subcategory and when prompted, select yes to apply
to all items within the subcategory.
151
Printed Documentation
General Notes allows you to enter notes specific to each category, subcategory, or item. If
desired, enter your initials and click the Time Stamp button to mark the date and time the note
was entered.
Bid Notes allows you to enter notes about the bid process (Example: bids from multiple
subcontractors or suppliers). If desired, enter your initials and click the Time Stamp button to
mark the date and time the note was entered.
Field Notes allows you to enter notes documenting your on-site progress. If desired, enter
your initials and click the Time Stamp button to mark the date and time the note was entered.
Images allows you to associate up to 5 images with a category, subcategory, or item. For
example, you could include a photograph of your progress or an example of materials to be
used for the task. Click Browse to select images.
IMPORTANT : Images are linked, not embedded. To allow other users to view
the images, store the images in a shared network folder that the user can
access. When you send an estimate as an email attachment, the recipient will
not be able to view images.
Schedule Information (available on the Category and Subcategory levels in Pro versions and
above) displays key information and dates for the Category or Subcategory. These fields can
not be edited from the Estimate - they must be acquired from the schedule via a schedule
sync. For more information, see Synchronizing an Estimate with a Schedule.
4. Click OK.
UDA Estimating now gives you more options than ever for adding marku p in your estimate.
Beyond calculating markup for individual subcategories and items in your estimate, you can
also define markup percentages by classification and have UDA Estimating automatically
assign markup amounts based on whether the subcategory or item is designated as Material,
Labor, Subcontractor, Equipment, or Other.
1. After you have defined percentages for each classification, go to a category page by
clicking on a category or subcategory name on the Project Totals sheet.
2. If the Classification column is not showing, go to View > Show/Hide Columns , select
Classification under the Organization heading and click OK to close the form.
3. On the category page, use the drop-down menu to select a classification for a
subcategory or item. The related markup will be added to the cost of the subcategory
or item.
NOTE: Line Item Markup is shown as a part of the Total Price and is not added into the
base Estimate value or the Total Cost.
152
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
NOTE: Clicking on the Advanced button on the Line Item Markup form will take you to the
Set Line Item Markups by classification form.
1. In an open estimate, go to Edit > Clear All > Scheduled Durations or Scheduled
Dates .
2. Click OK if you are sure. This will clear all Scheduled Durations or
Scheduled Dates in the estimate.
Properly documenting change orders is one of the key factors in keeping your project costs
on target. In ConstructionSuite, you can enter, track, and manage project change orders
quickly and easily. Document all project changes and ensure that everybody is on the same
page with the powerful Change Order Management features available in Premier versions
and higher of UDA ConstructionSuite.
1. In an open estimate, go to a category page and click in the Type column for the
subcategory you wish to designate as a change order.
153
Printed Documentation
2. Select Change Order from the drop-down menu. The Change Order Wizard will open.
3. Choose whether you want to Create a new change order or Add selection to existing
change order .
Change orders are organized by an automatically-assigned number and user-defined name.
Any selections added to a particular change order will be grouped toge ther for Status,
Contracts, and Reports. For example, if you add 3 selections to Change Order 1, the Status
(Pending, Accepted, Rejected) will remain consistent throughout the estimate, even if the
selections exist in separate subcategories. When you launch change order contracts or
reports, all selections for Change Order 1 will remain grouped.
4. Click Next.
6. Click Next.
Pending and Rejected change orders will not be calculated in the cost of the estimate.
Accepted change orders will be added into the cost of the estimate. Select a location for
the change order.
8. Click Next.
10. If you selected to use an existing category/subcategory combination for your change order,
you will be prompted to choose one of the following options on the next page of the wizard:
Create another subcategory with the same name. In this instance, if you needed to create a
change order for the Tile Flooring Materials subcategory, this option would create another Tile
Flooring Materials subcategory designated as a Change Order. You would only need to enter
the additional cost of the change order for the new Tile Flooring Materials subcategory. For
example, if your client wants to add an additional $1000.00 in tile materials, you would only
need to enter $1000.00 in the new subcategory because the original cost still exists in the
original subcategory.
Convert the selected subcategory into a change order. In this instance, the Tile Flooring
Materials subcategory would be designated as the change order and not be separated into two
subcategories. You would need to add the cost of the change order to the o riginal estimated
cost of the subcategory. For example, if the Tile Flooring Materials cost $3500.00 before the
change order and the customer wanted to add an additional $1000.00, you would need to
change the total cost to $4500.00 for the category.
Click Finish. The change order will be shaded in the estimate. Enter the appropriate
amount for the change order and make any other selections such as Classification,
Resource, Tax Type, Markup, etc.
154
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
You will only be able to edit the name, number, and description of the change order.
IMPORTANT : When a Change Order has been accepted or rejected by your customer,
remember to change the Status in the estimate. This ensures that accepted change orders
are calculated in the total cost of your estimate and can be properly recorded if you a re using
QuickBooks Integration (available in Pro versions and above).
Quickly and efficiently communicate project changes with your clients and vendors. Using the
new change order reporting features, you can automatically generate itemized listings,
overview reports, and contracts to successfully manage and track any changes in the project.
1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Customer Reports > Change Order Documents .
2. Select a change order from the drop-down menu. The change order description and a
list of what's included appears.
3. Select whether you would like to generate an Itemized Proposal or a Change Order
Contract.
4. If you are generating an Itemized Proposal, select which columns to display. If you
are generating a Contract, select either Fixed Fee or Cost Plus and whether or not
you want to display the Change Order in a Table.
5. Click OK. The document will open in UDA OnPoint .
6. Go to File > Save to save the document.
7. Review each section of the documents for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the blue to black button on the Document Management toolbar.
8. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.
155
Printed Documentation
NOTE: You are also able to edit the Itemized Proposal, Fixed Fee and Cost Plus templates from
the Change Order Documents window by clicking the corresponding Edit Template links.
1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Customer Reports > Change Order Summary.
2. Select which information you would like to include and view in the report.
Include in Total Cost enables you to designate whether you would like to include Estimated
Costs, Sales Tax and Line Item Markup in the costs of your report.
Display allows you to select whether you would like to view Estimated Cost,, Sales Tax, Line
Item Markup and Status.
Options enables you to select whether you would like to include Change Orders with No
Estimated Value, Line Item Notes and Table Borders, as well as choose your
Category/Subcategory Colors and Filter Change Orders by Status.
NOTE: You are also able to edit the Change Order Summary template from this window by clicking
the Edit Template link.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
7. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.
1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Vendor Reports > Proposal Request for Change
Order.
2. Select a change order from the drop-down menu. The change order description and a
list of what's included appears.
3. Select whether you would like to generate an Itemized Proposal or a Change Order
Contract.
4. If you are generating an Itemized Proposal, select which columns to display. If you
are generating a Contract, select either Fixed Fee or Cost Plus and whether or not
you want to Include Items.
156
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
5. Click OK.
6. The Document Management Wizard will open. Select your Contact and Project with
the selector buttons if they are not already present. New Contacts or Pro jects can be
created using the corresponding New buttons.
7. Select whether you would like to insert a Letterhead as well as any additional
documents you would like to create. These include Transmittal, Envelope, Fax and
Memo. You can view a complete listing of OnPoint options by clicking the Options...
link.
8. Click OK when finished. The document will open in UDA OnPoint .
9. Go to File > Save to save the document and choose a location for your save. The
default save destination is the current project's folder.
10. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text t o black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
11. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.
Actual Costs
1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Options and select the Settings tab.
2. Choose one of the following options:
Import Actual Costs from QuickBooks will enable users who have QuickBooks Integration
to easily pull actual costs from QuickBooks.
If you would like QuickBooks actuals to import automatically when the estimate is opened,
select Automatically Import Actuals from QuickBooks.
NOTE: You can also enable Variance and indicate if you would like UDA
Estimating to calculate the variance against Total Cost.
Enable line item markup and define percentages for the various classifications.
157
Printed Documentation
Item Units
For each item, you can designate an Item Unit that is useful in generating reports from the estima te.
Customize your available Item Units from an open estimate.
1. In an open estimate, click in the Unit column for any item. This will open the Units
form. If the column is not visible, go to View > Show/Hide Columns and select the
Unit column under the Costs and Markup section.
2. To create new units, click the Add button, type a name for the new unit, and click OK.
To edit current units, select a unit in the list, click the Edit button, enter a new name for the unit,
and click OK.
1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Options and select the Subcategory Defaults tab.
2. Use the drop-down menus to select the default settings.
Type - choose between Estimate, Allowance, or Option.
Classification - choose between Material, Labor, Subcontractor, Equipment, Other, and N/A.
Tax Type - choose between Not Taxed, tax on Materials, tax on Services, and Tax Included.
NOTE: If you would like to change the defaults for future estimates and not just the
one currently open, select the Edit Default Settings checkbox.
4. Click OK.
1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Options and select the Taxes tab.
2. Select your Country Tax Setting and Tax Calculation Method.
Tax Then Markup will apply your sales tax to estimated values first, and then
calculate the Line Item Markup based on the price including tax.
Markup Then Tax will apply your Line Item Markup to the un-taxed
estimated value, and then add sales tax based on the marked-up cost.
158
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Tax and Markup Separate will apply both Line Item Markup and sales tax to
the original estimated value, and then add each to the original value in order
to calculate the Total Price.
3. Enter percentages for Local, County, and State taxes for materials and services.
4. Click OK.
1. In an open estimate, click Tools > Options and select the Subcategory Defaults tab.
2. Choose the default Tax Type by using the drop-down menu.
3. Click OK.
NOTE: If you would like to change the defaults for future estimates and not just the one
currently open, select the Edit Default Settings checkbox.
Setting a uniform sales tax will automatically designate the same sales tax rat e for all items in a
subcategory. If you change the sales tax for the first item in the subcategory, the sales tax for all other
items in the subcategory will be updated.
1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Options and select the Settings tab.
2. Select the Uniform Sales Tax for each item in subcategory checkbox.
3. Click OK.
1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Options and select the Settings tab.
2. Select whether you would like to see Add Links in your estimate.
3. Click OK.
Choose toolbars
The File toolbar contains open, save, print, import, export and schedule opti ons.
The Edit toolbar contains access to information for a selected item, project
information, positioning options, deleting rows and clear data options.
The View toolbar allows you to view notes, images and schedule info associated with
the estimate, show/hide columns, select a predefined view, toggle headers and toggle
category, subcategory and item display settings.
The Insert toolbar contains tools to insert categories, subcategories and items, insert
an Overhead and Margin sheet, insert a blank sheet and insert notes.
159
Printed Documentation
The Tools tab allows you to open the ConstructionSuite™ interface, select project,
edit project information, create a new schedule, sync with an existing schedule and
access estimate options.
The Estimating toolbar includes icons to access the Items Database; integrate with
Microsoft Project (available in Pro versions and above); launch the Windows
calculator; set options; add and delete categories, subcategories, and items; and
select predefined views.
The Reports toolbar gives you access to the Reports Wizard, the Proposal Wizard,
and drop-down menus for Project Management Reports, Vendor Reports, and
Customer Reports.
The Quickbooks Integration toolbar includes tools to launch the QuickBooks Initial
Setup wizard, create a QuickBooks estimate, invoice, purchase order or credit memo,
import from QuickBooks, export from Quickbooks and create an Application for
Payment.
The Help toolbar provides access to the UDA Help manual and UDA Web Help.
1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Options and select the Settings tab.
2. Select the options as desired.
Uniform units for each item in a subcategory will automatically designate the same unit
type for all items in a subcategory, such as Per Sq. Ft. or Per Sq. Yard. if you change the item
type for the first item in the subcategory.
Uniform classification for each item in a subcategory will automatically designate the same
classification for all items in a subcategory if you change the classification for the first item in
the subcategory.
Uniform sales tax for each item in a subcategory will automatically designate the same
sales tax rate for all items in a subcategory if you change the sales tax for the first item in the
subcategory.
Uniform dimensions for each item in a subcategory will automatically designate the same
dimensions for all items in a subcategory if you change the sales tax for the fi rst item in the
subcategory.
Hide items when in Lump Sum estimating method will automatically hide items when you
choose the Lump Sum estimating method for a subcategory.
3. Click OK.
160
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Take advantage of advanced integration between UDA Estimating and UDA Scheduling to create a
schedule from your project estimate. When you create a schedule from an estimate, your estimate
framework of categories and subcategories import directly into a schedule as groups and tasks.
Estimating details, including estimated value, tax, markup, actual, variance, notes, images, and
resources will be imported into the schedule.
From Estimating , you can view Scheduled Start Date, End Date, Duration, Percent
Complete, Task Notes and Field Notes.
From Scheduling , you can view Estimating Totals, Classification, General Notes,
Field Notes and Bid Notes.
161
Printed Documentation
1. Click the Notes column for the category or subcategory that you want to view
Scheduling information for.
2. In the dialog box, click the Schedule Information tab to view information from the
project schedule.
NOTE: You can also go to View > Show/Hide Columns and select to view Schedule
information columns in the estimate.
Exporting an Estimate
You can export your Estimating Project Totals page into Microsoft Project. The categories will be
converted to tasks and the subcategories will be converted to subtasks. If you enter durations in the
estimate, these will be imported into Microsoft Project with the default start date as the current day’s
date. If you first synchronize the estimate with a UDA Schedule, then start dates, end dates, and
durations will be imported into Microsoft Project.
162
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
In brief review, UDA Estimates are divided into a three-part hierarchy of Categories, Subcategories,
and Items. The Project Totals sheet in an estimate shows only Categories and Subcategories. Items
are located on the Category sheets, which can be accessed by clicking on a Category or Subcategory
name on the Project Totals sheet. Items can only be inserted into Subcategories that are using the
Detailed method.
NOTE: The Items Database must be opened from the Estimate to insert items. You cannot
insert items into an estimate from the Items Database tab located in the interface.
Using the Queue to Insert Items into an Estimate with the Items Database
The UDA Items Database provides a queue for lining up multiple items before adding them to an
estimate.
This method is best used when you will be adding numerous items to the same subcategory because it
enables you to place multiple items in a holding sequence in the database before inserting them into
your estimate, lessening the need to switch back and forth between the database and est imate.
163
Printed Documentation
3. Click the Show Queue button at the bottom of the screen. The Queue pane will open.
4. Locate the desired item and click on the item name to select it.
5. Click the Add to Queue button at the bottom of the window.
6. Insert a quantity and click OK. The item will be placed in the Queue.
7. Repeat this process until you have all the necessary items in the Queue.
8. When ready to insert items into the estimate, click the Insert into Estimate button at
the bottom of the screen.
1. If the Items Database is not already open, go to Estimating > Items Database .
2. Click the Hide Queue button at the bottom of the screen. The Queue pane will close.
Use a shortcut to insert an item into the estimate using the default quote
Use shortcut to enqueue an item for the estimate using the default quote
164
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
9. When ready to insert items into the estimate, click the Insert into Estimate button at
the bottom of the screen.
NOTE: Changes made in the database will not affect current estimates unless you
manually go through this process. In most instances, you should not refresh costs in an
estimate after you have signed a contract with a client. Refraining from refreshing estimates
for projects currently underway will ensure that your estimate matches the original bid.
Typically, you will want to refresh item costs only if you're using a current estimate or
estimate template for a new project.
IMPORTANT : The refresh function for items is linked to the source of the quote, such as
the database (e.g. RSMeans MeansData™ Costbooks) or vendor (e.g. Greg Smith). The
most recent quote for the source and classification (e.g. Material or Labor) will re place any
old costs in an estimate. For instance, if you used the original quote for the 2 -drawer maple
cabinets from the RSMeans MeansData™ Costbooks and then received an update to the
costbook that included an adjusted price for the 2-drawer maple cabinets, the new cost would
be reflected in the estimate after refreshing item costs. However, if you enter a new quote for
the 2-drawer maple cabinets from the vendor Greg Smith, the cost would not be updated
because the source of the quote changed.
CAD Integration
All you have to do to take advantage of this time-saving feature is create a file in any compatible CAD
program and then import it into a blank UDA Estimate for a detailed breakdown of quantities, units , and
costs.
CADEstimator
CADsoft Envisioneer
Chief Architect
eTakeoff
OnCenter
Planswift 8
165
Printed Documentation
Planswift 9
Revit
Softplan
Once the file is created and saved within the CAD program, it can be used to create a UDA
Estimate, complete with categories, subcategories, and items with associated quantities,
units, and costs, depending on the program.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Estimating tab.
3. Click the Blank estimating folder.
4. Open a blank estimate by double-clicking on the Blank Estimate icon.
5. Select a project from the Project Select form, or create a new project for your
estimate.
6. Go to File > CAD Import and select your software type .
7. Locate the file you created within the CAD software.
8. Click Open to import the file. A message will appear indicating that you should close
all other programs. Ensure that all of your work is saved in the open programs, and
click OK on this message to continue.
9. The information will be imported into your UDA Estimate.
11. A message will appear once the import has completed. Click OK.
12. Save the estimate by going to File > Save As .
NOTE: The Report Wizard can be accessed from anywhere in UDA ConstructionSuite by
going to Reports .
166
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Create a proposal
Transmittal, Fax, Envelope, and/or Memo will launch the selected documents after
completing the wizard.
5. Click Next.
6. Select your Layout Option.
7. Click Next.
8. Check to include the Scope of Work and any Special Conditions for your project.
167
Printed Documentation
For a limited scope project, type the Scope of Work. For other projects, type a reference to
the specifications you will attach to the end of the proposal.
Type any Special Conditions. Special conditions are typically conditions specific to each
project that you want to make sure the client is aware of. For example, to ensure the client
fully understands what to expect, you may want to describe certain services that will not be
included in the project.
7. Click Next.
8. Check to include Base Price information. The total base price is calculated from your
estimate. If the price includes lot and property costs, select Base Price includes
Lot/Property Costs at the bottom of the window.
9. Click Next.
10. Use the checkboxes to select which Dimensions you would like to list in your
proposal.
11. Click Next.
Select if you would like to include a project totals report in the proposal.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
17. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.
NOTE: You can also create a proposal directly from ConstructionSuite by going to File >
New > New File > New Proposal in the interface, or by expanding the Quick Links section and
clicking on the New Proposal link.
Create a Project Totals report to give to subcontractors, suppliers, cus tomers, banks, and
more. Now with more filtering options, the Project Totals report gives you the power to
generate a custom report based on your estimate.
1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and se lect Project Management
Report and click Next.
168
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Options: Select if you would like to include Items, Items with no estimated value, and/or
items marked as Option.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
10. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.
NOTE: You can also create a Project Totals Report directly from ConstructionSuite by
going to Reports > Estimating > Project Management or Customer Reports > Project
Totals Report in the interface.
NOTE: You can import actuals from QuickBooks (available in Pro versions and above).
1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and s elect Project Management
Report and click Next.
2. Select Over Budget Report and click Next.
3. You can also create an Over Budget Report by going to Reports > Project Management >
Create Over Budget Report .
4. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.
169
Printed Documentation
Options: Select whether you would like to include Items with no Estimated Value, Items
Marked as Option, Line Item Notes and Table Borders in the report.
Display: Select whether you would like to display Estimated Cost, Resources, Sales Tax,
Line Item Markup and Quantity and Unit Cost columns.
Color: select if you would like to change Category Color or Subcategory Color.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
9. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.
NOTE: You can also create an Over Budget Report directly from ConstructionSuite by
going to Reports > Estimating > Project Management > Over Budget Report in the interface.
NOTE: You can import actuals from QuickBooks (available in Pro versions and above).
1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and s elect Project Management
Report and click Next.
2. Select Estimate vs. Actual Report and click Next.
3. You can also create an Estimate vs. Actual Report by going to Reports > Project
Management > Estimate vs. Actual Report .
4. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.
Options: Select whether you would like to include Items with no Estimated Value, Items
with Zero Actuals, Items Marked as Option, Line Item Notes and/or Table Borders in the
report.
Display: Select whether you would like to display Estimated Cost, Sales Tax, Line Item
Markup and Resources columns.
Color: select if you would like to change Category Color or Subcategory Color.
170
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
9. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.
NOTE: You can also create an Estimate vs. Actual Report directly from Constructio nSuite
by going to Reports > Estimating > Project Management > Over Budget Report in the
interface.
NOTE: You can import actuals from QuickBooks (available in Pro versions and above).
1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and s elect Project Management
Report and click Next.
2. Select Remaining Balance Report and click Next.
3. You can also create a Remaining Balance Report by going to Reports > Project Management
> Remaining Balance Report .
4. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.
Options: Select whether you would like to include Items with no Estimated Value, Items
Marked as Option, Line Item Notes and/or Table Borders in the report.
Display: Select whether you would like to display Estimated Cost, Sales Tax, and
Resources columns.
Color: select if you would like to change Category Color or Subcategory Color.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
9. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.
& NOTE: You can also create a Remaining Balance Report directly from ConstructionSuite by
going to Reports > Estimating > Project Management > Over Budget Report in the interface. .
171
Printed Documentation
reports can be used either internally for your company or to provide subcontractors or suppliers with
instructions or information.
1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and s elect Project Management
Report and click Next. (You can also run this report from an estimate by clicking on
Reports > Project Management > List Notes.)
2. Select Notes Report and click Finish.
3. You can also create a Notes Report by going to Reports > Project Management > List
Notes .
4. Use the drop-down menu to select whether you would like to compile notes for All
Categories or for a specific category.
5. Select which types of notes ( General Notes , Bid Notes , and Field Notes ) you want to
include in the report.
6. Finalize the report by selecting your Options preference, selecting if you would like to
include Items with no estimated value .
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
11. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.
NOTE: You can also create a List Notes Report directly from ConstructionSuite by going to
Reports > Estimating > Project Management > List Notes in the interface.
1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and s elect Project Management
Report and click Next.
2. Select Allowances Report and click Finish.
3. You can also create an Allowances Report by going to Reports > Project Management >
Allowances Report .
4. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.
Include in Total Cost: Select whether you would like to include Estimate Costs, Sales Tax,
and Line Item Markup in the report.
Display: Select which information you want to include in the report: Estimated Cost, Quantity
and Unit Cost, Sales Tax, Line Item Markup, Units and/or Resources.
172
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Options: Select if you would like to include Items with no estimated value, Line Item Notes
or Table Borders.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
9. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.
NOTE: You can also create an Allowances Report directly from ConstructionSuite by going
to Reports > Estimating > Project Management or Customer Reports > Allowances Report in
the interface.
1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and s elect Project Management
Report and click Next.
2. Select Options Report and click Finish .
3. You can also create an Options Report by going to Reports > Project Management > Create
Options Report .
4. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.
Include in Total Cost: Select whether you would like to include Estimated Costs, Sales Tax,
and Line Item Markup in the report.
Display: Select which information you want to include in the report: Estimated Cost, Quantity
and Unit Cost, Sales Tax, Line Item Markup, Units and/or Resources.
Options: Select if you would like to include Items with no estimated value, Line Item Notes
and/or Table borders.
173
Printed Documentation
8. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
9. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.
NOTE: You can also create an Options Report directly from ConstructionSuite by going to
Reports > Estimating > Project Management or Customer Reports > Options Report in the
interface.
1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and s elect Project Management
Report and click Next.
2. Select Classification Report, and click Finish.
3. You can also create a Classification Report by going to Reports > Project Management >
Classification Report .
4. The Classification Report options will open.
5. Select a Classification from the drop-down menu, and check the box if you would like
to Include Company Overhead and Margin.
6. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.
Include in Total Cost: Select whether you would like to include Estimate Costs, Sales Tax,
and Line Item Markup in the report. You can also select whether or not to Include Company
Overhead and Margin and how you would like to have it calculated.
Display: Select which information you want to include in the report. Choose between
Quantity, Unit, Cost, Estimated Cost, Sales Tax, Line Item Markup, Classification and/or
Resources.
Options: Select if you would like to include Items with no estimated value, Items marked as
Option, Line Item Notes and/or Table Borders.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
174
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
11. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.
NOTE: You can also create a Classification Report directly from ConstructionSuite by
going to Reports > Estimating > Project Management > Classification Report in the interface.
1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and s elect Project Management
Report and click Next.
2. Select Estimate Status Report, and select Finish.
3. You can also create a Status Report by going to Reports > Project Management > Estimate
Status Report .
4. The Status Report Options will open.
5. Select a Status from the drop-down menu.
6. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.
Include in Total Cost: Select whether you would like to include Estimate Costs, Sales Tax,
and Line Item Markup in the report. You can also select options for either including Estimated
Costs or to Prorate Company Overhead and Margin.
Display: Select which information you want to include in the report: Quantity, Unit Cost, Unit,
Estimated Cost, Sales Tax, Line Item Markup, and/or Resources.
Options: Select if you would like to include Items with no estimated value, Items marked as
Option, Line Item Notes and/or Table Borders .
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
11. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information. \
NOTE: You can also create an Estimate Status Report directly from ConstructionSuite by
going to Reports > Estimating > Project Management > Estimate Status Report in the
interface.
175
Printed Documentation
1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, and s elect Project Management
Report and click Next.
2. Select Item Units Report, and select Finish.
3. You can also create a Items Units Report by going to Reports > Project Management >
Items Units Report .
4. The Items Unit Report Options will open.
5. Select a Unit Type from the drop-down menu and check the box if you would like to
Prorate Company Overhead and Margin.
6. Finalize the report by selecting your preferences.
Include in Total Cost: Select whether you would like to include Estimate Costs, Sales Tax,
and Line Item Markup in the report. This can only be selected if you have not chosen to
Prorate Company Overhead and Margin.
Display: Select which information you want to include in the report: Description, Quantity,
Unit Cost, Sales Tax, Line Item Markup, Estimate, Unit and/or Resources.
Options: Select if you would like to include Items with no estimated value, Items marked as
option, Line item notes and Table Borders
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
11. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.
NOTE: You can also create an Items Unit Report directly from ConstructionSuite by going
to Reports > Estimating > Project Management > Items Unit Report in the interface.
Create a RFQ
176
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard. Select Vendor Reports and click
Next.
2. Select Request for Quote and click Finish.
3. You can also create a RFQ by going to Reports > Vendor Reports > Request for Quote.
4. The Request for Quote Options will open. Choose filters for your report
Filter Report by Category/Sheet enables you to designate which categories you want to
include in your report. Select all categories by checking the box next to Select All at the top of
the form that opens.
Options: Select if you would like to include Items with no estimated value, Items with zero
quantity, Items marked as Option, Line Item Notes and/or Table Borders.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Document Management toolbar.
12. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.
NOTE: You can also create a Request for Quote directly from ConstructionSuite by going
to Reports > Estimating > Vendor Reports > Request for Quote in the interface.
1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard . Select Vendor Reports and click
Next.
2. Select Materials List and click Finish.
3. You can also create a Materials List by going to Reports > Vendors > Materials List.
177
Printed Documentation
Filter Report by Resource enables you to specify which vendors you would like to include in
the report. Use the drop-down menu to select all or a single resource. If you select all
resources, you must choose to either create a single report that includes all resources or a
separate report for each resource.
Display: Select which information you want to include in the report: Quantity and Unit Cost,
Description, Sales Tax, Line Item Markup, and/or Resources.
Options: Select if you would like to include Items with no Estimated Value, Items Marked
as Option, Line Item Notes and/or Table Borders.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
12. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.
NOTE: You can also create a Materials List directly from ConstructionSuite by going to
Reports > Estimating > Vendor Reports > Materials List in the interface.
1. In an open estimate, go to Reports > Report Wizard, select Vendor Reports and click
Next.
2. Select Purchase Order and click Finish.
3. You can also create a Purchase Order by going to Reports > Vendor Reports >
Purchase Order.
178
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Filter Report by Resource enables you to specify which vendors you would like to include in
the report. Use the drop-down menu to select all or a single resource. If you select all
resources, you must choose to either create a single report that includes all resources or a
separate report for each resource.
Display: Select which information you want to include in the report: Quantity and Unit Cost,
Description, Extended Cost, Sales Tax, Line Item Markup, and/or Resources.
Options: Select if you would like to include Items with no estimated value, Items marked as
Option, Line Item Notes and/or Table Borders.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
12. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.
NOTE: You can also create a Purchase Order directly from ConstructionSuite by going to
Reports > Estimating > Vendor Reports > Purchase Order in the interface.
Saving an Estimate
UDA Estimates offer sophisticated integration with multiple aspects of the ConstructionSuite
system. As you create and modify your estimate, you should save it periodically to ensure
that all changes are recorded in the database.
1. In an open estimate, go to File > Save As . The Save Document window will open.
179
Printed Documentation
2. The default save location will be the folder for the Project you selected in the Project
Select form.
WARNING: Do not change this location unless you want to associate the file with a
new project. Saving a file in a different project folder will strip the file of all project -
related information such as Change Orders and Application for Payment and
associate the file with the new project. Also, if you select a folder under the Templates
grouping, your estimate will be saved as a template and will lose all project -specific
information as well.
3. Change the File Name, if desired.
4. If this will be the Primary estimate for the project, check the box next to Primary File .
See the next section for more information about Primary and Inactive estimates.
5. Click OK. A copy of the estimate for the current project will be saved, and the master
estimate template will still be available in ConstructionSuite for future projects.
7. The template will appear in the section you specified on the Contracts and Docs tab.
The master estimate still exists in its original location.
To learn more about estimating templates, see Creating and Using an Estimate Template .
180
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
*Change Order Management and Application for Payment are available in Premier versions of
ConstructionSuite and above.
NOTE: There are two ways to designate a Primary estimate: when you save the file, or
when you right-click on the file in the interface.
The first time you save an estimate for a project, you will see a Primary File checkbox
on the Save Document dialog box.
If this box is checked, the estimate will be marked as the primary.
For all other estimates saved to this project, the Primary File option should not be
selected unless you want to change your Primary estimate designation.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on the Project Files tab and select a project from the navigation tree on the left.
3. All files for the selected project will be listed. Primary files will have a checkmark on
the icon. This is easiest to see in the Detailed view, as there is also a column that
designates Primary files.
4. To make an Inactive estimate the Primary estimate for the project, right-click on the
file and choose Set as Primary.
5. Click Yes to confirm your new Primary estimate. All information in the interface for
this project will reference the new Primary estimate.
Printing Options
Printing an Estimate
In addition to the reports offered in UDA Estimating, you can also print your estimate to give to clients,
subcontractors, and lenders. Depending on your project needs, you can select between the following
options:
181
Printed Documentation
2. Select the Printer you would like to print to and select OK.
Headers and footers can be added to your estimate as desired by following these
steps:
Page Setup
The Page Setup options can be accessed from an open estimate by going to File > Print >
Page Setup. From the Page Setup window you can choose your paper size and source,
change the orientation, edit your page margins and select your printer. When finished editing
preferences, select OK.
Planning
Architectural Services
Engineering Services
Permits
Construction Financing
Consulting
Property Costs
Acquisition Costs
Other
182
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Site Work
Site Clearing
Excavation
Excavation Support and Protection
Backfilling
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
Foundation
Footings
Foundation and Substructure
Slab Foundation
Structural Systems
Steel Structure & Erection
Steel Materials
Applied Fireproofing
Concrete
Floor Slabs, Stair & Elevator Core
Interior Framing
Framing Labor
Wall Framing Materials
Ceiling Framing Materials
Exterior Doors
Exterior Doors
Overhead Doors and Installation
Exterior Doors-Misc
Electrical Systems
Electrical Labor
183
Printed Documentation
Electrical Fixtures
Electrical Misc
Underground Utilities
Plumbing Systems
Plumbing Labor
Plumbing Fixtures
Natural Gas
Water Service
Water & Sewer Line
Sewer Service
HVAC Systems
HVAC System
Environmental Control
Membrane Roofing
Roofing Labor
Roofing Materials
Exterior Veneer
Brick Labor
Brick Materials
Brick Cleaning
Stucco / EIFS
Stone Veneers
Exterior Veneer-Misc
184
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Conveying Systems
Elevators
Stairs
Metal Stairs and Handrails
Floorcovering
Vinyl Flooring
Carpet
Interior Finishes
Paints and Coatings
Wallcoverings
Door Hardware
Door Hardware Labor
Door Hardware Materials
Restroom Hardware
Restroom Hardware Labor
Restroom Hardware Materials
Mirrors
Restroom Specialties
185
Printed Documentation
Site Improvements
Final Grading
Concrete Pads and Walks
Concrete Drives/Walks Materials
Stormwater System Labor
Stormwater System Materials
Curb and Gutters
Concrete Curb/Gutter Materials
Asphalt Drives Labor
Fountains
Site Improvements-Misc
Landscaping
Landscaping
Irrigation
Special Construction
Mail Center
Detection and Alarm
Smoke Alarms
Fire Suppression
Data Networking
Construction Clean Up
Clean Up – Daily
Clean Up – Final
Project Insurance
Builder’s Risk Insurance
186
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Temporary Facilities
Temporary Phone
Temporary VPN
Temporary Utilities
Sanitary Facilities
Project Identification
Temporary Facilities
Temporary Security
Temporary Barriers and Enclosures
Miscellaneous
Rental Equipment
Miscellaneous
Supervision
Supervision
Punchlist Allowance
187
Printed Documentation
188
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
189
Printed Documentation
Div. 3 – Concrete
03000 – General
03050 – Concrete Specifications
03100 – Concrete Formwork, Reinforcement and Materials
03210 – Reinforcing Steel
03220 – Welded Wire Mesh
03230 – Anchor Bolts
03300 – Footings
03301 – Slab Foundations
03302 – Poured Concrete Basement Walls
03303 – Expansion Joints
03350 – Concrete Finishing
03400 – Precast Concrete
03500 – Cementitious Decks and Underlayments
03540 – Cementitious Underlayment
03600 – Grouts
Div. 4 – Masonry
04000 – General
04060 – Mortar and Masonry Grout
04080 – Masonry Anchorage and Reinforcement
04090 – Masonry Accessories
04211 – Brick
04220 – Concrete Masonry Units (CMU)
04400 – Exterior Stone Detailing
04810 – Crawlspace/Basement Foundations
04813 – Masonry Veneer
04850 – Stone Veneers
04880 – Masonry Fireplace
04881 – Masonry Chimney
04931 – Brick Cleaning
190
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Div. 5 – Metals
05000 – General
05100 – Structural Metals
05210 – Steel Joists
05300 – Metal Decking
05310 – Steel Decking
05400 – Cold-Formed Metal Framing
05500 – Architectural Metal Fabrication
05520 – Metal Stairs and Hand Rails
05521 – Pipe Handrails
05700 – Ornamental Metal
05715 – Fabricated Spiral Stairs
Div. 6 – Carpentry
06000 – General
06100 – Rough Carpentry
06110 – Wood Framing
06130 – Heavy Timber Construction
06160 – Sheathing
06162 – Wood Sub-Floors
06180 – Structural Laminated Beams
06200 – Finish Carpentry
06220 – Millwork - Interior Trim
06400 – Custom of Pre-fabricated Woodwork
06410 – Interior Cabinetry
06411 – Cabinet Hardware
06415 – Countertops
06420 – Interior Wood Paneling
06430 – Stairs
06600 – Plastic Fabrications
191
Printed Documentation
192
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Div. 9 – Finishes
09000 – General
09250 – Gypsum Wallboard
09300 – Tile, Marble, Slate
09500 – Ceiling Finishes
09510 – Acoustical Ceiling
09513 – Acoustical Tile Ceiling
09600 – Floor Finishes
09640 – Wood Flooring
09650 – Vinyl Flooring
09680 – Carpet
09700 – Wall Finishes
09720 – Wallpaper and Wallcoverings
09740 – Interior Paneling
09900 – Paints and Coatings
09911 – Exterior Walls
09912 – Interior Walls
09930 – Interior Wood
09970 – Galvanized Metal
09971 – Steel and Iron
09980 – Masonry, Concrete, or Stucco
Div. 10 – Specialties
10000 – General
10300 – Prefabricated Fireplace
10300 – Prefabricated Chimney
10550 – Postal Specialties
10810 – Toilet Accessories
10820 – Bathroom Accessories
10822 – Tub and Shower Accessories
10830 – Laundry Accessories
10900 – Closet Specialties
Div. 11 – Equipment
11000 – General
11451 – Appliances
193
Printed Documentation
Div. 12 – Furnishings
12000 – General
12490 – Window Treatments
12491 – Blinds
12492 – Curtain and Drapes
12493 – Interior Shutters
12494 – Shades
Div. 15 – Mechanical
15000 – General
15100 – Plumbing
15410 – Plumbing Fixtures
15530 – Gas Furnace
15700 – Heating, Venting and Air Conditioning
15720 – Air-Conditioning
15740 – Electric Heat Pump Systems
15770 – Floor Heating
15810 – Ducts and Diffusers
15900 – HVAC Instruments and Controls
Div. 16 – Electrical
194
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
16000 – General
16100 – Electrical
16120 – Conductors and Cables
16130 – Raceway and Boxes
16140 – Wiring Devices
16440 – Panelboards
16500 – Light Fixtures
00 00 00 - Procurement Req.
00 00 00 - Procurement Requirements
00 00 10 - Instructions
00 26 00 - Procurement Substitution Procedures
00 31 19 - Existing Condition Information
01 00 00 - General Requirements
01 00 00 - General Requirements
01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls
01 51 00 - Temporary Utilities
01 51 13 - Temporary Electricity
01 51 23 - Temporary Heating, Cooling and Ventilation
01 51 26 - Temporary Lighting
01 51 33 - Temporary Telecommunications
01 51 36 - Temporary Water
01 52 00 - Construction Facilities
01 52 19 - Sanitary Facilities
195
Printed Documentation
01 53 00 - Temporary Construction
01 54 00 - Construction Aids
01 54 23 - Temporary Scaffolding and Platforms
01 55 00 - Vehicular Access and Parking
01 56 00 - Temporary Barriers and Enclosures
01 57 00 - Temporary Controls
01 58 00 - Project Identification
01 60 00 - Product Requirements (Scope of Work)
01 64 00 - Owner Furnished Products
01 70 00 - Execution and Closeout Requirements
01 74 00 - Cleaning and Waste Management
01 76 00 - Protecting Installed Construction
02 00 00 - Ext. Conditions
02 00 00 - Existing Conditions
02 41 00 - Demolition
02 80 00 - Facility Remediation
02 81 00 - Transportation and Disposal of Hazardous Materials
03 00 00 - Concrete
03 00 00 - Concrete
03 05 00 - Common Work Results for Concrete
03 11 00 - Concrete Forming
03 21 00 - Reinforcing Steel
03 22 00 - Welded Wire Fabric Reinforcing
03 30 01 - Slab Foundations
03 31 00 - Structural Concrete
03 30 02 - Poured Concrete Basement Walls
03 15 13 - Concrete Accessories
03 35 00 - Concrete Finishing
03 40 00 - Precast Concrete
03 50 00 - Cast Decks and Underlayment
03 54 00 - Cast Underlayment
03 60 00 - Grouting
04 00 00 - Masonry
196
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
04 00 00 - Masonry
04 01 20.52 - Unit Masonry Cleaning
04 05 13 - Masonry Mortaring
04 05 19 - Masonry Anchorage and Reinforcing
04 05 23 - Masonry Accessories
04 20 00 - Crawlspace/Basement Foundations
04 21 13 - Brick Masonry
04 21 13.13 - Brick Veneer Masonry
04 22 00 - Concrete Units Masonry
04 23 00 - Glass Unit Masonry
04 40 00 - Stone Assemblies
04 57 00 - Masonry Fireplace
04 51 00 - Flue Liner Masonry
05 00 00 - Metals
05 00 00 - Metals
05 05 23 - Metal Fastenings
05 10 00 - Structural Metal Framing
05 21 00 - Steel Joist Framing
05 30 00 - Metal Decking
05 31 00 - Steel Decking
05 40 00 - Cold-Formed Metal Framing
05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications
05 52 00 - Metal Railings
05 52 13 - Pipe and Tube Railings
05 70 00 - Decorative Metal
05 71 13 - Fabricated Metal Spiral Stairs
197
Printed Documentation
06 20 00 - Finish Carpentry
06 22 00 - Millwork
06 40 00 - Architectural Woodwork
06 41 00 - Architectural Wood Casework
06 42 00 - Wood Paneling
06 43 00 - Wood Stairs and Railings
06 60 00 - Plastic Fabrications
07 00 00 - Thermal Protection
07 00 00 - Thermal and Moisture Protection
07 10 00 - Damp Proofing and Waterproofing
07 13 13 - Felt
07 20 00 - Thermal Protection
07 24 00 - Exterior Insulation and Finish Systems
07 30 00 - Steep Slope Roofing
07 31 13 - Asphalt Shingles
07 31 16 - Metal Shingles
07 31 26 - Slate Shingles
07 31 29.16 - Wood Shingles
07 32 00 - Tile Roofing
07 32 13 - Clay Roof Tiles
07 32 16 - Concrete Roof Tiles
07 31 19 - Metal Roof Tiles
07 40 00 - Roofing and Siding Panels
07 46 00 - Siding
07 50 00 - Membrane Roofing
07 60 00 - Flashing and Sheet Metal
07 71 23 - Manufactured Gutters and Downspouts
07 72 00 - Roof Accessories
07 92 00 - Joint Sealants
08 00 00 - Openings
08 00 00 - Openings
08 11 00 - Metal Doors and Frames
08 11 00 - Exterior Doors
08 11 63 - Metal Screen and Storm Doors and Frames
198
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
08 14 00 - Interior Doors
08 31 00 - Attic Access Door
08 32 00 - Sliding Glass Doors
08 36 00 - Panel Doors
08 50 00 - Windows
08 71 00 - Door Hardware
08 71 00 - Door Hardware - Thresholds
08 51 66 - Metal Window Screens
08 60 00 - Roof Windows and Skylights
08 75 00 - Window Hardware
08 80 00 - Glazing
08 83 00 - Mirrors
09 00 00 - Finishes
09 00 00 - Finishes
09 24 23 - Portland Cement Stucco
09 29 00 - Gypsum Wallboard
09 30 00 - Tiling
09 50 00 - Ceilings
09 51 00 - Acoustical Ceilings
09 51 23 - Acoustical Tile Ceilings
09 60 00 - Flooring
09 64 00 - Wood Flooring
09 65 00 - Resilient Flooring
09 68 00 - Carpeting
09 70 00 - Wall Finishes
09 72 23 - Wallpapering
09 74 00 - Interior Paneling
09 90 00 - Painting and Coatings
09 91 13 - Exterior Painting
09 91 23 - Interior Painting
09 93 00 - Interior Wood
09 97 13 - Galvanized Metal
09 97 13 - Steel and Iron
09 97 23 - Concrete and Masonry Coatings
199
Printed Documentation
10 00 00 - Specialties
10 00 00 - Specialties
10 30 00 - Fireplaces and Stoves
10 30 13 - Manufactured Fireplace Chimneys
10 28 13 - Toilet Accessories
10 28 16 - Bath Accessories
10 28 19 - Tub and Shower Doors
10 28 23 - Laundry Associates
10 55 00 - Postal Specialties
10 57 00 Wardrobe and Closet Specialties
11 00 00 - Equipment
11 00 00 - Equipment
11 31 00 - Residential Appliances
11 33 00 - Retractable Stairs
12 00 00 - Furnishings
12 00 00 - Furnishings
12 20 00 - Window Treatments
12 21 00 - Window Blinds
12 22 00 - Curtain and Drapes
12 23 00 - Interior Shutters
12 24 00 - Window Shades
12 30 00 - Casework
12 36 00 - Countertops
12 93 00 - Site Furnishings
13 00 00 - Special Const.
13 00 00 - Special Construction
13 11 00 - Swimming Pools
13 12 00 - Fountains
13 34 00 - Fabricated Engineering Structures
14 00 00 - Conveying Equipment
14 00 00 - Conveying Equipment
14 20 00 - Elevators
200
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
14 42 00 - Wheelchair Lifts
14 91 33 - Laundry and Linen Chutes
21 00 00 - Fire Suppression
21 00 00 - Fire Suppression
21 10 00 - Water-Based Fire-Suppression Systems
22 00 00 - Plumbing
22 00 00 - Plumbing
22 40 00 - Plumbing Fixtures
23 00 00 - HVAC
23 00 00 - Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning
23 70 00 - Air Conditioning Unit
23 70 01 - Electric Heat Pump Systems
23 31 00 - HVAC Ducts and Casings
23 54 16 - Fuel-Fired Furnace
23 09 00 - Instrumentation and Control for HVAC
23 83 00 - Radiant Heating Units
26 00 00 - Electrical
26 00 00 - Electrical
26 05 00 - Common Work Results for Electrical
26 05 19 - Conductors and Cables
26 05 33 - Raceway and Boxes for Electrical Systems
26 24 00 - Switchboards and Panel Boards
26 27 26 - Wiring Devices
26 50 00 - Lighting
31 00 00 - Earthwork
31 10 00 - Site Clearing
201
Printed Documentation
31 20 00 - Earth Moving
31 23 19 - Dewatering
31 23 23 - Select Borrow
31 23 23.13 - Backfill
31 23 33 - Trenching and Backfilling
31 25 00 - Erosion and Sedimentation Controls
31 31 16 - Termite Control
31 40 00 - Shoring and Underpinning
31 50 00 - Excavation Support and Protection
32 00 00 - Ext Improvement
32 01 90 - Operation and Maintenance of Planting
32 01 90.13 - Fertilizing
32 10 00 - Bases, Ballasts and Paving
32 12 16 - Asphalt Paving
32 12 43 - Porous Flexible Paving
32 13 13 - Concrete Paving
32 13 13.10 - Concrete Pads and Walks
32 14 00 - Unit Paving
32 14 13.13 - Interlocking Precast Concrete Until Paving
32 14 16 - Brick Unit Paving
32 14 23 - Asphalt Unit Paving
32 14 40 - Stone Paving
32 16 00 - Curbs and Gutters
32 17 23 - Pavement Markings
32 18 00 - Athletic and Recreational Surfacing
32 30 00 - Site Improvements
32 31 00 - Fences and Gates
32 31 13 - Chain Link Fences and Gates
32 31 19 - Decorative Metal Fences and Gates
32 31 23 - Plastic Fences and Gates
32 31 26 - Wire Fences and Gates
32 31 29 - Wood Fences and Gates
32 32 00 - Retaining Walls
32 34 00 - Fabricated Bridges
32 84 13 - Drip Irrigation
202
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
32 84 23 - Underground Sprinklers
32 90 00 - Planting
32 91 13 - Soil Preparation
32 19 19.13 - Topsoil Placement and Grading
32 92 19 - Seeding
32 92 23 - Sodding
32 92 00 - Plants
32 93 23 - Plants and Bulbs
33 00 00 - Utilities
33 00 00 - Utilities
33 36 00 - Utility Septic Tanks
33 46 13.13 - Foundation Drainage Piping
33 46 33 - Retaining Wall Drainage
Planning
Design Services
Permits
Lot Costs
Construction Financing
Demolition
Demolition Labor
Demolition Removal
Hazardous Material Abatement
Foundation
203
Printed Documentation
Site Work
Footers Labor
Footers Materials
Foundation Labor
Foundation Materials
Concrete Slab Labor
Concrete Slab Materials
Foundation-Misc
Framing
Framing Labor
Floor System Materials
Wall Framing Materials
Ceiling Framing Materials
Roof Framing Materials
Roof Decking Materials
Fascia & Soffit Materials
Framing-Trusses
Electrical Systems
Electrical Labor
Electrical Fixtures
Electrical Misc
Underground Utilities
Plumbing Systems
204
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Plumbing Labor
Water Heaters
Plumbing Fixtures
Natural or Propane Gas
Water Service
Water & Sewer Line
Sewer Service
Septic Tanks
HVAC System
HVAC System
Roofing
Roofing Labor
Roofing Materials
Exterior Veneer
Brick Labor
Brick Materials
Brick Cleaning
Siding Labor
Siding Materials
Stucco / EIFS
205
Printed Documentation
Stone
Exterior Veneer-Misc
Floorcovering
Hardwood Flooring Labor
Hardwood Flooring Materials
Vinyl Flooring Labor
Vinyl Flooring Materials
Carpet Labor
Carpet Materials
Interior Finishes
Paint Labor
Paint Materials
Wallcoverings
Interior Paneling
206
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Bath Hardware
Bath Hardware Labor
Bath Hardware Materials
Mirrors
Shower Doors
Bath Specialties
Appliances
Appliance Labor
Appliances
Site Improvements
Final Grading
Concrete Drives/Walks Labor
Concrete Drives/Walks Materials
Stormwater System Labor
Stormwater System Materials
Concrete Curb/Gutter Labor
Concrete Curb/Gutter Materials
Asphalt Drives Labor
Asphalt Drives Materials
Landscaping Labor
Landscaping Materials
Irrigation System
Retaining Walls
Site Improvements-Misc
207
Printed Documentation
Exterior Columns
Exterior Steps
Exterior Hand Rails
Shutters
Mailbox
Exterior Areas & Finishes-Misc
Specialty Options
Central Vacuum
Security System
Intercom System
Stereo System Prewire
Computer Network
Specialty Options-Misc
Construction Clean Up
Clean Up – Daily
Clean Up – Final
Project Insurance
Builder’s Risk Insurance
Project Liability Insurance
Workman’s Compensation
Performance Bond
Project Insurance-Misc
Jobsite Facilities
Project Phone
Construction Utilities
Portable Restrooms
Signage
Portable Jobsite Office
Miscellaneous
Rental Equipment
Miscellaneous
208
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Supervision
Supervision
Punchlist Allowance
Planning
Design Services
Permits
Lot Costs
Construction Financing
Demolition
Demolition Labor
Demolition Removal
Hazardous Material Abatement
Foundation
Site Work
Footers Labor
Footers Materials
Foundation Labor
Foundation Materials
Concrete Slab Labor
Concrete Slab Materials
Foundation-Misc
Framing
Framing Labor
209
Printed Documentation
Electrical Systems
Electrical Labor
Electrical Fixtures
Electrical Misc
Underground Utilities
Plumbing Systems
Plumbing Labor
Water Heaters
Plumbing Fixtures
Natural or Propane Gas
Water Service
Water & Sewer Line
Sewer Service
Septic Tanks
HVAC System
HVAC System
210
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Trim Surround
Mantle
Chimney Detail
Fireplace-Misc
Roofing
Roofing Labor
Roofing Materials
Exterior Veneer
Brick Labor
Brick Materials
Brick Cleaning
Siding Labor
Siding Materials
Stucco / EIFS
Stone
Exterior Veneer-Misc
Floorcovering
211
Printed Documentation
Interior Finishes
Paint Labor
Paint Materials
Wallcoverings
Interior Paneling
Bath Hardware
Bath Hardware Labor
Bath Hardware Materials
Mirrors
Shower Doors
Bath Specialties
Appliances
Appliance Labor
Appliances
Site Improvements
Final Grading
212
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Specialty Options
Central Vacuum
Security System
Intercom System
Stereo System Prewire
Computer Network
Specialty Options-Misc
Construction Clean Up
213
Printed Documentation
Clean Up – Daily
Clean Up – Final
Project Insurance
Builder’s Risk Insurance
Project Liability Insurance
Workman’s Compensation
Performance Bond
Project Insurance-Misc
Jobsite Facilities
Project Phone
Construction Utilities
Portable Restrooms
Signage
Portable Jobsite Office
Miscellaneous
Rental Equipment
Miscellaneous
Supervision
Supervision
Punchlist Allowance
Planning
Design Services
214
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Permits
Lot Costs
Construction Financing
Foundation
Site Work
Footers Labor
Footers Materials
Foundation Labor
Foundation Materials
Concrete Slab Labor
Concrete Slab Materials
Foundation-Misc
Framing
Framing Labor
Floor System Materials
Wall Framing Materials
Ceiling Framing Materials
Roof Framing Materials
Roof Decking Materials
Fascia & Soffit Materials
Framing-Trusses
Electrical Systems
Electrical Labor
Electrical Fixtures
Electrical Misc
Underground Utilities
Plumbing Systems
215
Printed Documentation
Plumbing Labor
Water Heaters
Plumbing Fixtures
Natural or Propane Gas
Water Service
Water & Sewer Line
Sewer Service
Septic Tanks
HVAC System
HVAC System
Roofing
Roofing Labor
Roofing Materials
Exterior Veneer
Brick Labor
Brick Materials
Brick Cleaning
Siding Labor
Siding Materials
Stucco / EIFS
216
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Stone
Exterior Veneer-Misc
Floorcovering
Hardwood Flooring Labor
Hardwood Flooring Materials
Vinyl Flooring Labor
Vinyl Flooring Materials
Carpet Labor
Carpet Materials
Interior Finishes
Paint Labor
Paint Materials
Wallcoverings
Interior Paneling
217
Printed Documentation
Bath Hardware
Bath Hardware Labor
Bath Hardware Materials
Mirrors
Shower Doors
Bath Specialties
Appliances
Appliance Labor
Appliances
Site Improvements
Final Grading
Concrete Drives/Walks Labor
Concrete Drives/Walks Materials
Stormwater System Labor
Stormwater System Materials
Concrete Curb/Gutter Labor
Concrete Curb/Gutter Materials
Asphalt Drives Labor
Asphalt Drives Materials
Landscaping Labor
Landscaping Materials
Irrigation System
Retaining Walls
Site Improvements-Misc
218
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Exterior Columns
Exterior Steps
Exterior Hand Rails
Shutters
Mailbox
Exterior Areas & Finishes-Misc
Specialty Options
Central Vacuum
Security System
Intercom System
Stereo System Prewire
Computer Network
Specialty Options-Misc
Construction Clean Up
Clean Up – Daily
Clean Up – Final
Project Insurance
Builder’s Risk Insurance
Project Liability Insurance
Workman’s Compensation
Performance Bond
Project Insurance-Misc
Jobsite Facilities
Project Phone
Construction Utilities
Portable Restrooms
Signage
Portable Jobsite Office
Miscellaneous
Rental Equipment
Miscellaneous
219
Printed Documentation
Supervision
Supervision
Punchlist Allowance
Cable Trays
Cable Tray Ladder Type
Cable Tray Solid Bottom
Cable Tray Trough
Cable Tray, Covers and Dividers
220
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Multi-Outlet Assemblies
Trench Duct
Underfloor Duct
Wiring Duct
Boxes
Outlet Boxes
Plastic Outlet Boxes
Pull Boxes
Wiring Devices
Low Voltage Switching
Wiring Devices
Electrical Power
Electrical Utility Services
Generator Assemblies
Motors and Generators
Power Filters & Conditioners
Power Measurement & Control
Static Power Converters
Transformers
221
Printed Documentation
Low-Voltage Distribution
Circuit Breakers
Enclosed Bus Assemblies
Enclosed Controllers
Enclosed Switches & Circuit Breakers
Low-Voltage Components/Accessories
Safety Switches
Switchboards, Panels & Control Centers
Time Switches
Transfer Switches
Lighting
Emergency Lighting
Exterior Luminaires
Interior Luminaires
Lamps
Lighting Accessories
Special Purpose Lighting
Communications
Communications Circuits
Communication and Data Process Equipment
Telephone and Intercom Equipment
222
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Company Overhead
Company Margin
Contingency
Topsoil
Topsoil Sod
Topsoil Beds
Topsoil Islands
Topsoil Planters
Installation
Mulch
Mulch
Installation
Irrigation Systems
Irrigation System
Installation
Hardscape
Concrete Drives/Walks Labor
Concrete Drives/Walks Materials
Retaining Walls
223
Printed Documentation
Site Improvements
Final Grading
Stormwater System Labor
Stormwater System Materials
Construction Cleanup
Cleanup - Daily
Cleanup - Final
Project Insurance
Builder's Risk Insurance
Project Liability Insurance
Workman's Compensation
Performance Bond
Project Insurance - Misc.
Jobsite Facilities
Project Phone
Construction Utilities
Portable Restrooms
Signage
Portable Jobsite Office
Miscellaneous
Rental Equipment
Miscellaneous
Supervision
Supervision
Punchlist Allowance
224
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Mechanical Identification
Piping System Identification Labels
Mechanical Insulation
Duct Installation
Equipment Insulation
Piping Insulation
225
Printed Documentation
Process Piping
Industrial Process Piping
Process Air/Gas Piping
Refrigeration Equipment
Packaged Cooling Towers
Packaged Water Chillers
Refrigeration Compressors
HVAC Equipment
Air Handling Units
Curbs/Pads/Stands Prefab
Energy Recovery Equipment
Floor-Heating and Snow-Melting Equipment
Heat Exchangers
Heat Pumps
Humidity Control Equipment
Terminal Heating and Cooling Units
Unitary Air Conditioning Equipment
Air Distribution
Air Cleaning Devices
Air Outlets and Inlets
Air Terminal Units
Duct Accessories
Ducts
Fans
226
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Air Filter
Drinking Fountains
Drinking Fountains
Emergency Fixtures
Industrial Safety Fixtures
227
Printed Documentation
Institutional Fixtures
Prison/Institution Fixtures
Plumbing Pumps
Pumps Sewage Ejector
Pumps, Grinder System
Pumps, Pedestal Pump
Pumps, Pressure Booster System
Pumps, Submersible
228
Chapter 11: UDA OnCost™ Estimating
Site Remediation
Site Remediation
Site Preparation
Dewatering
Excavation Support and Protection
Shoring and Underpinning
Site Clearing
Site Demolition
Subsurface Investigation
Earthwork
Dredging
Equipment
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
Excavation and Fill
Grading
Shore Protect/Mooring Structures
Soil Stabilization
Soil Treatment
229
Printed Documentation
Utility Services
Electric/Communication Structures
Piped Energy Distribution
Sanitary Sewage
Septic Tank System
Water Distribution
Wells
230
Chapter 12: UDA QuickBooks Integration
About UDA QuickBooks Integration
Take the next step. With UDA Estimating and UDA QuickBooks Integration (available in Pro
versions and above of ConstructionSuite™), estimating and accounting are integrated into a time -
saving, accurate project management system. Create a customized, detailed estimate for your
construction project, and then integrate estimating and accounting data in just a few minutes.
Import your customized estimating accounts and costs directly into QuickBooks with
the most powerful, dynamic, and flexible QuickBooks integration tools available.
Import estimating information to track, manage, and cos t all projects using a
customized chart of accounts in QuickBooks.
Customize QuickBooks integration options like account type , item type , account
numbering, account structures, and tax classifications .
Create invoices and purchases orders from UDA Estimating and utilize advanced
QuickBooks reporting.
Import information from the UDA project database into QuickBooks customer job
information, bill to address, and contact information fields.
Powerful. Dynamic. Easy-to-use. Enjoy a customized and flexible chart of accounts, imported and
exported costs, and dynamic integration with ConstructionSuite components with the most powerful
QuickBooks Integration available for construction professionals.
Designate account tax classifications including cost of goods sold, expense, fixed
asset accounts, liability accounts, and income accounts
Implement a customized account numbering system that works with UDA Estimating
and QuickBooks
Import QuickBooks Actual costs back into your UDA Estimate to track and analyze
project costs.
Record all of your QuickBooks Transactions in ConstructionSuite for a comprehensive
record of your accounting tasks.
With your integrated UDA Estimating and QuickBooks, you can automatically
generate an Application for Payment that can be printed on AIA G702 and G703 forms
(available in Premier versions and above of ConstructionSuite).
Ensure that vendors have valid Insurance, License, or Bond Certificates before paying
bills in QuickBooks .
Preparing to Export
To use all of the advanced features of UDA QuickBooks Integration, you will need QuickBooks Pro,
Premier, Contractor, or Enterprise 2007 or later.
For more information on how to use QuickBooks, consult the QuickBooks Help included with
QuickBooks.
231
Printed Documentation
NOTE: If you are using Microsoft Windows Vista, you will need to ensure that the User
Account Control function on your computer is enabled. Go to Start > Control Panel > User
Accounts > User Accounts > Turn User Account Control on or off and then check the box next
to Use User Account Control (UAC) to help protect your computer .
During your first export, QuickBooks will open an Application Certificate and ask you “Do you want to
allow this application to access this company file?” Click Yes, Always. This will allow ConstructionSuite
to access QuickBooks as needed.
NOTE: Choose Yes, Always , to save time. If you click Yes, This Time , QuickBooks will
interrupt the export repeatedly to request your permission every time UDA Estimating needs
to communicate with QuickBooks.
What if I already answered “No” to the QuickBooks Application Certificate for UDA Estimati ng?
NOTE: You may have to first deselect Prompt before allowing access .
232
Chapter 12: UDA QuickBooks Integration
If you have not already done so, you will need to tell QuickBooks you want to use purchase orders.
In QuickBooks, you can create classes that you assign to transactions. Using class tracking can help
you better analyze your cash flow in QuickBooks. If you are creating a single Cost of Goods Sold
account in QuickBooks and exporting all of your UDA items to that account, you will likely want to use
class tracking.
The chart of accounts is a complete list of a business’s accounts and their balances. You use it to track
how much money your company has, how much money it owes, how much money is coming in, and
how much is going out (descriptions provided by QuickBooks Help).
233
Printed Documentation
Other Asset Accounts track any asset that is neither a fixed asset nor a current asset,
such as long-term notes receivable. (For WIP Accounting)
Other Expense Accounts track money spent on something other than normal business
operations, such as corporate taxes.
Income Accounts track the main source of money coming into your company.
Other Current Liability Accounts track liabilities that are scheduled to be paid within
one year, such as sales tax or payroll taxes. (For WIP Accounting)
Long Term Liability Accounts track liabilities such as loans or mortgages scheduled to
be paid over periods longer than one year. (For WIP Accounting)
Other Income Accounts track money received for something other than normal
business operations, such as interest income.
NOTE: For more information about account types, consult the Help included with
QuickBooks.
IMPORTANT : When using a master estimate, you always use a copy of the master and
have a backup of the master. A good way to do this is to save your master estimate as a
template. For more information, see Creating an Estimate Template .
NOTE: When creating a master estimate, it is best to include every category and
subcategory that you may ever want to use for a project. Although you can add categories,
subcategories, and items later, it is safer to delete un-needed information than to add new
information.
Scenario
Brad knows he will be managing several projects at a time and wants to reduce the possibility of error
and duplicate accounts in QuickBooks. He decides to create a master estimate that he can use for all
of his projects. Brad analyzes the seven projects he has estimated for so far, and compares them to
the UDA master estimate. Brad creates a comprehensive master estimate for his company. He saves
his master estimate as a template, then backs up the master estimate using UDA ProjectBackup.
When his company begins a new project, Brad opens his master estimate. Brad renames the file “Miller
Residence” before he begins estimating. He reviews the list of categories and subcategories and
notices that the Miller Residence does not include Fireplaces & Trims.
Brad may choose to leave the Fireplaces & Trims category in the Miller Residence estimate. In this
case, he would not enter any information for unneeded categories and subcategories.
Or, Brad may choose to delete the Fireplaces & Trim category and subcategories from the Miller
project estimate. “5000 Mechanical Systems” is now followed by “7000 Roofing”. The deletion will not
affect account numbering or create duplicate accounts in QuickBooks. And, since Brad is using a copy
of the master estimate, “6000 Fireplaces & Trim” is still listed in the master estimate and can be used
for future projects.
234
Chapter 12: UDA QuickBooks Integration
Exporting to QuickBooks
Make sure you have read all about QuickBooks Integration so you understand the risk of creating
duplicate accounts in QuickBooks and how to best manage your QuickBooks exports.
UDA QuickBooks Specialists can assist with any questions regarding QuickBooks Integration.
However, if you have questions about which accounting methods and practices will best fit your
business, you should discuss your options with a bookkeeper or accountant.
IMPORTANT : If you are a previous user of UDA QuickBooks Integration, your settings will
automatically be selected in the wizard. If you make any changes to the settings, your
accounts may not align properly.
Construction Work in Progress: Expenses and Income are placed in holding accounts until
the job is complete. You will have to make manual journal entries in QuickBooks to move
expenses and income from these accounts.
Custom: Expenses and Income will be handled according to the selections you make
throughout the wizard. If you are a previous user of QuickBooks Integration, you should use
this option to ensure proper alignment with former integration preferences.
NOTE: Selecting either Cost of Goods Sold or Construction Work in Progress will
pre-select corresponding options throughout the wizard. If you select Cost of Goods
Sold or Construction Work in Progress and then change any settings on following
pages, your accounting method selection will automatically change to Custom .
3. Click Next.
4. Set preferences for your Outgoing Accounts . (Chart of Accounts Detail screen)
Use a Parent Account: Select this option if you want to have all of your UDA accounts
separated from other accounts in QuickBooks. The default Account Name is UDA Costs. You
can change the parent account name by typing in the text box.
Create a single account: All information will reference a single account in your Chart of
Accounts.
Create an account for each Category in the UDA Estimate: Only categories in the estimate
will become accounts in your QuickBooks Chart of Accounts.
Create an account for each Category and Subcategory in the UDA Estimate : All
categories and subcategories in the estimate will become accounts in your QuickBooks Chart
of Accounts.
NOTE: If you want UDA Estimate information to integrate with existing accounts in
QuickBooks, ensure that the categories and/or subcategories in the estimate are
235
Printed Documentation
named the same as your existing accounts and use a Parent Account only if you
were previously using one.
5. Select an Account Type for outgoing expenses by using the drop-down menu under
Account Type. If you chose Cost of Goods Sold or Construction Work in Progress on the
first screen, this option has been pre-selected for you. To learn more about account types, see
Selecting Chart of Accounts Type for QuickBooks.
6. Select if you would like to use Class Tracking . This option enables you to use
estimate classifications such as Material, Labor, Subcontractor, Equipment, and
Other for use in QuickBooks Class Tracking.
7. Click Next.
8. Set preferences for your Items . ( Item Details screen)
Select Use Items if you would like to create QuickBooks Estimates, Invoices, and Purchase
Orders. Selecting Items will create a QuickBooks Item for each UDA category, su bcategory,
and (if desired) item in the estimate. Each Item will be associated with its corresponding UDA
Account in QuickBooks.
NOTE: Costs are automatically included with items when you export. If you
included tax in your UDA Estimate, the cost of an item will include tax when imported
into QuickBooks.
Use a Parent Item: Select this option if you want to keep your estimate hierarchy in
QuickBooks. The default Account Name is UDA Items. You can change the parent item name
by typing in the text box.
Create an item for each Category and Subcategory in the UDA Estimate: Only categories
and subcategories in the estimate will become items in QuickBooks.
Create an item for each Category, Subcategory, and Item in the UDA Estimate: All
categories, subcategories, and items in the estimate will become items in QuickBooks.
NOTE: It is highly recommended that you use items when exporting to QuickBooks.
If you plan to use QuickBooks Items to create purchase orders and invoices, write
checks, pay bills, etc., ensure that you select to Create an item for each Category,
Subcategory, and Item in the UDA Estimate . Otherwise, utilize only Categories and
Subcategories from your UDA Estimate as QuickBooks Items.
9. Choose an Item type ( Service , Non-inventory part , or Other Charge ) in the drop down
menu. If you chose Expense/Cost of Goods Sold or Construction Work in Progress on
the first screen, this option has been pre-selected for you.
Service: Use this for services you either charge or purchase, such as specialized labor or
consulting fees.
Non-inventory Part: Use this for goods you buy but do not track, such as office supplies or
materials you buy for a specific job that you charge back to your customer.
Other Charge: Use this for miscellaneous labor, materials, or part changes, such as delivery
charges or setup fees.
10. Select Items are used for invoicing (recommended) if you would like to use income
accounts. The next screen will enable you to set up the accounts.
11. Click Next.
12. If you checked Items are used for invoicing, you will need to set your preferences for
Incoming Revenue Accounts. If you chose Cost of Goods Sold or Construction Work
in Progress on the first screen, this option has been pre-selected for you.
236
Chapter 12: UDA QuickBooks Integration
Type an Account Name under Revenue Account Name. The default name is UDA
Construction Payment.
Select an Account Type for incoming revenue by using the drop-down menu under Revenue
Account Type. To learn more about account types, see Selecting Chart of Accounts Type
for QuickBooks.
You have now set your preferences for exporting information into QuickBooks. To begin
using QuickBooks Integration features, go to the QuickBooks Integration menu in an estimate
and create QuickBooks Estimates, Purchase Orders, Invoices, and Credit Memos.
NOTE: Accepted Change Orders in your UDA Estimate will be separated into sub jobs of
the main Customer Job in QuickBooks.
1. Open the QuickBooks company file that you would like to integrate with UDA
ConstructionSuite.
2. In an open UDA Estimate, go to QuickBooks Integration > Create QuickBooks
Estimate .
3. Choose to create estimate from the Project Totals or Entire Workbook . (If you only
chose to export Categories and Subcategories as items in QuickBooks, you will only
have the Project Totals option.)
4. Select a Customer Job for the estimate.
If you have Accepted Change Orders in your UDA Estimate, they will appear as sub jobs of the
main Customer Job.
Select All Customer Jobs, or choose a Customer:Job from the list in the drop-down menu.
237
Printed Documentation
If you have used Line Item Markup in your UDA Estimate, you can choose to include it in your
QuickBooks Estimate. .
5. Click OK.
6. The estimate will automatically open in QuickBooks. Use the Previous and Next
buttons to view imported estimates.
NOTE: You can export ConstructionSuite items to QuickBooks by going to QuickBooks >
Export to QuickBooks > Export Items to QuickBooks.
NOTE: Accepted Change Orders in your UDA Estimate will be separated into sub jobs of
the main Customer:Job in QuickBooks.
1. Open the QuickBooks company file that you would like to integrate with UDA
ConstructionSuite.
2. In an open UDA Estimate, go to QuickBooks Integration > Create QuickBooks Invoice .
3. Select what you will be invoicing for.
If you choose to Invoice for Work Completed, use the selection button to select a single
Category or a Category/Subcategory combination for your invoice. Only categories and
subcategories with estimated values entered in the estimate can be selected.
If you choose to Invoice for Retainage, you must have retained revenue in previous invoices.
Use this option at the end of your project after all other invoices have been created.
Select All Customer:Jobs, or choose a Customer:Job from the list in the drop-down menu.
Select Create an invoice for a percentage of the work completed and enter a percentage in
the text box if you would like to invoice for a portion of the total amount.
You can also choose to include Line Item Markups that have been designated in your UDA
Estimate.
238
Chapter 12: UDA QuickBooks Integration
If desired, select Retainage and enter a percentage to be withheld from the total invoice
amount. Retainages are typically used to ensure proper completion of the project.
6. Click OK. The invoice will open in QuickBooks. Use the Previous and Next buttons to
view other imported invoices in QuickBooks.
Depending on your version of QuickBooks, you may need to tell Quic kBooks that you want to use
purchase orders.
1. Open the QuickBooks company file that you would like to integrate with UDA
ConstructionSuite.
2. In an open UDA Estimate, go to QuickBooks Integration > Create QuickBooks
Purchase Order .
3. Choose how you would like to filter the purchase order. Use the filtering options
individually or in any combination.
Filter by Category enables you narrow your purchase order by choosing a
Category/Subcategory combination from your UDA Estimate.
Filter by Resource enables you to narrow your purchase order by selecting an assigned
resource from your UDA Estimate.
Filter by Classification enables you to narrow your purchase order by selecting one of
classifications from your UDA Estimate (Material, Labor, Subcontractor, Equipment, or Other).
NOTE: You can use the filtering options individually or in any combination. For
example, you may want to create a purchase order simply by Category, or narrow the
scope of the purchase order even more by choosing only Materials in the selected
Category.
3. Select a QuickBooks Vendor (required). You can create a new QuickBooks Vendor by
choosing <Create New Vendor> from the drop down menu. See the note below for
more information about creating a new vendor.
4. Click OK. The purchase order will open in QuickBooks. Use the Previous and Next
buttons in QuickBooks to view imported purchase orders.
239
Printed Documentation
NOTE: To create a new Vendor, select the <Create New Vendor> option from the drop -
down menu. The Create QuickBooks Vendor form will open. If you have a contact selected in
the Resource section of the Create Purchase Order form, the Vendor information wi ll be pre-
filled for you. Otherwise, type the Vendor name as you would like it to appear in your
QuickBooks Vendor list. If you have a vendor who is also a customer, you will need to modify
their name slightly (i.e. Joe F. Smith). Then type the Vendor’s correct name in the other
fields.
Vendor (required): Joe F. Smith
Company Name: Lumber Supply, Inc.
Mr./Ms./...: Mr.
First Name: Joe
M. I.: F.
Last Name: Smith
You can edit Vendor Information later in QuickBooks. Only the vendor name is required to
create a new vendor. For more information about using vendors, consult the Help included
with QuickBooks.
1. Open the QuickBooks company file that you would like to integrate with UDA
ConstructionSuite.
2. In an open UDA Estimate, go to QuickBooks Integration > Create QuickBooks Credit
Memo .
3. Select your level of detail.
Project Totals will generate credit memos at the Category/Subcategory level.
In order to import actual costs back into your UDA Estimate from checks written and bills paid in
QuickBooks, ensure that you are following the guidelines below.
240
Chapter 12: UDA QuickBooks Integration
1. On either the Checks or Bills screen in QuickBooks, ensure that you are using the
Items tab to create your bill or check. (When you first open the Check or Bill screen in
QuickBooks, the Expense tab will be active.)
2. Use items in QuickBooks that correspond to items in the UDA Estimate (i.e. items
that were generated through creating the QuickBooks Estimate and Items List from
your UDA Estimate).
3. Select the correct Customer:Job from the drop-down menu in the QuickBooks items
list for that check or bill.
With the new UDA QuickBooks Integration, you can import actual cos ts from QuickBooks into
your UDA Estimate with just a few clicks.
1. In an open estimate, go to Tools > Options and click on the Settings tab.
2. Select Import Actuals from QuickBooks .
3. Click OK. The Actuals column in the estimate will now be identified as the QB Actual
column. If the Actuals column is not showing in your UDA Estimate, go to Tools >
Show/Hide Columns and select Actual Cost under the Total, Actual, and Variance
heading.
NOTE: Actuals can either be entered manually or imported from QuickBooks. You cannot
use both options in the same estimate. Actuals imported from QuickBooks will only show
when the Import Actuals from QuickBooks option is active.
NOTE: You must have written checks or paid bills in QuickBooks that correspond to the
information in your UDA Estimate. For this to work properly, you must select a Customer:Job
and use items that match your UDA Estimate.
Bills: Select if you want to Include Bills. If so, choose between All Bills, Only Paid Bills or
Only Unpaid Bills.
3. Check the box next to Generate a Custom Transaction Report in QuickBooks if you
would like to view actuals in a QuickBooks report.
4. Click OK. Designated actuals will be imported into your UDA Estimate and will appear
in the QB Actual column.
241
Printed Documentation
With the new UDA QuickBooks Integration, you can import purchase orders from QuickBooks
into your UDA Estimate with just a few clicks.
3. Click OK. Designated committed costs will be imported into your UDA Estimate and
will appear in the Committed Costs column.
With the new UDA QuickBooks Integration, you can import invoices from QuickBooks into
your UDA Estimate with just a few clicks.
3. Click OK. Designated invoices will be imported into your UDA Estim ate and will
appear in the Invoiced Amount column.
NOTE: The correct QuickBooks company file must be open for both the manual
and automatic transaction import.
242
Chapter 12: UDA QuickBooks Integration
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click either the Projects or Contacts tab, depending on the association you prefer.
3. Click on the project or contact for which you would like to view QuickBooks
Transactions.
4. On the overview screen, click on the Project Log or Contact Log section header to
view a complete list of tasks that have been completed for your project or contact,
including any QuickBooks estimates, invoices, purchase orders, bills, and payments
that have been created.
243
Chapter 13: UDA Application for Payment
About Application for Payment
Spend Your Time Working, Not Waiting. The UDA Application for Payment system enables you to
effortlessly generate industry-standard payment applications ready to be printed on AIA G702 and
G703 forms. Quickly turn amounts invoiced through UDA QuickBooks Integration into comprehensive
applications for your financial institution.
IMPORTANT : To use UDA Application for Payment, you must have created an estimate
and invoices in QuickBooks that correspond to your UDA Estimate.
WARNING: It is highly recommended that you only send one estimate per project over to
QuickBooks. If you have more than one estimate for a Customer:Job, QuickBooks will count
that as two estimates, and the Schedule of Values produced during the Application for
Payment process will reflect the combined amount of both estimates.
1. Open the QuickBooks company file that you would like to integrate with UDA
ConstructionSuite.
2. In an open UDA Estimate, go to QuickBooks Integration > Application for Payment >
Application for Payment . The Application for Payment Wizard will open.
3. Enter Application Information.
The Application Number is automatically generated based on the number of applications you
have created for this project estimate.
Use the Period To drop-down menu to select the ending date for your application.
245
Printed Documentation
4. Click Next.
5. Select Invoices for the Application .
All invoices for the selected Customer:Job are listed. Invoices that have not been used in
previous applications are active and can be selected for the current application.
Use the checkboxes in the Include column to select which invoices you would like to include in
the current application.
6. Click Next.
7. Select Change Orders for the Application .
All change orders for the selected Customer:Job that have corresponding estimates in
QuickBooks are listed. Change orders that have not been used in previous applications are
active and can be selected for the current application.
Use the checkboxes in the Include column to select which change orders you would like to
include in the current application.
NOTE: Change orders will show up on both the application form and continuation
sheet as a part of the total contract price. However, you will still need to create
invoices for your change orders from the UDA Estimate into QuickBooks in order to
make draws.
8. Click Next.
9. Designate values for Materials Presently Stored .
Enter a dollar value in the Materials Stored column for any items stored on-site.
If a retainage is required, enter the percentage in the % Retainage on Materials column for
each item stored. The Retainage on Materials will be calculated for you.
If you have AIA G702 and G703 forms to use in your printer, select Print on AIA forms. Only
the data for the application will be printed.
246
Chapter 13: UDA Application for Payment
If you Reject the application, all information will be discarded, and you can restart the
application.
15. Click Finish. The wizard will close and a message will appear indicating that the
application has been recorded.
16. Click OK to close the window.
1. In an open estimate, go to QuickBooks Integration > Application for Payment > View
Applications for Payment .
2. Select the application you would like to view and click View . The Application will open
in the Print Preview window. If desired, you can print the Application sheet from here
by clicking Print .
3. To view the Continuation Sheet, click Close in the Print Preview window. The
Continuation sheet opens in the Print Preview window.
4. Use the Next and Previous buttons in the Print Preview window to scroll through the
continuation sheet. If desired, you can print the Continuation sheet by clicking Print.
5. When ready, click Close to close the payment application preview.
1. In an open estimate, go to QuickBooks Integration > Application for Payment > View
Applications for Payment .
2. Select the application you would like to view and click Delete . The payment
application will be deleted. Any invoices included in the application will be available
for use in future applications.
3. Click OK to confirm the deletion.
NOTE: Applications can only be deleted in the reverse order that they were created.
247
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
About OnPlan Scheduling
Always Know What's Next. Whether you're managing two or two hundred projects at a time, accurate
scheduling is critical to your success. Double-booked resources, inaccurate information, mishandling of
materials, and more can cause significant delays in your projects that result in massive profit loss.
ConstructionSuite™ Pro versions and above deliver advanced yet intuitive Scheduling tools to give you
ultimate control over your projects.
The (Critical) Path to Project Success. Track and manage the progress of your schedules with
advanced Critical Path tools. Using multiple predecessors maximizes schedule effic iency by setting the
subtask order so each task may begin as soon as possible and progress in the ideal order. With a fully
defined and viewable critical path, you can easily account for changes that occur and compare original
and actual scheduled dates.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
249
Printed Documentation
Launch Schedule Wizard will open the Schedule Wizard, walking you step by step
through creating a new Schedule.
Open Blank Schedule will open a blank schedule, which enables you to build your
own framework of tasks and subtasks.
Open Schedule Help will take you to the Scheduling section of the UDA Help Guide.
5. In the top right, you'll see Recent Schedules, which will be your most recently
modified schedules. Single click the schedule name to launch the schedule.
6. In the bottom section, you'll the Scheduling Templates that are available. Click the
scheduling folder that best fits your project type. Available options will vary according
to your version.
7. Open a schedule by double-clicking one of the following file types:
Master Schedules will have a predefined framework of tasks and subtasks that you
can customize to fit your project needs.
Blank Schedules enable you to build your own framework of tasks and subtasks.
Sample Schedules provide a fully developed schedule from a sample project that you
can also customize to fit your project needs.
1. From the ConstructionSuite interface, click File > New > New File > New Schedule.
The Schedule Wizard will open.
To use a framework from an existing template, choose the Select a Predefined Schedule
option. The next screen will provide a drop-down list of available schedule templates. .
To open a blank schedule, choose Open a Blank Schedule. The next screen will enable you to
select a project
To create your own schedule framework, choose the Create a new Schedule Framework
option. The next screen will enable you to create tasks and subtasks for your schedule.
Sample Schedules provide a fully developed schedule from a sample project that you
can also customize to fit your project needs.
250
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
2. Click Next.
To use an existing project , click the button next to the Name field to select the project
name. For more information, see Selecting a Project.
To create a new project , click New . The Project Quick Add form will open. You can
enter Project Information, Project Details, and Contact Information. Click the More
button to access the complete Edit Project form. For more information, see Creating
a New Project.
To edit an existing project , select a project from the pop-up menu and click Edit . The
Edit Project form will open. You can edit Project Information, Lender Information,
Additional Information, and Project Dimensions. For more information, see Editing a
Project.
4. Click Next.
To designate Holidays , check the box next to the appropriate holidays. Selected days
will not be used in charting tasks in the schedule.
6. Click Finish.
To use an existing project , click the button next to the Name field to select the project
name. For more information, see Selecting a Project.
To create a new project , click New . The Project Quick Add form will open. You can
enter Project Information, Project Details, and Contact Information. Click the More
button to access the complete Edit Project form. For more information, see Creating
a New Project.
To edit an existing project , select a project from the pop-up menu and click Edit . The
Edit Project form will open. You can edit Project Information, Lender Information,
Additional Information, and Project Dimensions. For more information, see Editing a
Project.
2. Click Next.
251
Printed Documentation
To designate Holidays , check the box next to the appropriate holidays. Selected days
will not be used in charting tasks in the schedule.
4. Click Finish.
Then, create tasks for the group. Click the Add Task button, type the name of the task, and
press Enter on your keyboard. Repeat until all tasks for that group have been entered. You
can enter more tasks in the schedule later.
Click Next when you are satisfied with the schedule framework. You can change this
framework and add or delete tasks for the schedule at any time. For more information, see
Modifying Projects, Modifying Tasks, and Modifying Subtasks.
2. Click Next.
To designate Holidays , check the box next to the appropriate holidays. Selected days
will not be used in charting tasks in the schedule.
4. Click Finish.
The new schedule will open. You are now ready to set the schedule dates and begin using
your project schedule.
For more information on using UDA Projects, see Using UDA Projects.
1. Open ConstructionSuite and click on the Scheduling folder and select the type of
schedule you would like to open. (Options vary depending on versi on.)
2. Double-click on a Master schedule.
3. Click File > Save. The Save Form will open.
4. To select a project for the schedule, do one of the following:
252
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
To create a new project , click the New Project [+] button . The Project Wizard form will
open. You can enter Project Information, Project Details, and Contact Information.
Click the More button on this window to access the complete Edit Project form.
5. If this schedule should be the primary schedule for your selected project, check the
box next to Primary File.
6. Click OK.
All schedule templates can be accessed through the Scheduling tab of the ConstructionSuite system.
253
Printed Documentation
2. Right-click the template you want to modify and select Edit Template .
3. Edit the schedule template as needed. Any changes you make will affect the
template. Every new schedule created from the custom template will reflect these
changes, but schedules previously created from the template will not be affected.
4. Go to File > Save.
1. Close all other applications. The update will take a few minutes to comple te.
2. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
3. On the main interface, select Data > Import > UDA Database File.
4. Locate the schedule you would like to import and select Open.
5. The new schedule will open and UDA Scheduling will proceed with the update.
6. Wait until the update process is complete. When prompted, save the new schedule in
the appropriate project folder.
Schedule information
Schedule information, displayed on the left side, includes important details about the scheduled tasks
including name, start date, end date, duration, predecessors, estimated value and more. You can show
or hide columns by right-clicking any column heading, by clicking on the Show/Hide Columns button
on the View Tab, or by using the Predefined Views option on the View Tab. For more information
about customizing the columns in view, see Showing and Hiding Columns in Scheduling.
Gantt chart
The Gantt chart, displayed on the right side, is a visual representation of the schedule information .
Years and Dates are shown at the top of the chart. Task bars - colored bars that represent the start
date, end date, and duration of the task - are displayed on the Gantt chart. Advanced options on the
Gantt chart include filtering by only milestones, only active tasks, only conflicts and more. You can set
these preferences by clicking on the Options button in the File tab.
254
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
Column views
To show or hide columns, go to the View menu and click on either Show/Hide Columns, or choose the
Predefined Views option. For more information on customizing the view, see Showing and Hiding
Columns in Scheduling.
Information
ID shows the task number, lining the left of the screen.
Icons will show an icon for the following: Status, Priority, Overdue, Inactive,
Scheduling Conflict, Notes, and Estimated Task, giving you a quick view of what's
needed with each specific task.
Name shows the name of groups and tasks.
Description allows you to enter a description of the group or task.
Task Notes allows you to enter notes for a group or task.
Field Notes allows you to enter notes for the field.
Priority allows you to assign priority to a group or task: either Low, Medium, or High.
Status allows you to assign status to a group or task: either to Steady, Running,
Waiting, Paused, or Done.
Dates
Start Date shows the scheduled start date for a group or task.
End Date shows the scheduled end date for a group or task .
Duration shows the number of work days (not calendar days) designated for a
task. For example, if you schedule a task from January 1 to January 20, and
designate a five-day work week, the duration of that task would be less than
20 days, the exact number depending on what day of the week the task
starts. You can also set the duration to zero days to create a milestone.
Calendar Days shows the number of calendar days designated for a task. For
example, if you schedule a task from January 1 to January 20, and designate a five-
day work week, the duration of that task is 20 days.
Predecessors allow you to designate a task that must be completed before the
selected task can begin. You can also customize your Predecessor Type for
more control over your critical path.
Percent Complete allows you to enter the completion status for a task. Task
bars on the Gantt chart will appear shaded for the percent of the task
complete and the original color for the percent of the task left to be
completed.
Remaining Duration shows the days remaining in each task, depending upon the
percentage complete.
Reminders allows you to set Start Reminders , Planning Reminders , and
Custom Reminders that link into your ConstructionSuite database. For more
information, see Setting Start and Planning Reminders .
Constraints
Earliest Start Date will prevent a task from beginning before a certain date, ensuring
that changing predecessor tasks or tasks with the same resource won't cause
conflicts.
Latest Start Date will prevent a task from beginning after a certain date, ensuring
that shifting predecessors or linked tasks will not cause the project to be delayed.
255
Printed Documentation
Earliest End Date will prevent a task from ending before a certain date,
ensuring that other tasks have been completed and resources are available
before a task begins.
Latest End Date will prevent a task from ending after a certain date, ensuring
that the project doesn't get delayed and resources are not double-booked.
Resource Allocation
Resources enables you to assign a contact from your contact database to a
task. For more information, see Assigning Resources in Scheduling .
Resource Groups lists the name of the group association, if any, for the
selected resource.
Estimate
NOTE: Estimate information will only be present if you have synced a schedule with a
ConstructionSuite™ estimate. For more information, see Synchronizing a Schedule with an
Estimate .
Jump to date
Use the Jump To Date option to navigate to different months in the Gantt chart. Jump To Date
makes navigating complex or lengthy schedules faster and easier.
Go to today
256
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
Use Go To Today to navigate to the current day’s date in the Gantt chart. Go To Today makes
navigating complex or lengthy schedules faster and easier.
Depending on your project needs, you may want to show or hide columns in the schedule information.
1. To control which columns are in view, open a schedule and go to View > Show/Hide
Columns. The column names are divided into sections.
2. Use the checkboxes to select which columns you would like to view in the schedule
information. The boxes on the left represent the information displayed in the task view
and the boxes on the right represent the information shown on the Gantt chart.
3. Adjust the Column Width if desired by typing a number (in pixels) in the appropriate
space.
4. Click OK.
Predefined Views contains select groupings of columns you can utilize for easy customization
of the schedule information view.
Standard will show ID, Icons, Name, Start Date, End Date, Duration, Predecessors,
and the Gantt Chart
Task Info Only will show all available columns but will not include the Gantt Chart.
Gantt Chart Only will show the Gantt Chart only and will not include any informational
columns.
257
Printed Documentation
Schedule View
1 Week View will give you a view of only the tasks between today and one week from
today, making it easy to concentrate on a narrow scope of imminent tasks.
2 Week View will give you a view of only the tasks between today and two weeks from
today, making it easy to view and share with subcontractors for your two week look
ahead meetings.
4 Week View will give you a view of only the tasks between today and four weeks from
today, making it easy to view and share with subcontractors, clients, etc. for your four
week look ahead meetings.
Show All Activities will show all activities within the schedule and will undo the
selection of the one, two or four week view buttons, as well as any other filters
selected.
Predefined Views
Standard will show ID, Icons, Name, Start Date, End Date, Duration, Predecessors,
and the Gantt Chart
Task Info Only will show all available columns but will not include the Gantt Chart.
Gantt Chart Only will show the Gantt Chart only and will not include any informational
columns.
Show/Hide Options
If you are working with a long or complex schedule, you may want to temporarily hide tasks or
activities, filter to view only selected parts of the schedule, or utilize other view options. On the View
Tab in OnPlan Scheduling, the show/hide section is automatically set to show all. However, if you
would like to hide certain tasks, activities, etc., you can simply click on the corresponding button to filter
the schedule view. (You can tell if your button is on because the color changes between on/off.) Your
options include:
Show/Hide Options
Hide Completed Activities will show/hide all activities marked 100% complete.
Hide Future Activities will show/hide all activities set for future dates.
Only Show Critical Path will show/hide all activities that are not connected with a critical path.
Show All Activities will show all activities in the current view, removing any filters and
selections.
Estimated Duration Tasks will show/hide only the activities or tasks that have an estimated
duration.
Resource Conflicts will only show tasks with assigned resources who are in conflict with each
other, which is a great way to ensure you haven't overbooked your resources.
258
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
Filter By Options
Filter by Status will filter your schedule to show only those tasks with a designated status. You
can mark a task's status as None, Steady, Running, Waiting, Paused, and Done.
Filter by Priority will filter your schedule to show only tasks with designated priorities. You can
mark a task's priority as None, Low, Medium, and High.
Filter by Resource will filter your schedule by Resources. For example, if you have assigned
the cabinet install section of the schedule to be completed by California Cabinetry, Inc., y ou can
filter your schedule to only show those tasks assigned to California Cabinetry.
Filter by Resource Group will filter your schedule by Resource Group. For example, if you
have assigned the foundation section of the schedule to be completed by multip le resources
who are part of the Concrete Group., you can filter your schedule to only show those tasks
assigned to members in the Concrete Group.
Collapse/Expand Views
Collapse All View will collapse your schedule so only groups are shown. For example, if you
have created a Foundation Group, which has six tasks within the group, when Collapse All is
active, you will only see Foundation Group, and the associated tasks will be hidden.
Expand All View will expand to show your complete schedule, including both groups and their
associated tasks.
1. In an open schedule, go to View tab and click the Zoom In or Zoom Out buttons, which
will zoom in or zoom out in small increments until you've reached your desired zoom level.
2. In the bottom right of an open schedule, you'll also see a + and - toolbar, which you
can drag to adjust the zoom as well.
3. The Timeline Units button allows you to set your timeline markers to Days, Weeks,
Months, or Years.
For more information on using UDA Projects, see Viewing Project Information.
1. When you save a new schedule, you will be prompted to select a project.
2. To select a project for the schedule, do one of the following:
To use an existing project , select the appropriate project name from the navigation
tree, give the schedule a Filename. If you would like to set the new schedule as the
primary schedule for the project, check the Primary File box. For more information,
see Selecting a Project .
259
Printed Documentation
To create a new project , click the New Project [+] button at the top of the window. The
Project Wizard will open. You can enter project information, additional information,
and associate contacts with the project. Once created, select the project and give the
schedule a Filename. For more information, see Creating a New Project .
3. Click OK. You have selected a project for the schedule.
After you have selected a project for the schedule, you may decide that you want to designate a
different project instead.
To use an existing project , select the appropriate project name from the navigation
tree, give the schedule a Filename. If you would like to set the new schedule as the
primary schedule for the project, check the Primary File box. For more information,
see Selecting a Project .
To create a new project , click the New Project [+] button at the top of the window. The
Project Wizard will open. You can enter project information, additional information,
and associate contacts with the project. Once created, select the project and give the
schedule a Filename. For more information, see Creating a New Project .
3. Click OK. You have selected a different project for the schedule.
Rename a task
1. Double-click on a task name. The Edit Scheduled Task form will open.
2. Type a new task name in the subject box. Click Save.
1. In the task list, right-click the task name in the row above where the task should be
inserted.
2. Select Add Task. Type the name of the new task in the line that appears. Press
Enter to finalize the new task.
Delete a task
260
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
1. Click and drag in the task list to highlight multiple tasks, or click the first task, hold
shift on the keyboard, and click the last task in the list. All tasks in between will be
selected.
2. Right-click and select Delete , or go to Task > Delete.
3. Click Yes to confirm deletion.
Move a task
1. Select a task by clicking on the ID. The task is selected when the row is highlighted.
2. Drag the task up or down to move the task to the desired location.
You can activate or deactivate tasks to indicate the task status. All tasks with start dates are
automatically active, and tasks without start dates are inactive until you enter a start date or manually
activate the task.
1. Click and drag in the task list to highlight multiple tasks, or click the first task, hold
shift on the keyboard, and click the last task in the list. All tasks in between will be
selected.
2. Right-click and select Activate or Deactivate .
261
Printed Documentation
You will set schedule dates using tasks. Schedule dates and other information for groups and projects
will be calculated from the tasks within the group.
In the schedule information columns, you can set Start Dates, End Dates, Durations, and
Predecessors for each task. If these columns are not shown in the schedule information, right click
any column header and select them from the list that appears.
1. To set or change start dates , double-click the start date cell for a task and select a
date from the calendar button in the Edit Scheduled Task window. You can then set
an end date and the duration will be calculated for you, or you can set the duration
and the end date will be set for you.
2. To set or change end dates , double-click the end date cell for a task and select a date
from the calendar button in the Edit Scheduled Task window. The duration will be
calculated for you.
3. To set or change the duration , click the duration cell for the task and type the number
of work days for the task. You can also change the duration by using the up and down
arrows. For more information, see Designating Working Days .
4. To set a milestone , double-click the task and click the Milestone checkbox in the Edit
Scheduled Task form. A milestone will be charted for the start d ate and the duration
will be 0 days. Use milestones to designate goals, inspections, or other events that
are not scheduled for a number of work days.
5. To set a predecessor , click the predecessor cell for a task and type the ID for the
preceding task in the dialog box. For more information, see Using Predecessors to
Schedule Dates .
NOTE: Click the F5 button on your keyboard to refresh your schedule as needed.
Visualize and create your schedule directly on the Gantt chart with click and drag task bars. On the
Gantt chart, you can set Start Dates, End Dates, and Durations.
1. To set start and end dates on the Gantt chart, drag the task to the date that will be the
start date for that and drag the bar out to the end date for that task. UDA Scheduling
will automatically enter the appropriate dates and durations in the schedule
information columns.
2. To change the duration , click the last cell of the task bar and drag the bar in or out to
the end date desired.
3. To adjust start dates and end dates , click in the middle of the task bar and slide the
bar to the right or left. The duration for the subtask will remain the same.
If your project has to be pushed back, instead of changing every date individually
262
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
simply use this to change your project start date, which will affect all tasks
connected with predecessors.
Use milestones to designate goals, inspections, or other events that are not scheduled for a
number of work days.
To set a milestone
1. In an open schedule, click in the schedule where you would like to insert a milestone.
2. Go to Task > Insert Milestone . A milestone with a zero-day duration will appear at the
bottom of the group that you selected. If no group was selected, the milestone will
appear at the bottom of the schedule.
3. Rename the milestone, if desired, by clicking on the cell in the task list and typing a
new name.
4. You can also move the milestone within the list by highlighting the milestone and then
dragging it up or down within the task list.
1. In an open schedule, double-click the task you wish to turn into a milestone. The Edit
Task Form will open.
2. Check the Milestone button on the task tab. A milestone will be charted for the start
date with a zero-day duration.
A predecessor will indicate that Task 2 needs to begin a certain number of days before or after Task 1
is completed. If the start date or duration is changed for a task in the critical path, your schedule will
automatically adjust all dependent tasks accordingly.
Set a predecessor
1. In an open schedule, determine which task needs to be completed for the next task to begin.
You will set a predecessor for the second task. For example, you might set a predecessor of
Electrical Labor for Electrical Rough-In Inspection.
2. Click the Predecessor cell for the second task. You can select the row with a single click,
which will show by highlighting the row, and then single-click inside the predecessor cell to
263
Printed Documentation
begin in-line editing. Double-clicking the predecessor cell will open the Edit Task form,
allowing you to add or delete predecessors as well.
3. In the predecessor cell (if in-line editing) or the predecessor dialog box (if editing within Edit
Task form), enter the ID for the first task (preceding task). Task ID numbers are listed in the
left most column of the schedule information.
4. Click Enter (if in-line editing) or OK (if editing within the Edit Task form) . UDA Scheduling will
set the start date for the second subtask as the next working day after its predecessor is
completed, or according to the lag time you specified.
NOTE: UDA Scheduling will also prompt you to automatically designate predecessors
when using Click and Drag Task Bars to schedule a task immediately before or after another
subtask. To click and drag task bars, simply click the task bar you wish to drag, and move it
to hang over the task bar you want to be set as the predecessor.
Setting a lag time will indicate that the subtask needs to start a specified number of work days before
or after its predecessor's end date.
1. In an open schedule, determine which task needs to be completed for the next task to begin.
You will set a predecessor for the second task.
3. In the predecessor dialog box, enter the ID for the first (preceding) task. Task ID numbers are
listed in the ID column, which is numbered on the left of the task name.
4. Double-click the predecessor cell to open the Edit Task form, and you will see the assigned
predecessors. If none, you can [add new]. In the lag time column, use the up or down arrow to
select a positive number of days to schedule a task to start after its predecessor’s end date, or
a negative number of days to schedule a task to start before its predecessor’s end date.
5. Click SAVE.
If your tasks are in the order in which they should be completed, you can create a complete critical path
quickly and easily by setting Sequential Predecessors. This feature will assign a predecessor for the
task immediately preceding the second task in the task list.
1. Highlight all tasks for which you would like to set sequential predecessors. You can select all
tasks in the schedule with Control + A. To deselect, single-click in an empty space in the
gantt chart.
2. Click the Set Sequential Predecessors button on the Task tab, or right-click in the highlighted
area and select Set Sequential Predecessors. UDA Scheduling will assign predecessors for
all selected subtasks.
3. To remove sequential predecessors, highlight all tasks for which you would like to remove the
predecessors. Then, click Clear Data > Clear Predecessors, located on the Tools tab.
NOTE: UDA Scheduling offers multiple tools for defining and analyzing predecessor and
critical path relationships, including Show Critical Path . Plus, with the Baseline Scheduling
feature, you will be able to compare the original schedule to the actual s chedule.
264
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
You can clear specific information, such as durations, notes, % complete and resources,
among others. This may be useful when adapting a schedule from a prev ious project for a
new project.
Clear Data
To clear data, click on the Tools > Clear Data. From the Clear Data dropdown,
you'll see multiple options to clear data within your schedule. This will be a quick
option for you to remove all information related with a specific column within the
schedule.
Clear All will clear all information listed in the schedule except for the Name, Start
Date, End Date, and Duration for all tasks.
Clear Durations will clear durations for all tasks, auto setting durations to 1 day tasks.
Clear Estimate Information will clear estimate information for all tasks.
Clear Custom Columns will clear custom column information for all tasks.
Clear Colors will clear all custom colors assigned to tasks and revert all coloring to
the selected color scheme.
To remove data for a single cell or task, edit task information with in -line text editing or by
double-clicking the task ID and editing within the Edit Task Form.
New features for reminders enable you to create multiple custom reminders, customize reminder
messages to fit your project needs, automatically notify resources of upcoming events, and quickly set
reminders for multiple subtasks.
NOTE: Before reminders can be set, you must save the schedule. This ensures that all
schedule Activities are recorded in the database.
265
Printed Documentation
To notify resources by text message, check the SMS box. To notify resources by
email, check the Email box.
To notify users by text message, check the SMS box. To notify users by email, check
the Email box.
4. Click Save. The number of reminders you have set for that task will appear in the
Reminders column.
1. Right-click on the Task Name and go to Task Information . You can also double-click
in the name cell, which will open the Edit Task form.
2. Select the appropriate tab:
Task Tab
Task displays start date, end date, duration, % complete, priority, status, type description, and
checkboxes to designate the task as estimated, ASAP, milestone, or inactive. On this screen,
you can also set reminders and change the bar color.
Constraints Tab
Constraints allows you to select your constraints for the selected task, including earliest start
date, latest start date, earliest end date and latest end date.
Notes Tab
Task Notes allows you to enter notes specific to each task. Time Stamp enables you to enter
your initials and mark the date and time the note was entered.
Field Notes allows you to enter notes documenting your on-site progress. Time Stamp
enables you to enter your initials and mark the date and time the note was entered.
266
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
Resources Tab
Resources displays the resources assigned to the selected task. You can add or remove
resources, as well as send email and text messages from this tab.
Assign To Tab
Assign To allows you to assign the task to an individual user within ConstructionSuite. You
can add or remove assignments and send email or text messages from this tab.
Predecessors Tab
Predecessors allows you to add, edit, or remove predecessors and lag time from this tab.
Reminders Tab
Reminders gives you a list of already created reminders, and gives you the oppo rtunity to
create new Planning Reminder, Starting Reminder, or Custom Reminders.
Custom Tab
Custom allots for three custom tabs to include information of your choice.
Estimate Information allows you to view your synchronized estimate information, including
estimate details, notes, and custom fields. This tab will only be visible if the schedule has
previously been synchronized with an estimate. For more information, see Sync a Schedule
with an Estimate.
Track and manage resources with ease using UDA Resource Allocation . Beyond providing a
direct link between the contact database and UDA Estimates and Schedules, UDA Resource
Allocation enables you to avoid conflicts, automatically send reminders, generate reports,
and be warned of expiring insurance and certificates (in select versions) for assigned
resources in your project schedule.
1. In an open schedule, right-click in the Resource cell for a task and select Set
Resource. You can also double-click in the resource cell, which will open the
Resource tab on the Edit Task form.
2. Click [add new] and select a contact by one of the following methods:
Grouped sorts contacts by groups. Expand the folder tree to view contacts in each group.
Alphabetical sorts contacts alphabetically. Click on a letter to show the list of contacts
beginning with that letter. Only letters that have contacts listed are active.
Search searches the entire contact database. Locate a contact by typing any part of the
contact's name in the search box.
3. Click on the desired contact's name. The following information appears for each
contact, enabling you to better manage and allocate your resources:
267
Printed Documentation
Contact Details displays name, address, phone number, and email for selected
contact.
Contact Activities highlights calendar days in red when the selected contact is
currently scheduled.
Activities Assigned to Contact lists tasks that occur on the date(s) you are attempting
to schedule the selected contact.
4. Once you are satisfied with your choice of contact, click OK.
5. If the contact is scheduled for another task at the same time, you will be notified of
the conflict. Click OK on the message to continue scheduling the contact, or Cancel
to select another contact. You will also be notified if the resource's certificates are
invalid or close to expiring.
NOTE: If a contact is scheduled for more than one task on the same date, his or her name
will appear in red in the Resource column. For a complete listing of scheduling conflicts, go to
Reports > Scheduling Conflict Report .
1. In an open schedule, double-click in the resource cell for the contact you would like to
clear. The Edit Scheduled Task form will open.
2. On the Resources tab, select the resource you would like to delete and select
Remove at the bottom of the window.
3. Click Save.
You can use resource groups to sort your schedule tasks and to filter the Scheduled Tasks and Work
Order Report.
1. In an open schedule, click on the View tab, then select the Filter By Resource Group
and select your preferred resource group . Only resource groups currently present in the
schedule will be available for selection.
2. The schedule will now only show tasks for the selected groups.
3. To view the full schedule again, click on the View tab and select Show All Activities..
268
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
For more information about filtering reports by contact group, see Creating Scheduled Tasks Reports
and Creating Work Orders.
1. In an open schedule, go to Tools > Options and select the Weekends and Holidays
tab.
2. Select the days of the week that are work days.
3. To designate holidays, select the holidays that will not be scheduled as work days.
4. Exceptions to your workday and non-workday rules can be added in the Exceptions
tab of the Options window.
5. Click OK.
2. Customize your schedule by selecting the options to create the most efficient environment for
scheduling your projects.
Task Names displays the task names on the Gantt chart at the end of the task bar.
Show Resources displays the names of assigned resources on the Gantt chart at the
end of the task bar.
Show Dollar Amount displays the estimated dollar amount [from a synchronization
with the project estimate] on the Gantt chart at the end of the task bar. You can also
select whether or not to include tax and markup from the estimate.
Show Users displays the users assigned to each task at the end of the task bar.
Filter Settings
Show Estimated Duration Tasks will display only tasks that have an estimated duration as
opposed to a concrete duration.
Only Show Milestones will display only the tasks that are designated as milestones.
Active Tasks will only show tasks that are active.
Only Show Conflicts will only display tasks that are assigned to overbooked resources.
Filter Critical Path only shows tasks that are included in the schedule's critical path.
Show Completed Activities will ensure that completed tasks remain visible on the
schedule.
269
Printed Documentation
Show Future Activities will show all activities, not just ones that are in progress or
have been completed.
Show Baseline will display an outline of the baseline schedule once you have
selected to create a baseline.
NOTE: Additional filter options such as Contact, Group, Status, Priority, Date
Range and Week View filters can be accessed from the Filter By tab in the options
window.
Additional Settings
Show Resource Conflict Prompts will prompt you when you attempt to schedule a resource
that is already booked for the selected day.
Show Predecessor Violation Prompts will prompt you when you attempt to move a task to a
place that violates predecessor relationships.
Show Predecessor Creation Prompts will prompt you to create a predecessor relationship
when you move the start date of a task to the end date of another task.
Auto-Save will automatically save your schedule for you at designated intervals
depending on your Auto-Save settings.
Show Group Lines will display the links between task names on the task list
information.
Show Linkages will display predecessor relationships between tasks on the Gantt
chart.
Critical Linkages and Taskbars will turn the task bars involved in the critical path
red to better display the critical path.
You can also change the colors for individual bars on the Gantt chart.
1. Display the Bar Color column by going to View > Show/Hide Columns and selecting
Bar Color .
2. Click the bar color cell for the task you want to modify.
3. Select a color from the color selection window.
270
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
With baseline scheduling , you can compare original and actual scheduled dates for your
project, enabling you to better track and manage the progress of your proj ect resources and
schedules.
1. Create a schedule with a fully defined critical path. For more information on creating
a critical path, see Creating a Critical Path using Predecessors .
2. Within a schedule, go to the Project tab, and select Set Baseline . You will be
prompted to label your baseline. Light gray bars representing baseline tasks will
appear on the Gantt chart. If tasks are shifted on the schedule, the gray bars will
remain in place unless you clear or reset the baseline.
3. When you're ready, go to the Reports tab and click Baseline Schedule Report to
compare original versus actual scheduled dates. For more information, see Creating
Baseline Schedule Reports in Scheduling .
To shift to a specific date, select To a specific date , click the Calendar button, and
select the date.
To shift by a number of days or weeks, select Days or Weeks . Click the up arrows to
move the start date to a later date, or the down arrow to move the start date to a earlier
date. Select the number of days or weeks.
3. Click OK. UDA Scheduling will automatically move schedule groups and tasks to
earlier or later dates to accommodate the shift. Durations, predecessors, task
information, etc. will be preserved. Only start dates and end dates will change to
accommodate the shift.
Compressing a Schedule
When using predecessors, you can use the compress schedule function to eliminate unnecessary
gaps in your schedule. If you move the end date of a task to an earlier date, the schedule will
automatically adjust dates of the tasks on the same critical path according to their predecessor
settings.
To Compress a Schedule
1. In an open schedule, click on the Tools tab, and click Compress Schedule.
2. The schedule will refresh and adjust to eliminate gaps where possible.
271
Printed Documentation
your schedule. You can use Only Show Critical Path button on the View tab in order to view only the
string of dependent tasks. Showing the critical path will allow you to better analyze your resources and
save time when managing long or complex schedules. You can also h ighlight the taskbars in the critical
path by going to Tools > Options and selecting Critical Linkages and Taskbars.
UDA Scheduling offers a comprehensive set of reports and documents that can be
automatically generated from your project schedules. These reports are available through the
Reports menu, making it easy for you to locate and compile the reports yo u need.
The Scheduled Tasks Report allows you to produce a project management report that cross-
references information throughout your project database, providing the most comprehensive
look at your company's projects.
1. In an open schedule, click on the Reports tab and select Scheduled Tasks Report.
2. The Scheduled Task Report form will open.
3. Select the Activity Grouping:
Project will create a separate group in the report for each project.
Resource will create a separate group in the report for each resource or contact group.
NOTE: These groupings can also be directly selected from the Reports tab by selecting
the corresponding grouping in the Scheduled Tasks section.
3. Select the Activity Ordering . This will organize tasks within the grouping selected
above.
Project will sort the schedule information by project.
272
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
4. Click Next.
5. Set your Activity Filtering options to narrow the scope of your report, if desired.
Project enables you to designate all projects or select a particular project or project group.
Resource enables you to designate all contacts or select a particular contact or contact group.
Date enables you to specify a time frame for the tasks included in your report.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
9. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.
Keep your schedule progressing smoothly by ensuring that your resources are allocated
efficiently. The Scheduling Conflict Report provides you with a comprehensive overview of
any contacts scheduled for more than one task at a time, so you can avoid schedule delays
due to overbooked resources.
1. In an open schedule, go to the Reports tab and select Scheduling Conflict Report .
2. Choose whether you would like to generate the report by Project or by Contact .
Selecting the Project option will only list conflicting tasks for a single project
Selecting the Contact option will list schedule conflicts for that contact across all projects.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout Tab.
Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to customize
and organize your report information.
273
Printed Documentation
Keep track of your company cash flow and financial information with UDA Cash Flow
Reports. These reports allow you to create a spreadsheet of your cash flow for entire projects
or for a specific date range. Advanced preferences and settings allow you to select the time
frame, frequency and pricing options for the report, enabling you to create a completely
customized report.
1. In an open schedule, go to the Reports tab and select Cash Flow Report .
2. Select your report options. This includes Date Range, Frequency and Options.
The Date Range can be set by choosing to either filter the report by project or to filter by a
specified date range.
Frequency determines how your cash flow finances will be divided. Interval options include
weekly, bi-weekly and monthly.
Options allow you to select whether you would like to include sales tax, line item markup
and/or cost percentages in your report.
3. Click OK. Select a destination to which you would like to save your document. The
report will open in UDA OnPoint.
4. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue. Revise this
text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by clicking the Blue to
Black button on the Page Layout Tab.
Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to customize
and organize your report information.
1. In an open schedule, go to the Reports tab and select the Work Order icon. The work
order form will open.
2. Choose how you would like to compile the report:
Resource lists all the contacts assigned to subtasks in your schedule. You can create a
separate work order for each resource, or include all resources in one report.
Date Range enables you to select a time frame for which you would like to create the work
order. Use the Calendar buttons to the right of the date fields to select the desired dates.
274
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
NOTE: You can use multiple filtering options for each report. For example, you
could create a report for the resource Joe's Framing, with a date range of August 12
through August 28, and only for subtasks classified as Material.
Estimated Figures lists the estimated value for tasks if you have synchronized the schedule
with an estimate.
4. Type any notes in the Custom Notes dialog box and click OK. The report will open in
UDA OnPoint.
5. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination for your save and select
OK.
6. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to customize
and organize your report information.
If you have taken advantage of the percent complete feature, you can create a status report
of completed tasks, unfinished tasks, and overdue tasks. Use this report to keep your
schedule progressing efficiently throughout the entire project duration.
NOTE: You can designate percent complete for a task in UDA Scheduling by typing the
percentage in the % Complete column. For more information see Understanding the Schedule
Information Columns .
1. In an open schedule, click on the Reports tab and select the Status Report button.
2. Choose which tasks to include:
Completed tasks are tasks marked at 100% complete.
Unfinished tasks are tasks that are not 100% complete but have an end date scheduled afte r
the current day's date.
Overdue tasks are tasks that are marked as less than 100% complete and have an end date
before the current day's date.
275
Printed Documentation
Estimated Figures lists the estimated value for tasks if you have synchronized the schedule
with an estimate.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to customize
and organize your report information.
Predict your company's expected earning based on the percentage complete for each task.
To create an Earned Value Report, you must have synchronized your schedule with an
estimate and also have entered percentages in the % Complete column. If you have not
entered percentages, all values will remain 0 in the report.
1. In an open schedule, go to the Reports tab and click on Earned Value Report button.
2. Select the information you would like to display in the report.
Percent Complete displays the percentage that is complete.
Estimated Figures lists the estimated value for tasks if you have synchronized the schedule
with an estimate.
3. Click OK. The Earned Value Report will open in a UDA OnPoint Document.
4. Go to File > Save. Select a destination for your save and select OK.
5. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout Tab.
276
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to customize
and organize your report information.
In order to create a Baseline Schedule report, you must have set a baseline in your schedule. For more
information, see Using Baseline Scheduling.
1. In an open schedule, click on the Reports tab and select the Baseline Schedule Report
button.
2. The Baseline Report form will open, requesting you to choose a baseline from the
drop down menu. Click OK.
3. Select your project details and the report will open in UDA O nPoint.
4. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination for your save and select
OK.
5. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout Tab.
Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to customize
and organize your report information.
1. In an open schedule, click on the Reports tab and select the List Notes button.
2. The List Notes Report form will open. Select your Note Type and whether you would
like to filter your report by Resource and/or Date Range.
3. Click OK.
4. Select your project details and the report will open in UDA OnPoint.
5. Go to File > Save to save the document. Select a destination for your save and select
OK.
6. Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete
information as necessary.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout Tab.
277
Printed Documentation
Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to customize
and organize your report information.
From Estimating , you can view Scheduling Start Date, End Date, Duration, Percent
Complete, Task Notes, and Field Notes.
From Scheduling , you can view Task Cost, Classification, Tax, Markup, Total
Estimate, General Notes, Field Notes, and Bid Notes.
278
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
1. Double-click the task that you want to view estimating information for.
2. In the dialog box, click the Estimate Information tab to view information on the
schedule.
NOTE: You can also go to View > Show/Hide Columns and select to view Estimate
information columns in the estimate.
Exporting a Schedule
You can export your entire schedule into Microsoft Project, Oracle Primavera, or Oracle SureTrak,
including the task list, start dates, end dates, durations, and predecessors. Or, you can choose to
export the schedule as a PDF.
Export a schedule
1. In an open schedule, click on the File Tab. Select Export Schedule and choose one
of the following:
Export as PDF will instantly create a read-only PDF of your schedule for easy
sharing.
Export as Image will create a bitmap (.bmp) file that contains an image of your
schedule.
Oracle Primavera Export will prompt you to select a location to save the .mpx file,
compatible to import to Oracle Primavera.
Oracle SureTrak Export will prompt you to select a location to save the .mpx file,
compatible to import to Oracle SureTrak.
Microsoft Project Export will prompt you to select a location to save the .mpx file,
compatible to import to Microsoft Project.
2. Select Save. If installed on your computer, the designated program will open the
OnPlan schedule. You can now modify the schedule in Oracle Primave ra, Oracle
SureTrak, or Microsoft Project as needed.
Saving a Schedule
UDA Schedules offer sophisticated integration with multiple aspects of the ConstructionSuite
system. As you create and modify your schedule, you should save it periodically to ensure
that all changes are recorded in the database so they can be reflected in the Construction
Calendar, ConstructionSuite Reminders, and Contact-related features.
1. In an open schedule, go to File > Save As or select Save As on the File Tab . The Save
Document window will open.
279
Printed Documentation
2. The default save location will be the folder for the Project you selected in the Project
Select form.
WARNING: Do not change this location unless you want to associate the file with a
new project. Saving a file in a different project folder will strip the file of all project -
related information and associate the file with the new project. Also, if you se lect a
folder under the Templates grouping, your schedule will be saved as a template and
will lose all project-specific information as well.
To learn more about scheduling templates, see Creating and Using a Schedule Template .
NOTE: There are two ways to designate a Primary schedule: when you save the file, or by
right-clicking on the file in the ConstructionSuite interface.
The first time you save a schedule for a project, you will see a Primary File checkbox
on the Save As dialog box.
280
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on the Projects tab and select a project from the list.
3. Click on the Files section header. All files for the selected project will be listed.
Primary files will have a checkmark on the icon.
4. To make an Inactive schedule the Primary schedule for the project, right -click on the
file and choose Set as Primary.
5. Click OK to confirm your new Primary schedule. All information in the interface for this
project will reference the new Primary schedule.
Export to ConstructionOnline
281
Printed Documentation
Printing Schedules
Printing Schedules
In addition to the reports offered in UDA Scheduling, you can also print your schedule to give to clients,
subcontractors, and lenders.
1. Click and drag across the schedule information or Gantt chart t o select the cells you
want to print.
2. Go to File > Print > Print Selection .
3. Print Preview will open, enabling you to adjust your print view as necessary.
282
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
Planning
Architectural Services
Engineering Services
Permits
Construction Financing
Consulting
Property Costs
Acquisition Costs
Other
Site Work
Site Clearing
Excavation
Excavation Support and Protection
Backfilling
Erosion and Sedimentation Control
Foundation
Footings
Foundation and Substructure
Slab Foundation
Structural Systems
Steel Structure & Erection
Steel Materials
Applied Fireproofing
Concrete
Floor Slabs, Stair & Elevator Core
Interior Framing
Framing Labor
Wall Framing Materials
Ceiling Framing Materials
Exterior Doors
283
Printed Documentation
Exterior Doors
Overhead Doors and Installation
Exterior Doors-Misc
Electrical Systems
Electrical Labor
Electrical Fixtures
Electrical Misc
Underground Utilities
Plumbing Systems
Plumbing Labor
Plumbing Fixtures
Natural Gas
Water Service
Water & Sewer Line
Sewer Service
HVAC Systems
HVAC System
Environmental Control
Membrane Roofing
Roofing Labor
Roofing Materials
Exterior Veneer
Brick Labor
284
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
Brick Materials
Brick Cleaning
Stucco / EIFS
Stone Veneers
Exterior Veneer-Misc
Conveying Systems
Elevators
Stairs
Metal Stairs and Handrails
Floorcovering
Vinyl Flooring
Carpet
Interior Finishes
Paints and Coatings
Wallcoverings
Door Hardware
Door Hardware Labor
Door Hardware Materials
285
Printed Documentation
Restroom Hardware
Restroom Hardware Labor
Restroom Hardware Materials
Mirrors
Restroom Specialties
Site Improvements
Final Grading
Concrete Pads and Walks
Concrete Drives/Walks Materials
Stormwater System Labor
Stormwater System Materials
Curb and Gutters
Concrete Curb/Gutter Materials
Asphalt Drives Labor
Fountains
Site Improvements-Misc
Landscaping
Landscaping
Irrigation
Special Construction
Mail Center
Detection and Alarm
286
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
Smoke Alarms
Fire Suppression
Data Networking
Construction Clean Up
Clean Up – Daily
Clean Up – Final
Project Insurance
Builder’s Risk Insurance
Project Liability Insurance
Workman’s Compensation
Performance Bond
Project Insurance-Misc
Temporary Facilities
Temporary Phone
Temporary VPN
Temporary Utilities
Sanitary Facilities
Project Identification
Temporary Facilities
Temporary Security
Temporary Barriers and Enclosures
Miscellaneous
Rental Equipment
Miscellaneous
Supervision
Supervision
Punchlist Allowance
287
Printed Documentation
Planning
Design Services
Permits
Lot Costs
Construction Financing
Project Insurance
Builder’s Risk Insurance
Project Liability Insurance
Workman’s Compensation
Performance Bond
Project Insurance-Misc
Jobsite Facilities
Project Phone
Construction Utilities
Portable Restrooms
Signage
Portable Jobsite Office
Demolition
Demolition Labor
Demolition Removal
Hazardous Material Abatement
Foundation
Site Work
Footers Labor
Footers Materials
Footers Inspection
Foundation Labor
Foundation Materials
Foundation Inspection
Concrete Slab Labor
Concrete Slab Materials
Slab Inspection
288
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
Foundation-Misc
Framing
Framing Labor
Floor System Materials
Wall Framing Materials
Ceiling Framing Materials
Roof Framing Materials
Roof Decking Materials
Fascia & Soffit Materials
Framing-Trusses
Framing Inspection
Electrical Systems
Electrical Labor
Electrical Rough-In Inspection
Electrical Misc
Underground Utilities
Plumbing Systems
Plumbing Labor
Plumbing Rough-In Inspection
Natural or Propane Gas
Water Service
Water & Sewer Line
Sewer Service
Septic Tanks
289
Printed Documentation
HVAC System
HVAC Labor
HVAC Rough-In Inspection
HVAC Materials
Roofing
Roofing Labor
Roofing Materials
Exterior Veneer
Brick Labor
Brick Materials
Brick Cleaning
Siding Labor
Siding Materials
Stucco / EIFS
Stone
Exterior Veneer-Misc
290
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
Interior Finishes
Paint Labor
Paint Materials
Wallcoverings
Interior Paneling
Bath Hardware
Bath Hardware Labor
Bath Hardware Materials
Mirrors
Shower Doors
Bath Specialties
Appliances
291
Printed Documentation
Appliance Labor
Appliances
Set Fixtures
Electrical Fixtures
Water Heaters
Plumbing Fixtures
HVAC Fixtures & Units
Overhead Doors & Installation
Site Improvements
Final Grading
Concrete Drives/Walks Labor
Concrete Drives/Walks Materials
Stormwater System Labor
Stormwater System Materials
Concrete Curb/Gutter Labor
Concrete Curb/Gutter Materials
Asphalt Drives Labor
Asphalt Drives Materials
Landscaping Labor
Landscaping Materials
Irrigation System
Retaining Walls
Site Improvements-Misc
292
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
Mailbox
Exterior Areas & Finishes-Misc
Specialty Options
Central Vacuum
Security System
Intercom System
Stereo System Prewire
Computer Network
Specialty Options-Misc
Floorcovering
Hardwood Flooring Labor
Hardwood Flooring Materials
Vinyl Flooring Labor
Vinyl Flooring Materials
Carpet Labor
Carpet Materials
Construction Clean Up
Clean Up – Daily
Clean Up – Final
Miscellaneous
Rental Equipment
Miscellaneous
Supervision
Supervision
Punchlist Allowance
Final Inspections
Final Inspection
Certificate of Occupancy
293
Printed Documentation
Planning
Design Services
Permits
Lot Costs
Construction Financing
Project Insurance
Builder’s Risk Insurance
Project Liability Insurance
Workman’s Compensation
Performance Bond
Project Insurance-Misc
Jobsite Facilities
Project Phone
Construction Utilities
Portable Restrooms
Signage
Portable Jobsite Office
Demolition
Demolition Labor
Demolition Removal
Hazardous Material Abatement
Foundation
Site Work
Footers Labor
Footers Materials
Footers Inspection
Foundation Labor
Foundation Materials
Foundation Inspection
Concrete Slab Labor
294
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
Framing
Framing Labor
Floor System Materials
Wall Framing Materials
Ceiling Framing Materials
Roof Framing Materials
Roof Decking Materials
Fascia & Soffit Materials
Framing-Trusses
Electrical Systems
Electrical Labor
Electrical Rough-In Inspection
Electrical Misc
Underground Utilities
Plumbing Systems
Plumbing Labor
Plumbing Rough-In Inspection
Natural or Propane Gas
Water Service
Water & Sewer Line
Sewer Service
Septic Tanks
Septic Tank Inspection
HVAC System
HVAC Labor
295
Printed Documentation
Roofing
Roofing Labor
Roofing Materials
Exterior Veneer
Brick Labor
Brick Materials
Brick Cleaning
Siding Labor
Siding Materials
Stucco / EIFS
Stone
Exterior Veneer-Misc
296
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
Interior Finishes
Paint Labor
Paint Materials
Wallcoverings
Interior Paneling
Bath Hardware
Bath Hardware Labor
Bath Hardware Materials
Mirrors
Shower Doors
Bath Specialties
Appliances
Appliance Labor
Appliances
Set Fixtures
297
Printed Documentation
Electrical Fixtures
Water Heaters
Plumbing Fixtures
HVAC Fixtures & Units
Overhead Doors & Installation
Site Improvements
Final Grading
Concrete Drives/Walks Labor
Concrete Drives/Walks Materials
Stormwater System Labor
Stormwater System Materials
Concrete Curb/Gutter Labor
Concrete Curb/Gutter Materials
Asphalt Drives Labor
Asphalt Drives Materials
Landscaping Labor
Landscaping Materials
Irrigation System
Retaining Walls
Site Improvements-Misc
Specialty Options
298
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
Central Vacuum
Security System
Intercom System
Stereo System Prewire
Computer Network
Specialty Options-Misc
Floorcovering
Hardwood Flooring Labor
Hardwood Flooring Materials
Vinyl Flooring Labor
Vinyl Flooring Materials
Carpet Labor
Carpet Materials
Construction Clean Up
Clean Up – Daily
Clean Up – Final
Miscellaneous
Rental Equipment
Miscellaneous
Supervision
Supervision
Punchlist Allowance
Final Inspections
Final Inspection
Certificate of Occupancy
Planning
299
Printed Documentation
Design Services
Permits
Lot Costs
Construction Financing
Project Insurance
Builder’s Risk Insurance
Project Liability Insurance
Workman’s Compensation
Performance Bond
Project Insurance-Misc
Jobsite Facilities
Project Phone
Construction Utilities
Portable Restrooms
Signage
Portable Jobsite Office
Foundation
Site Work
Footers Labor
Footers Materials
Footers Inspection
Foundation Labor
Foundation Materials
Foundation Inspection
Concrete Slab Labor
Concrete Slab Materials
Slab Inspection
Foundation-Misc
Framing
Framing Labor
Floor System Materials
Wall Framing Materials
Ceiling Framing Materials
300
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
Electrical Systems
Electrical Labor
Electrical Rough-In Inspection
Electrical Misc
Underground Utilities
Plumbing Systems
Plumbing Labor
Plumbing Rough-In Inspection
Natural or Propane Gas
Water Service
Water & Sewer Line
Sewer Service
Septic Tanks
Septic Tank Inspection
HVAC System
HVAC Labor
HVAC Rough-In Inspection
HVAC Materials
301
Printed Documentation
Trim Surround
Mantle
Chimney Detail
Fireplace-Misc
Roofing
Roofing Labor
Roofing Materials
Exterior Veneer
Brick Labor
Brick Materials
Brick Cleaning
Siding Labor
Siding Materials
Stucco / EIFS
Stone
Exterior Veneer-Misc
302
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
Interior Finishes
Paint Labor
Paint Materials
Wallcoverings
Interior Paneling
Bath Hardware
Bath Hardware Labor
Bath Hardware Materials
Mirrors
Shower Doors
Bath Specialties
Appliances
Appliance Labor
Appliances
Set Fixtures
Electrical Fixtures
Water Heaters
Plumbing Fixtures
HVAC Fixtures & Units
Overhead Doors & Installation
Site Improvements
Final Grading
303
Printed Documentation
Specialty Options
Central Vacuum
Security System
Intercom System
Stereo System Prewire
Computer Network
Specialty Options-Misc
Floorcovering
304
Chapter 14: UDA OnPlan™ Scheduling
Construction Clean Up
Clean Up – Daily
Clean Up – Final
Miscellaneous
Rental Equipment
Miscellaneous
Supervision
Supervision
Punchlist Allowance
Final Inspections
Final Inspection
Certificate of Occupancy
305
Chapter 15: UDA Contracts
About UDA Contracts
Protect Your Business. In an industry where possibilities for misunderstandings and
miscommunication thrive, few things are more essential to protecting your business than
professionally-authored construction contracts and forms. Utilize the comprehensive library of industry -
standard construction contracts to take control of your projects and ensure seamless communication
between you and your subcontractors, suppliers, and clients.
Limit Your Liability. Endorsed by the industry and updated regularly by construction experts and
attorneys, UDA Contracts address the latest critical needs and trends in construction. Comprehensive
contracts include clauses that cover scope of work, permits, insurance, arbitration, change orders,
finish schedules, project allowances, sales agreement, toxic mold, hazardous materials, termination,
and more.
Leverage a comprehensive set of 170+* contracts and forms that you can customize
to fit your project needs.
Communicate project standards and expectations to clients and subcontractors with
professionally-authored legal documents.
Ease disputes and lessen legal expenses with industry-standard arbitration clauses.
Import your own construction contracts with the UDA Custom AutoDocs Wizard .
Connect your documents to the ConstructionNet CRM system to automatically insert
contact and project information.
Employ UDA Document Management to take advantage of automated features such as
styles, letterheads, and more.
Making Integration Work for You. All UDA Contracts link to the ConstructionSuite™ database,
enabling you to create connections across your documents, projects, and contacts. With a complete
library of more than 170* contracts and forms for Residential, Remodeling, and Light Commercial
projects, UDA Contracts integrates superior Document Management features and new ConstructionNet
CRM technology to provide the most dynamic construction contracts available.
*ConstructionSuite Standard versions include 130+ contracts and forms for Residential and
Remodeling projects. Pro versions and above include specialized contracts and forms in addition to the
130 included in ConstructionSuite Standard.
Opening Contracts
307
Printed Documentation
Open a contract
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click the contracts folder for the type of contract you need. Options will vary
according to your version.
4. Double-click the contract you need for your project. To review a complete list of
contracts, see the contract lists at the end of this chapter.
5. The Document Management Wizard will launch. For more information, see Using the
Document Management Wizard .
NOTE: You can launch the Document Management Wizard any time a document is open. To
access the wizard, click the Document Wizard button on the Document Management Toolbar.
1. Select contact.
Click the button next to the contact selector box to designate a contact for your document.
To use an existing contact from your database, use the pop up menu to select the
contact name.
To create a new contact, click New Contact at the top of the window. The Contact
Quick Add form will open. You can enter Name and Email information, Phone Numbers,
and an Address for the contact.
To edit a contact, select a contact name from the pop up menu and click Edit. The
Edit Contact form will open. You can edit a variety of information related to the contact
from this window. Use the buttons on the left or the tabs at the bottom of the screen to
navigate the form.
2. Select project.
Click the button next to the project selector box to designate a project for your document.
Selecting a project links the contract to your central database and ensures proper file
management.
To use an existing project, use the pop up menu to select the project name. To view
the project folder, click the folder button. For more information, see Selecting a Project.
To create a new project, click New. The Project Quick Add form will open. You can
enter Project Information, Project Details, and Contact Information. Click the More
button to access the complete Edit Project form. For more information, see Creating a
New Project.
308
Chapter 15: UDA Contracts
To edit an existing project, select a project from the pop up menu and click Edit. The
Edit Project form will open. You can edit Project Information, Lender Information,
Additional Information, and Project Dimensions. For more information, see Editing a
Project.
Check the box next to Insert Letterhead Graphic if you would like to include your company
letterhead in the document.
Click the Options... link and select the Letterhead tab to designate how you would like
Document Management to handle the letterhead graphic for each document.
NOTE : You can customize the letterhead graphic by using the Letterhead
drop-down menu on the Document Management Toolbar.
You can select additional documents such as transmittals or memos to supplement your client
correspondence. Additional documents will automatically include the contact, project, and
company information where appropriate. Edit the documents to fit your project needs.
Transmittal: a list of the documents included in your correspondence that enables you
to indicate the status of the documents, such as Approved or For Your Approval
Envelope: a document you can use for printing a business letter size envelope
ConstructionSuite documents now have an advanced Style Selector that enables you to easily switch
between four predefined styles. If you change the style of the contract, however, you may need to
check the document to ensure accurate spacing.
Contracts include all the features of UDA Document Management, which eliminates data entry tasks
by connecting documents to your central ConstructionSuite database. Document Management also
includes additional automated features designed to enhance the functionality and appearance of your
documents. Take advantage of Document Management for your contracts with the features listed
below.
309
Printed Documentation
Saving Contracts
Always save your contract or form to the appropriate location as soon as you comp lete the Document
Management Wizard. If you plan to reuse the exact contract for future projects, you can save the
customized contract as a document template.
With Document Management, you can save a substantial amount of time by creating custom
templates. Any modifications that need to be made to a document each time it is used can be
easily saved in a new template, so you don't have to spend time making the same changes
over and over again.
310
Chapter 15: UDA Contracts
3. Using the Folder tree on the left side of the window, select a folder under the
Template grouping in which to save your template.
4. Type a descriptive name for the template in the Filename text box at the bottom of
the screen.
5. Click OK. The template will appear in the section you specified on the Contracts tab.
NOTE: If your old UDA Contract has a letterhead, when you open the imported contract,
you may be prompted by Microsoft Word to update links. Click No. Manually delete the old
letterhead and insert a new letterhead using the new UDA Document Management system.
You may also choose remove the letterhead before importing the document.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click on Contracts Tab and select a folder you'd like to import files to.
3. Simply drag your previous documents and drop them into the folder of your choice.
Once you've dragged and dropped these files, they will be accessible from that folder
location within ConstructionSuite.
311
Printed Documentation
IMPORTANT : Documents created in previous versions will benefit from most of the new
functionality in ConstructionSuite. However, there may be some features that are not
available for older documents.
UDA ConstructionSuite includes contracts and forms designed to meet the strict
requirements of the Contractors State Licensing Board (CSLB). These documents are
available in every ConstructionSuite version and are automatically visible on the
ConstructionOffice tab for users who have selected California as the state in the Company
Information.
The specialized California content can be accessed by clicking on the Contracts & Docs
Tab and selecting the Contracts & Docs folder. Both the California Notices and Forms folder
as well as the Home Improvement folder all contain specialized content for California. If these
documents are not visible, you can easily turn on the option.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, go to Tools > Options > Specialized Content . The Specialized
Content form opens.
3. Select California Contracts and Forms .
4. Click OK.
5. Access the specialized content by clicking on the Contracts & Docs tab and selecting
the Contracts folder.
UDA Contracts
Construction Contracts
312
Chapter 15: UDA Contracts
313
Printed Documentation
Subcontractor Contracts
Contracts between Contractor or Owner and Subcontractor.
S08 Framing
S11 Electrical
S12 Plumbing
314
Chapter 15: UDA Contracts
S14 Insulation
S22 Paint
S23 Roofing
S28 Fireplace
S30 Cabinetry
S31 Countertops
S35 Carpet
S37 Wallcoverings
315
Printed Documentation
S49 Irrigation
S51 Landscaping
Subcontractor Forms
316
Chapter 15: UDA Contracts
317
Printed Documentation
318
Chapter 15: UDA Contracts
NOTE: ConstructionSuite includesFHA Forms in the official PDF File Format as distributed
from HUD. These forms can be filled in and printed from your computer directly. Since these
forms are in PDF (portable document format), you will need Adobe Acrobat Reader. You can
download the reader for free at www.adobe.com .
California Notices
California Waivers
319
Printed Documentation
320
Chapter 15: UDA Contracts
Remodeling Contracts
321
Printed Documentation
Architectural Notes
These detailed notes for construction documents are available in ConstructionSuite Pro versions and
above:
322
Chapter 15: UDA Contracts
Design-Build Contracts
These specialized contracts and forms for Design-Build Professionals are available in
ConstructionSuite Pro versions and above:
323
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management
About UDA Document Management.
Communication is Key. Save time and increase accuracy with UDA Document Management, the
powerful component that works with all of your ConstructionSuite™ documents such as Estimates,
Schedules, Contracts, Specifications, and Reports. Advanced yet intuitive features enable you to
integrate your documents with the powerful ConstructionSuite project management system.
Create Professional, Customized Documents. Every UDA document comes with the ability to be fully
customized to fit your project needs. Use the Document Management Wizard to import contact
information for any vendor, supplier, subcontractor, lender, or client, and quickly connect all documents
to the ConstructionSuite™ database. Then, put a professional polish on your documents with easy -to-
use features such as styles, letterheads, watermarks, and more.
Connect documents to projects and contacts for better organization and tracking.
Put a professional face on your documents with features like automated styles, letterhead,
signatures, and watermarks.
Launch automated Memos, Fax Cover Sheets, Transmittals, and Envelopes through the
Document Management Wizard.
Create Your Own Custom Documents. Use the Custom AutoDocs wizard to create a fully-automated
construction letter, contract/form, or a custom document in a few simple st eps. The Custom AutoDocs
wizard is linked with your ConstructionSuite database, allowing you to easily import project and contact
information.
Making Integration Work for You. By selecting a project for your document, you've already taken one
step toward integrating it with the dynamic ConstructionSuite database. Take integration one step
further by creating additional connections between your documents and ConstructionSuite. From the
Document Management Toolbar, you can add Contacts, assign new Activities, create new To Dos, and
launch documents or document templates from any project Workflow.
325
Printed Documentation
NOTE: You can launch the Document Management Wizard any time a document is open. To
access the wizard, click the Document Wizard button on the ConstructionSuite tab.
1. Select contact.
Click the button next to the contact selector box to designate a contact for your document.
To use an existing contact from your database, use the pop up menu to select the
contact name.
To create a new contact, click New. The Contact Quick Add form will open. You can
enter Name and Email information, Phone Numbers, and an Address for the contact.
To edit a contact, select a contact name from the pop up menu and click Edit. The
Edit Contact form will open. You can edit a variety of information related to the contact
from this window. Use the buttons on the left or the tabs at the bottom of the screen to
navigate the form.
2. Select project.
Click the button next to the project selector box to designate a project for your document.
Selecting a project links the contract to your central database and ensures proper file
management.
To use an existing project, use the pop up menu to select the project name. For more
information, see Selecting a Project.
To create a new project, click New. The Project Quick Add form will open. You can
enter Project Information, Project Details, and Contact Information. Click the More
button to access the complete Edit Project form. For more information, see Creating a
New Project.
326
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management
To edit an existing project, select a project from the pop up menu and click Edit. The
Edit Project form will open. You can edit Project Information, Lender Information,
Additional Information, and Project Dimensions. For more information, see Editing a
Project.
Check the box next to Insert Letterhead Graphic if you would like to include your company
letterhead in the document.
Click the Options... link and select the Letterhead tab to designate how you would like
Document Management to handle the letterhead graphic for each document.
NOTE : You can customize the letterhead graphic by using the Letterhead
drop-down menu on the Document Management Toolbar.
You can select additional documents such as transmittals or memos to supplement your client
correspondence. Additional documents will automatically include the contact, project, and
company information where appropriate. Edit the documents to fit your project needs.
Transmittal: a list of the documents included in your correspondence that enables you
to indicate the status of the documents, such as Approved or For Your Approval
Envelope: a document you can use for printing a business letter size envelope
Using templates
327
Printed Documentation
Envelope opens a document you can use for printing a business letter size envelope.
Transmittal opens a transmittal document that lists the documents included in the
correspondence and the status of the documents, such as Approved or For Your
Approval.
If you are logged in to ConstructionSuite as an administrator, you can revise and format the master
copies of the templates to fit your company needs.
Modify templates only if you want to permanently change a template and access the modified
template every time you use Document Management. Any modifications you make to the master
templates will overwrite the standard templates provided with ConstructionSuite.
IMPORTANT: Do NOT use Modify Template to make changes to a document that you will only use
once.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click Report Templates in the folder tree on the left side of the interface.
4. Right-click on the template you wish to permanently modify.
5. Select Edit Template . The template will open in UDA OnPoint™.
6. Make any necessary changes to the template.
7. Click Save, and then Close File in the File Tab on the toolbar. You will now be able to
access the modified templates from Contracts & Docs tab in ConstructionSuite.
Create a proposal
1. From the ConstructionSuite interface, go to File > New > New File > New Proposal .
2. After you have read the introduction and selected your proposal template style, click
Next.
3. Select Contact and Project Information using the selector buttons, and select desired
additional options at the bottom of the wizard.
Letterhead Graphic will automatically insert a letterhead on your proposal.
Select Transmittal, Fax, Envelope and/or Memo if you want to launch these documents after
completing the wizard.
328
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management
4. Click Next.
5. Select your Layout Option from one of the default ConstructionSuite™ layouts or a
custom layout if you have created one.
6. Click Next.
7. Check to include the Scope of Work and any Special Conditions for your project. If you
have a scope of work or special conditions already entered for the project, the text
will automatically be imported into these fields.
For a limited scope project, type the Scope of Work. For other projects, type a reference to
the specifications you will attach to the end of the proposal.
Type any Special Conditions. Special conditions are typically conditions specific to each
project that you want to make sure the client is aware of. For example, to ensure the client
fully understands what to expect, you may want to describe certain services that will not be
included in the project.
7. Click Next.
8. Check to include Base Price if desired . The total base price is calculated from your
estimate. If the price includes lot and property costs, select Base Price Includes
Lot/Property Costs at the bottom of the window.
9. Check to include Markup in Allowances if desired.
9. Click Next.
10. If you have dimensions associated with your project, use the checkboxes to indicate
which dimensions you would like to include in your proposal. Click [add dimension] to
define more dimensions for your project.
11. Click Next.
12. Select whether you would like to include a Project Totals Report in your proposal
and select your Project Total options.
Use the checkboxes to select which items to include in the Project Totals report, as well as the
Company Overhead and Margin style and whether you would like the Project Totals in a table.
13. Choose which components to include in Total Cost and if you would like to include
any notes.
Use the checkboxes to select whether Estimated Cost, Sales Tax or Line Item Markup
should be included. You may also select if you would like to include notes, and if so which
kinds.
UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs and then change all blue text to black by
clicking the Blue to Black button on the Page Layout tab.
18. Take advantage of the features and functions in UDA Document Management to
customize and organize your report information.
329
Printed Documentation
NOTE: You can also create a proposal directly from UDA Estimating . This proposal will
include the estimated total as well as the base price and project allowances and options from
your project estimate.
1. In an open document in OnPoint, select the Tools Tab and click Lock button and you
will be prompted to enter a password.
2. Type the case-sensitive password in the dialog box and click OK.
3. Re-type the password to confirm and click OK.
4. Go to File > Save to save the document. Next time it is opened, users will have to
enter the correct password to view and edit the document.
WARNING: If you lose or forget the password, it cannot be recovered. You cannot open a
password protected document without the correct password.
1. Open the password protected document and enter the correct password.
2. Click the Unlock button on the Tools Tab in OnPoint.
3. Go to File > Save to save the document. Your will not need to enter a password the
next time the document is opened.
1. In an open document, click the Options button on the File Tab in the top toolbar.
2. On the Document Wizard tab, use the checkbox next to Enable Document Management
Wizard to turn the feature on or off. If the box is unchecked, the Document
Management Wizard will not appear when you open a ConstructionSuite document.
3. Click OK when done.
330
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management
1. In an open document, click the Options button on the File Tab of the top toolbar.
2. On the Letterhead tab, choose from the following options:
Always Insert will automatically add the letterhead graphic to any ConstructionSuite
document.
Never Insert will not add the letterhead graphic to your documents unless you manually insert
it using the Letterhead drop-down menu.
Ask before inserting will prompt you to add the letterhead graphic each time you open a
document.
1. In an open document, click the Options button on the File Tab of the top toolbar.
2. On the Activities tab, choose from the following options:
Always Create will automatically open the New Activity window when you save a document.
Never Create will enable you to close a document without setting a new activity.
Ask before creating will give you the option of setting a new activity when you save a
document.
AutoSave options enable you to control the save sequence for your UDA documents.
1. In an open document, click the Options button on the File Tab of the top toolbar.
2. On the AutoSave tab, choose from the following options:
Disable AutoSave: If this box is checked, UDA will not automatically save your documents. If
this box is not checked, UDA will automatically save your documents.
AutoSave Your Documents: Enables you to select a regular interval (between 1-30 minutes)
for UDA to save your documents.
331
Printed Documentation
1. In an open document, click the Options button on the File Tab of the top toolbar.
2. On the Other tab, use the drop-down menu to select your choice for default style.
3. Select any other styling options and click OK when done.
1. In an open document, click the Options button on the File Tab of the top toolbar.
2. On the Fields tab, select your options for autopopulating fields using the checkboxes.
3. Select the default font size and color for autopopulating fields and click OK when
done.
1. In an open document, go to the Home Tab, and select one of the available styles to
change the document style.
2. Select between Normal, Classic, Traditional, and Modern.
NOTE: Instead of changing the style each time you open a document, you can select
which one of the four styles Document Management should use by default. To learn more
about styles, see Designating the Default Style .
Insert letterhead
Delete letterhead
Customize letterhead
1. In an open document, click the Edit Letterhead button on the Page Layout Tab.
2. ConstructionSuite will open a master template with the letterhead displayed.
332
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management
NOTE: You will need to re-insert the letterhead graphic in the current document to
see new customizations.
Add: In any ConstructionSuite Template, the headers and footers are active by
default so there will not be a need to add headers and footers.
Activate: If the headers and footers are not yet viewable, select Activate and you can
begin editing them on the page.
3. When you are finished editing, double-click outside of the header and footer area to
begin working in the rest of the document.
NOTE: Headers and Footers are different on the first page than on subsequent pages of
the document. It is standard to not have Headers or Footers on the first page of a document.
1. In an open document, select the Page Layout tab then click the Sign Document
button.
2. Enter information in the pop up menu and click OK.
Insert a watermark
1. In an open document, select the Page Layout tab then click the Watermark button on
the toolbar.
333
Printed Documentation
2. Choose Text Watermark or Custom Watermark . If you choose Text Watermark , select
the type from the drop-down menu. If you choose Custom Watermark, type the
watermark text in the dialog box.
3. Click OK.
4. The watermarked document will open in a Print Preview screen. To print a version of
the document with the watermark, select Print while in the Print Preview screen.
Watermark options
1. In an open document, select the Page Layout tab then click the Watermark button on
the toolbar.
2. Click Options .
3. Select the Alignment as Left, Center, or Right.
4. Select the Rotation as Diagonal, Horizontal , or Vertical .
5. Select the Watermark Font style from the drop down.
6. Select the Watermark Color from the color palette.
7. Click OK.
1. In an open document,select the Page Layout tab then click the Margins and Paper
button on the toolbar.
2. In the Paper section, the Format dropdown will enable you to select the different
paper sizes. Typically you will select Letter or Legal.
3. Click OK. The document will automatically reformat to fit the new paper size.
1. In an open document, select the Page Layout tab then click the Blue to Black button
on the toolbar.
2. Click Yes in the dialog box if you are sure you are ready to change all of the text to
black.
NOTE: : To avoid oversights, finish editing the document before you change all text to
black.
334
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management
You can edit contact and project information using the Document Wizard. All information associated
with contacts and projects is stored in the ConstructionSuite database and can be accessed within all
ConstructionSuite applications. For more information about editing contact and project information, see
Using the Document Management Wizard.
1. In an open document, click the Document Wizard button on the toolbar, located in the
ConstructionSuite tab. The Document Management Wizard will open.
2. Edit or create a contact.
To edit a contact, select a name from the pop up menu and click Edit. Enter desired
information in the Edit Contact form and click Save & New or Save & Close to save the
information.
To create a new contact, click New and enter contact details in the Contact Quick Add form.
Click Save & New or Save & Close to save the information.
To create a new project, click New and enter project details in the Project Quick Add form.
Once you have signed a contract for a project, you will most likely not want any changes to be made to
the document, including changes in contact, project, and company information. After you save a
contract, form, or report, the document is locked, meaning that any fields that pull fro m the database
such as Owner, Contractor, Project, and Lender information, will not change without explicit instruction.
When you make changes in the ConstructionSuite database to contact, project, or company
information, these changes will not be registered in previously saved documents until you click the
Refresh Fields button.
With tight integration between ConstructionNet and Document Management, you can create
contacts directly from the Document Management toolbar. Since contacts fields in Document
Management are stored in the ConstructionSuite database, any new contacts or changes
made to contacts will be reflected in the database.
1. In an open contract, document, or form, click the New Contact button on the toolbar,
located in the ConstructionSuite tab. The Contact Quick Add will open.
2. Enter contact information.
335
Printed Documentation
3. Click Save & New to save contact information and create another contact, or click
Save & Close to save the information and close the Contact Quick Add window.
Activities are items that need to occur at a specific time such as an appointment or meeting.
These items are stored in your Activities list on the Today Summary tab and can also be
accessed on the Calendar tab.
1. In an open contract, document, or form, click the New Activity button on the toolbar,
located in the ConstructionSuite tab. The New Activity window will open.
2. Enter Activity Information .
Subject: Type a Subject for your Activity. The text entered in this field will appear in your
Activities list on the main interface and in the calendar.
Start and End Times: Designate a date and time for your activity. If the event will last all day,
check All Day Event.
Quick, Planning, and Start Reminders: Use the drop-down menus to set reminders. Quick
Reminders can be set for anywhere between five minutes and two hours before the start of
the activity. Planning and Start Reminders are set for a number of days in advance. You can
set multiple reminders for an activity. For more advanced reminder options, click on the
Reminders tab.
1. Click the [add new] link under the type of reminder you would like to create.
Simple Reminder enables you to select a time frame (in days or weeks) before the
start of the activity. You can also set a time of day to be reminded.
Specific Date allows you to use the calendar to choose which day you would like to be
reminded. You can also set a time of day for this option.
3. Type a Reminder Message. Designate if you would like to Show Popup Message
and/or Send Email to Client.
336
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management
To Dos are items that have a due date but do not have a specific time or duration associated
with them. These items are stored in your To Dos list on the Today Summary tab and can
also be accessed on the To Dos tab.
1. In an open contract, document, or form, click the New To Do button on the toolbar,
located in the ConstructionSuite tab. The New To Do window will open.
2. Enter To Do Information.
Subject: Type a Subject for your To Do. The text entered in this field will appear in your
Activities list on the main interface and in the calendar.
3. Enter To Do Details .
Details: Type any desired information for the To Do.
Created By/Modified By will automatically populate based on the user that is currently logged
in when the to do is created or modified.
If you are using the Custom AutoDocs Wizard to create a document that you plan to reuse often, its
best to create a template. A template is a document with predefined settings and content that can
easily be used to create additional documents.
If you are using the Custom AutoDocs Wizard to create a document you plan to use only once, you
may want to create a project file for a project. If you decide later that you want to reuse this document
often, you can save it as a template.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Go to File > New > New File > New Custom AutoDoc .
3. Select the Document Format.
Unformatted Document will enable you to create the most customized document. You will
have the option to include any company, project, and contact information fields on the next
page of the wizard.
337
Printed Documentation
Formatted Contract will enable you to create a contract or form, or a customized contract or
form template.
Formatted Letter will enable you to create a letter or a customized letter template.
4. Click Next.
5. Select which automated fields to include. Once inserted in the document, these fields
will link into the ConstructionSuite database to automatically insert company, project,
and contact information.
If you choose to create an Unformatted Document, you will notice that the available fields
are divided by tabs at the top for Contact, Project, and Company. Use the >>(double arrow) to
include all fields in a tab, or click on individual field names and use the > (single arrow) to add
fields one by one.
If you choose Formatted Contract, enter a heading at the top of the screen, then select
predefined field groupings for your document such as Owner, Contractor, Project, and Lender.
If you choose Formatted Letter, check which Company and Contact fields you would like to
include in your document.
6. Click Next.
7. Select a file type.
Project File will create a single file to be used for a project. Click the button next to the
destination field to select the appropriate project. This option is best if you are creating a
document you plan to use once. If you decide later that you want to reuse this document often,
you can save it as a template.
Template will create a template file in the ConstructionSuite system. Click the button next to
the destination field to select a designation folder. This option is best if you are c reating a
document you plan to reuse often. A template is a document with predefined settings and
content that can easily be used to create additional documents based on that template.
Save the document, do not open will save the file in the destination you specified.
Once you have created a template with the Custom AutoDocs wizard, you can use it ju st like a regular
document template in the ConstructionSuite system. See Creating and Using Templates in
Document Management for more information.
For example, you may want to use the home address for a client instead of the business address. The
business address is the primary address for all contacts, but you can use their home address instead
by inserting the Home Address field under Contact Fields from the Custom AutoDocs toolbar.
To do this, select the field you would like to replace, and then click on Contact Fields located under
the ConstructionSuite tab in UDA OnPoint, and insert the replacement field.
338
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management
Using UDA Custom AutoDocs streamlines your workflow and eliminates data entry tasks. Since the
information fields are linked to the ConstructionSuite database, you will be able to edit or update
contact information and access that new information from Document Management.
Contact Fields
Contact fields reference ConstructionSuite Contacts. You can edit this information from the
ConstructionSuite interface. Contact fields include:
Primary Info
Work Info
339
Printed Documentation
Home Info
Lead Info
Billing Address
340
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management
Shipping Address
General Info
Contact Company
Contact File As
Contact Quality
Additional Info
Contact Anniversary
Contact Birthday
Contact Children
Contact Department
Contact Description
Contact Gender
Contact Nickname
Contact Pets
Contact Salutation
Contact Spouse
Contact Suffix
341
Printed Documentation
Contact Tax ID
Project Fields
Project fields reference the ConstructionSuite database. You can edit this information in Project
Information in the Document Management Wizard. Project fields include:
Project Address
Client Info
General Info
342
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management
Project Name
Project Number
Lender Info
Additional Info
Project Directions
Project Development
Project Dimensions
Custom dimensions will appear in this list if you have defined them for your project.
Company Fields
Company fields reference the information stored in ConstructionSuite. Go to Tools > Configuration >
Information on the main interface to edit this information.
343
Printed Documentation
Primary Address
Company City
Company Country
Company Email
Company Fax
Company State
Company Street
Company Zipcode
Business Address
Billing Address
Shipping Address
344
Chapter 16: UDA Document Management
Additional Info
Company Mobile
Company Name
Company Phone
Company Country
Company DBA
Company Notes
With Document Management, you can save a substantial amount of time by creating custom
templates. Any modifications that need to be made to a document each time it is used can be
easily saved in a new template, so you don't have to spend time making the same changes
over and over again.
345
Printed Documentation
4. Edit the document as needed for the new project. Changes will only be made to the
document for the project and will not affect the template.
5. Save the file again once you have made all changes.
1. In an open document, click on the Send as email attachment button on the Tools tab
in UDA OnPoint. An email will open with the read-only document attached.
2. Enter desired information and click Send.
346
Chapter 17: UDA Financing
About UDA Financing
Begin with confidence. Obtaining construction loans is a critical and essential step for your projects.
To give you every advantage when presenting your company and project to a financial institution, UDA
Financing includes a powerful collection of proven financial tools. Choose from a variety of financing
forms and spreadsheets designed for construction professionals, and deliver a winning loan proposal
customized for your specific project needs.
Choose the forms and spreadsheets that best fit your project
Give your loan proposals an extra touch of professionalism with Document
Management tools that unite proposals with your corporate image
Create customized loan proposal templates and quickly update proposals for new
projects with Document Management tools
A winning team. Use UDA Financing as part of the ConstructionSuite™ system for a powerful,
integrated approach to financing. Utilize all the capabilities of ConstructionSuite to create a thorough
and complete package.
Professional loan applications. With integrated Document Management tools for UDA Financing, you
can create professional loan applications with ease.
Customize the appearance of your financing forms to match your corporate image and
project marketing information
Enjoy advanced formatting features like headers and footers , signatures , watermarks ,
and more
Create a company letterhead and automatically insert the letterhead in all of your
financing documents
Add security for sensitive information with password-protected documents
347
Printed Documentation
arising in tort, negligence, contract, or otherwise in connection with the use in any manner of the
contents of these materials.
Opening Financing
UDA Financing provides forms and spreadsheets designed to help you create winning loan proposals.
Open Financing
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab in the left sidebar.
3. Click the Documents section and then the Financing folder.
4. Double-click the Financial Forms or Financial Spreadsheets folder to view the
contents.
5. Double-click the financing form or spreadsheet you need for your project. To review a
complete list of financing forms and spreadsheets, see the lists at the end of this
chapter.
Review each section of the document for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete information as necessary
to fit your project. Text specific to each project is formatted in blue, making it easy to change critical
information in your documents. Revise this text to meet your project needs. Change blue text to black
when you are finished editing the forms.
Financing documents include all the features of UDA Document Management, which eliminates data
entry tasks by connecting documents to your central ConstructionSuite database. Document
Management also includes additional automated features designed to enhance the functionality and
appearance of your documents.
348
Chapter 17: UDA Financing
1. In the document or spreadsheet, go to File > Save As. The Save Document window
will open.
2. Using the Folder tree on the left side of the window, select a folder under the
Template grouping in which to save your template.
3. Type a descriptive name for the template in the Filename text box at the bottom of
the screen.
4. Click OK. The template will appear in the section you specified on the Contracts tab.
349
Printed Documentation
350
Chapter 18: UDA Specifications
About UDA Specifications
Define projects with clarity and accuracy. When you're managing multiple projects, you can't be on
every job site every step of the way. Ensure that the job gets done according to your expectation s by
effectively communicating project details to everyone involved. With ConstructionSuite™ you can
launch the Specifications Wizard and easily navigate, select, and customize 70 -100 pages of detailed
specifications to create comprehensive specification books.
Protect your bottom line with comprehensive specifications to ensure that your
estimate covers the entire project scope.
Effortlessly define methods, materials, and finishes to ensure that the project is
completed according to your expectations.
Establish a complete understanding with your clients, vendors, and subcontractors
with clear and accurate specifications.
Start with templates for Residential, Commercial, and Development, and customize
specifications with the easy-to-use Specifications Wizard .
Create wizard templates to reuse specification sets for each project type.
Build confidence and win more bids by including detailed specifications in your
proposal package.
Making Integration Work for You. UDA Specifications ties in with the advanced Document
Management system and enables you to assign projects and contacts to your spec books - keeping
your project information organized. Plus, you can use UDA Specifications in conjunction with UDA
Estimating, Scheduling, and the automated Proposal to compile impressive bid packages that cover
the entire scope of the project and avoid costly oversights or disruptive miscommunications.
Opening Specifications
351
Printed Documentation
Open specifications
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs >
UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click the Documents templates .
4. Click the Specifications folder.
5. Double-click the Specifications Wizard icon to launch a wizard that will help you
navigate, select, and edit specifications.
The UDA Specifications Wizard provides a convenient way to view, select, and edit
specifications for a project. When you have completed the wizard, your customized
specifications document will open in Microsoft Word, so it's easy to make any final changes
to fit your project needs.
1. If you have not already done so, open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon
or by going to Start > Programs > UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click the Documents templates .
4. Click the Specifications folder.
5. Double-click on Specifications Wizard .
6. Use the drop-down menu to select a template on which to base your specifications
book.
NOTE: If you have created a custom wizard template before, you can rename or
delete the template using the buttons on the screen.
7. Click Next.
8. Select who the document is for.
To use an existing contact from your database, use the contact selector button to choose a
contact from your database.
To create a new contact, click New. The Contact Quick Add form will open. You can enter
Name and Email information, Phone Numbers, and an Address for the contact.
9. Select a project for the specifications book. Selecting a project links the document to your
central database and ensures proper file management.
To use an existing project, use the project selector button to designate a project. For more
information, see Selecting a Project.
To create a new project, click New. The Project Quick Add form will open. You can enter
Project Information, Project Details, and Contact Information. Click the More button to access
the complete Edit Project form. For more information, see Creating a New Project.
352
Chapter 18: UDA Specifications
Click the Options... link to designate how you would like Document Management to handle the
Tip of the Day, Document Wizard, Letterhead graphic, Activities, Styles, AutoSave and more.
NOTE: You can customize the letterhead graphic by using the Letterhead drop-
down menu on the Document Management Toolbar.
11. Select additional documents such as transmittals or memos to supplement your client
correspondence. Additional documents will automatically inclu de the contact, project, and
company information where appropriate. Edit the documents to fit your project needs.
Transmittal: a list of the documents included in your correspondence that enables you to
indicate the status of the documents, such as Approved or For Your Approval
Envelope: a document you can use for printing a business letter size envelope
Specifications that are checked in the Level window will be included in your project.
Preview and edit individual specifications by clicking on the name in the Level window and
editing the text below. UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text
in blue. Revise this text to meet your project needs. You can also edit and format the
specifications document once you have completed the wizard.
Continue previewing, selecting, and editing individual specifications using the Division and
Level windows.
If you started from a custom template, you can select either Save as Current Template or
Save as New Template. If you are creating a new template, type a descriptive name for the
template in the text box.
If you do not save your selections, only the text from the original template will be available the
next time you open the wizard.
353
Printed Documentation
ConstructionSuite documents have an advanced Style Selector that enables you to easily switch
between four predefined styles. If you change the style of the document, however, you may need to
check the document to ensure accurate spacing.
Specifications documents include all the features of UDA Document Management, which eliminates
data entry tasks by connecting documents to your central ConstructionSuite database. Document
Management also includes additional automated features designed to enhance the functionality and
appearance of your documents. Take advantage of Document Management for your specifications with
the features listed below. To learn more about UDA Document Management, see Using the UDA
Document Management System.
1. In the document, go to File > Save As . The Save Document window will open.
2. The default location for the document will be the folder for the Project you selected in
the Document Management Wizard. If you select another Project in t he Save
Document window's Folder tree, the document will reflect the new project's
information.
354
Chapter 18: UDA Specifications
3. A default name will appear in the Filename box. Change this by typing a new name, if
desired.
4. Click OK. A copy of the specifications for the current project will be saved, and the
master specifications template will still be available for future projects.
With Document Management, you can save a substantial amount of time by creating custom
templates. Any modifications that need to be made to a document each time it is used can be
easily saved in a new template, so you don't have to spend time making the same changes
over and over again.
Specifications Categories
355
Printed Documentation
01000 Purpose
01002 Instructions
01500 Temporary Facilities and Controls
01510 Temporary Utilities
01511 Temporary Electricity
01514 Temporary Heating, Cooling and Ventilation
01515 Temporary Lighting
01517 Temporary Telephone
01518 Temporary Water
01520 Construction Facilities
01523 Sanitary Facilities
01530 Temporary Construction
01540 Construction Aides
01542 Construction Scaffolding and Platforms
01550 Vehicular Access and Parking
01560 Temporary Barriers and Enclosures
01570 Temporary Controls
01580 Project Identification
01600 Product Requirements (Scope of Work)
01630 Product Substitution Procedures
01640 Owner Furnished Products
01700 Execution Requirements
01712 Local Conditions
01740 Cleaning
01760 Protecting Installed Construction
01903 Hazardous Materials Abatement
01904 Hazardous Materials Removal and Disposal
02000 General
02200 Site Preparation
02220 Site Demolition
02230 Site Clearing
02240 Dewatering
02250 Shoring and Underpinning
356
Chapter 18: UDA Specifications
357
Printed Documentation
358
Chapter 18: UDA Specifications
Division Concrete
3
03000 General
03050 Concrete Specifications
03100 Concrete Formwork, Reinforcement, and
Materials
03210 Reinforcing Steel
03220 Welding Wire Mesh
03230 Anchor Bolts
03300 Footings
03301 Slab Foundations
03302 Poured Concrete Basement Walls
03303 Expansion Joints
03350 Concrete Finishing
03400 Precast Concrete Commercial &
Development
03500 Cementitious Decks and Underlayments
03540 Cementitious Underlayments
03600 Grouts
Division Masonry
4
04000 General
04060- Mortar and Masonry Grout
70
04080 Masonry Anchorage and Reinforcement
04090 Masonry Accessories
04211 Brick
04220 Concrete Masonry Units (CMU)
04931 Brick Cleaning
04400 Exterior Stone Detailing
04810 Crawlspace/Basement Foundations
04813 Masonry Veneer
359
Printed Documentation
Division Metals
5
05000 General
05100 Structural Metals
05210 Steel Joists Commercial &
Development
05300 Metal Decking Commercial &
Development
05310 Steel Decking Commercial &
Development
05400 Cold-Formed Metal Framing Commercial &
Development
05500 Architectural Metal Fabrication
05520 Metal Stairs and Hand Railings
05521 Pipe Handrails
05700 Ornamental Metal
05715 Fabricated Spiral Stairs
Division Carpentry
6
06000 General
06100 Rough Carpentry
06110 Wood Framing
06130 Heavy Timber Construction
06160 Sheathing
06162 Wood Sub-floors
06180 Structural Laminated Beams
06200 Finish Carpentry
06220 Millwork - Interior Trim
06400 Custom or Pre-fabricated Woodwork
06410 Interior Cabinetry
06411 Cabinet Hardware
06415 Countertops
360
Chapter 18: UDA Specifications
361
Printed Documentation
Division Finishes
9
09000 General
09250 Gypsum Wallboard
09300 Tile, Marble, Slate
09500 Ceiling Finishes
09510 Acoustical Ceilings Commercial &
Development
09513 Acoustical Tile Ceilings Commercial &
Development
09600 Floor Finishes
09640 Wood Flooring
09650 Vinyl Flooring
09680 Carpet
09700 Wall Finishes
09720 Wallpaper and Wallcoverings
09740 Interior Paneling
09900 Paints and Coatings
09911 Exterior Walls
09912 Interior Walls
09930 Interior Wood
362
Chapter 18: UDA Specifications
Division Specialties
10
10000 General
10300 Prefabricated Fireplace
10300 Prefabricated Chimney
10550 Postal Specialties
10810 Toilet Accessories Commercial &
Development
10820 Bathroom Accessories
10822 Tub and Shower Doors
10830 Laundry Accessories
10900 Closet Specialties
Division Equipment
11
11000 General
11451 Appliances
11453 Attic Access Stairs
Division Furnishings
12
12000 General
12940 Window Treatments
12941 Blinds
12942 Curtains & Drapes
12943 Interior Shutters
12494 Shades
363
Printed Documentation
13000 General
13120 Pre-engineered Metal Buildings Commercial &
Development
13150 In-ground Concrete Swimming Pools
13850 Detection and Alarm
13854 Smoke Alarms
13900 Fire Suppression
Division Mechanical
15
15000 General
15100 Plumbing
15410 Plumbing Fixtures
15530 Gas Furnace
15700 Heating, Venting, and Air Conditioning
15720 Air-conditioning Unit
15740 Electric Heat Pump Systems
15770 Floor Heating
15810 Ducts and Diffusers
15900 HVAC Instruments and Controls
Division Electrical
16
16000 General
16100 Electrical
16120 Conductors and Cables
364
Chapter 18: UDA Specifications
365
Chapter 19: UDA Planning
About the UDA Planning Guide
The UDA Planning Guide assists clients as they plan construction projects for their home.
With sections that assess the client's needs, expectations, and requirements for the project,
the UDA Planning Guide helps ensure that you cover all the bases before proceeding with
the project.
Customize and distribute the UDA Planning Guide as part of your client correspondence.
NOTE: If you want to save the UDA Planning Guide as a template, select a folder under
the Template grouping in Step 2 above. This will change the file type to template. For more
information about document templates, see Creating and Using Document Templates.
367
Chapter 20: UDA LEED Resources
About UDA LEED Documents
LEED Standards. Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building
Rating Systems define and facilitate the global adoption of sustainable green building and
development practices through the creation and implementation of universally understood
and accepted tools and performance criteria. LEED is the nationally acc epted standard for
the design, construction and operation of high performance green buildings.
Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building Rating Systems
define and facilitate the global adoption of sustainable green building and development
practices through the creation and implementation of universally understood and accepted
tools and performance criteria. LEED is the nationally accepted standard for the design,
construction and operation of high performance green buildings.
Precertification Process
Version 2.0
Healthcare
Homes
Affordable Housing
LEED for Homes Pilot Rating Systems
LEED for Homes Projects
LEED for Homes Rating System
LEED Help
Overview of Initiative for Affordable Housing
REGREEN Residential Remodeling Guidelines
The Green Home Guide
369
Printed Documentation
Neighborhood Development
New Construction
Retail
Schools
Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building Rating Systems
define and facilitate the global adoption of sustainable green building and development
practices through the creation and implementation of universally understood and accepted
tools and performance criteria. LEED is the nationally accepted standard for the design,
construction and operation of high performance green buildings. The LEED Version 3 Folder
contains updated information from LEED Version 3.
Credit Weightings
Commercial Interiors
Core and Shell
Existing Buildings Operations and Maintenance
New Construction
Schools
Regionalization
v3 FAQ's
370
Chapter 20: UDA LEED Resources
371
Chapter 21: UDA Developer Tools
About UDA Developer Tools
Successfully Plan, Design, and Build Your Community. Consistency and quality are key elements
in producing successful real estate developments, and UDA ConstructionSuite™ Corporate and
Network include a specialized set of tools to help you plan, design, and build your com munity.
Increase Property Values. Before you take on a large or multi-phase development, you need to make
sure you have the right tools in place to ensure your success. Comprehensive documentation for
property development such as Covenants, Standards, and Specifications can save you hundreds of
hours in the planning stage and help increase your property values and lot marketability.
Expert Tools for Property Development. Leverage the Property Development Content for your
projects, and then take advantage of the new Aggregate Reporting system to amplify your Property
Development power with ConstructionSuite.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite.
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click Developer Tools in the Contract Templates window.
4. Click the folder you wish to open.
5. Double-click the document to open it. The document will open in UDA OnPoint™ and
the Document Management Wizard will launch. For more information, see Using the
Document Management Wizard .
373
Printed Documentation
4. Click OK. A copy of the document will be saved for the current project, and the
master template will still be available in ConstructionSuite for future projects.
NOTE: If you want to save the document as a template, select a folder under the Template
grouping in step 2 above. This will change the file type to template. For more information
about document templates, see Creating and Using Document Templates .
Residential Documents
Standard Covenants
Architectural Standards
Beachfront Covenants
Lakeside Covenants
Mountainside Covenants
Homeowners Articles of Incorporation
Homeowners Association Bylaws
Commercial Documents
Commercial Covenants
Commercial Bylaws
Commercial Articles of Incorporation
374
Chapter 21: UDA Developer Tools
375
Chapter 22: UDA Personnel Management
About Personnel Management
Customize each template for your personal business needs and properly run your Personal Business
by using the expertly crafted documents and forms that range from Employee Ma nual and Safety
Manual to Contract Laborer Agreement and Employee Drug Testing Policy.
Employment Manual
Employee Manual
Employee Manual-Summary
Subcontractor Manual-Summary
Harassment Policy
Human Resources
Employment Agreements
Employment Agreement
NonDisclosure Agreement
Confidentiality Agreement
Severance Agreement
Interview Questions
377
Printed Documentation
Employee Application
Job Descriptions
Construction Supervisor
Project Manager
Sales Manager
Office Manager
Letters
Rejection Letter
Termination Letter
Termination Letter-Friendly
Welcome Letter
Standard Forms
Transfer of Contract
Vacation-Sick Request
Time Sheet
Help Wanted
Expense Report
Subcontractor Checklist
378
Chapter 22: UDA Personnel Management
Operations
Transmittal
Purchase Order
Loss Report
Incident Report
Articles of Incorporation
Billing Worksheet
Equipment Lease
Meeting Agenda
Invoice
Promissory Note
Meeting Notes
Mileage Report
Safety Manual
Safety Manual
379
Printed Documentation
380
Chapter 23: UDA Property Management
About Property Management
Set standards for all of your property developments using expertly crafted templates for Architectura l
Covenants, Building Guidelines, Design Standards, Landscape Requirements, and Conditions and
Restrictions for quality Neighborhood and Community Real Estate Development.
Checklists
Escrow Statement
381
Printed Documentation
Lease Agreements
382
Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools
About UDA Marketing Tools
UDA Marketing Tools offer simple and effective marketing handouts, letters, brochures, newsletters
and postcards to help you generate clients, increase sales, and build your business.
Stand out from the competition with these professionally designed, easy-to-use marketing
templates:
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click the Marketing Tools folder.
4. Click the Brochures and Newsletters folder.
5. Double-click the brochure or newsletter document that best fits your needs.
6. The Document Management Wizard will launch. For more information, see Using the
Document Management Wizard .
383
Printed Documentation
2. You will be prompted to save this file in a location on your computer, outside of
ConstructionSuite. Please note the location of your save, so you may access these
files again at a later time.
3. Click Save. A copy of the document will be saved for the current project, an d the
master template will still be available in ConstructionSuite for future projects.
Review each section of the brochure or newsletter for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete information
as necessary to fit your project. UDA identifies text specific to each project by formatting it in blue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs. Change blue text to black when you are finished editing
the postcard.
Brochures and newsletters are formatted with 11 point Times New Roman font and 1 inch margins, with
a large margin on the first page to accommodate a letterhead. If you decide to change the font or font
sizes, check the document for correct spacing.
Brochures and newsletters include approximate 3/8”-1/2” margins. Confirm that your printer can print
that close to the page’s edge. Adjust margins accordingly.
Customize brochures and newsletters by inserting photographs and artwork of your project.
Photographs or Artwork
Size of image
5" wide x up to 4" high
Resolution
Photographs: 300 dpi or higher
Color artwork or drawings: 300 dpi or higher
Black and white artwork or drawings: 300 dpi or higher
Floor Plans
Size of Image
3.35" wide x up to 2.5" high
Resolution
Color plans: 300 dpi or higher
Black and white plans: 300 dpi or higher
Company Logo
Size of image
1.2" wide x up to 2" high
384
Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools
Resolution
Color logo: 300 dpi or higher
Black and white logo: 300 dpi or higher
CB11 BW Brochure
Black and white color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
CB12 Natural Brochure
Natural earth tones color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
CB13 Red Brochure
Red, black, and gray color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
CB14 Retro Brochure
Green and purple color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
CB21 BW Newsletter
Black and white color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
CB22 Natural Newsletter
Natural earth tones color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
CB23 Red Newsletter
Red, black, and gray color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
CB24 Retro Newsletter
Green and purple color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
385
Printed Documentation
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click the Marketing Tools folder.
4. Click the Client Letters folder.
5. Double-click the letter that best fits your needs.
6. The Document Management Wizard will launch. For more information, see Using the
Document Management Wizard .
Review each section of the client letter for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete information as necessary
to fit your project. UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text in b lue.
Revise this text to meet your project needs. Change blue text to black when you are finished editing
the client letter.
Client letters can be mail-merged with a list of potential client names and addresses. To begin using
mail merge, In an open Client Letter go to Mailings > Start Mail Merge > Step by Step Mail Merge
Wizard.
Client letters are formatted with 11 point Times New Roman font and 1 inch margins, with a large
margin on the first page to accommodate a letterhead. If you decide to change the font or font sizes,
check the document for correct spacing.
386
Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite.
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click the Marketing Tools folder.
4. Click the Marketing Handouts folder.
387
Printed Documentation
Review each section of the marketing handout for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete information as
necessary to fit your project. UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text
in blue. Revise this text to meet your project needs. Change blue text to black when you are finished
editing the marketing handout.
Marketing handouts can be mail-merged with a list of potential client names and addresses. To begin
using mail merge, in an open Marketing Handout go to Mailings > Start Mail Merge > Step by Step
Mail Merge Wizard.
Marketing handouts are formatted with 11 point Times New Roman font and 1 inch margins, with a
large margin on the first page to accommodate a letterhead. If you decide to change the font or font
sizes, check the document for correct spacing.
Marketing handouts include approximate 3/8”-1/2” margins. Confirm that your printer can print that
close to the page’s edge. Adjust margins accordingly.
Photographs or Artwork
Size of image
5" wide x up to 4" high
Resolution
Photographs: 300 dpi or higher
Color artwork or drawings: 300 dpi or higher
Black and white artwork or drawings: 300 dpi or higher
Floor Plans
Size of Image
3.35" wide x up to 2.5" high
388
Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools
Resolution
Color plans: 300 dpi or higher
Black and white plans: 300 dpi or higher
Company Logo
Size of image
1.2" wide x up to 2" high
Resolution
Color logo: 300 dpi or higher
Black and white logo: 300 dpi or higher
Completed projects
You can use this marketing handout to generate sales on a new project under construction. Includes a
plan of the project.
389
Printed Documentation
Red, black, and gray color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
MH24 Retro Marketing Handout
Green and purple color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
Postcards offers builders, contractors, and construction professionals effective templates for
advertising and highlighting the features of new or existing projects and services.
Using Postcards
List of Postcards
Using Postcards
A variety of postcards are available. Choose the postcard that best fits your needs.
Open a postcard
6. The Document Management Wizard will launch. For more inform ation, see Using the
Document Management Wizard .
Save a postcard
2. You will be prompted to save this file in a location on your computer, outside of
ConstructionSuite. Please note the location of your save, so you m ay access these
files again at a later time.
3. Click Save. A copy of the document will be saved for the current project, and the
master template will still be available in ConstructionSuite for future projects.
Revise a postcard
390
Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools
Review each section of the postcard for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete information as
necessary to fit your project. UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting
the text in blue. Revise this text to meet your project needs. Change blue text to black when
you are finished editing the postcard.
Postcards can be mail-merged with a list of potential client names and addresses. To begin
using mail merge, open an OnPoint document and go to Mailings > Start Mail Merge > Step
by Step Mail Merge Wizard.
Format a postcard
Postcards are formatted with 11 point Times New Roman font and 1 inch margins, with a
large margin on the first page to accommodate a letterhead. If you decide to change the font
or font sizes, check the document for correct spacing.
Postcards include approximate 3/8”-1/2” margins. Confirm that your printer can print that
close to the page’s edge. Adjust margins accordingly.
Photographs or Artwork
Size of image
5" wide x up to 4" high
Resolution
Photographs: 300 dpi or higher
Color artwork or drawings: 300 dpi or higher
Black and white artwork or drawings: 300 dpi or higher
Floor Plans
Size of Image
3.35" wide x up to 2.5" high
Resolution
Color plans: 300 dpi or higher
Black and white plans: 300 dpi or higher
Company Logo
Size of image
1.2" wide x up to 2" high
Resolution
Color logo: 300 dpi or higher
Black and white logo: 300 dpi or higher
List of Postcards
391
Printed Documentation
Postcards are available in four color schemes. Styles for both completed projects and new
construction are available. Choose the color scheme and style that best fits your company or
create your own color scheme and style by customizing the postcard templates.
Completed projects
You can use this postcard to generate sales of a complete project. Includes a plan of the
project.
PC11 BW Postcard
Black and white color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
PC12 Natural Postcard
Natural earth tones color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
PC13 Red Postcard
Red, black, and gray color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be
added.
PC14 Retro Postcard
Green and purple color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
PC21 BW Postcard
Black and white color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
PC22 Natural Postcard
Natural earth tones color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
PC23 Red Postcard
Red, black, and gray color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be
added.
PC24 Retro Postcard
Green and purple color scheme. Photographs and artwork can be added.
392
Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools
Press releases are a simple and effective method for advertising special events, the
start/completion of new projects, or other important business events.
A variety of press releases are available. Choose the press release that best fits your needs.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click the Marketing Tools folder.
4. Click the Press Releases folder.
5. Double-click the press release that best fits your needs.
6. The Document Management Wizard will launch. For more information, see Using the
Document Management Wizard.
Review each section of the press release for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete information as
necessary to fit your project. UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the text
in blue. Revise this text to meet your project needs. Change blue text to black when you are finished
editing the press release.
Press releases are formatted with 11 point Times New Roman font and 1 inch margins, with a large
margin on the first page to accommodate a letterhead. If you decide to change the font or font sizes,
check the document for correct spacing.
Do
393
Printed Documentation
Don’t
Thank you letters show your appreciation to those working for you and around you and are
excellent ways to build and continue good working relationships with past clients, bankers,
realtors, architects, and the business community.
A variety of thank you letters are available. Choose the thank you letter that best fits your
needs.
394
Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. Click the Contracts & Docs tab.
3. Click the Marketing Tools folder.
4. Click the Thank You Letters folder.
5. Double-click the letter that best fits your needs.
6. The Document Management Wizard will launch. For more information, see Using the
Document Management Wizard .
Review each section of the thank you letter for accuracy. Revise, add, and delete information as
necessary to fit your project. UDA identifies information specific to each project by formatting the t ext
in blue. Revise this text to meet your project needs. Change blue text to black when you are finished
editing the thank you letter.
Thank you letters can be mail-merged with a list of client names and addresses. To begin using mail
merge, in an open Thank You Letter go to Mailings > Start Mail Merge > Step by Step Mail Merge
Wizard.
Thank you letters are formatted with 11 point Times New Roman font and 1 inch margins, with a large
margin on the first page to accommodate a letterhead. If you decide to change the font or font sizes,
check the document for correct spacing.
Thank You Letters are available for six different scenarios. Choose the letter that best fits
your situation or create your own format and style by customizing the Thank You Letter
templates.
395
Printed Documentation
Press Releases
Sending press releases to local newspapers will update the public on upcoming events and
company news.
Client Letters
Sending letters to potential clients will update them on upcoming events and company news.
Postcards
Use postcards to advertise and highlight the features of new or existing projects and services.
Marketing Handouts
Keep copies available at new projects for visitors and potential clients. Distribute literature at
special events and with regular mailouts to generate continuing interest and sales leads .
As an example, we have selected red as the main color for marketing handouts, brochures, and
newsletters in the following campaigns. Alternative colors and styles are also available.
396
Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools
397
Printed Documentation
To maintain or increase company name recognition, generate clients, and keep the
community updated regarding new projects and accomplishments.
Press PR01 New Hire
Releases
Press release announcing new company
hire
PR02 New Business or Service
Press release announcing new business
or new service offered
398
Chapter 24: UDA Marketing Tools
399
Chapter 25: UDA SyncCenter
About UDA SyncCenter
Desktop. Laptop. It's all there. You need your data at the office and on the go, and you need it to be
updated and correct. Although the primary means of sharing information when you purchase additional
licenses is to have multiple users log in to a single database, UDA SyncCenter has you covered when
it's necessary to work outside the office network.
Synchronize information on your desktop and laptop computers, so that you have the
data you need whether you're at the office or the job site.
Choose which projects to synchronize and what computers to include.
Synchronize on demand for instantaneous information sharing.
Schedule daily or weekly synchronizations to ensure that each computer always has
the latest information.
UDA SyncCenter in action. Synchronizations performed through UDA SyncCenter can cross
reference the following types of information, depending on the selections you m ake when
setting your preferences. The following syncs can be completed from the UDA SyncCenter:
Project Sync will allow you to sync projects and all related information between
multiple licenses of ConstructionSuite, including project information, files, project-
related contacts, project-related activities, project-related certificates, project-related
reminders, and project-related to do's.
Contact Sync will allow you to sync contacts and all related information between
multiple licenses of ConstructionSuite, including contact information and contact -
related certificates.
Activity Sync will allow you to sync unassigned activities between multiple licenses
of ConstructionSuite.
To Do Sync will allow you to sync unassigned to dos between multiple licenses of
ConstructionSuite.
Template Sync will allow you to sync templates between multiple licenses of
ConstructionSuite.
Costbook Sync will allow you to sync costbooks and all related information between
multiple licenses of ConstructionSuite.
Contact Sync will allow you to sync contacts and all related information between
Microsoft Outlook and ConstructionSuite.
Activity Sync will allow you to sync activities and all related information between
Microsoft Outlook and ConstructionSuite.
401
Printed Documentation
To Do Sync will allow you to sync to dos and all related information between
Microsoft Outlook and ConstructionSuite.
Contact Sync will allow you to sync contacts and all related information between
QuickBooks and ConstructionSuite.
ConstructionOnline Sync
Contact Export will allow you to sync contacts between ConstructionSuite and
ConstructionOnline.
Project Sync will allow you to sync projects and all related files between
ConstructionSuite and ConstructionOnline.
NOTE: "Project-related" means that the applicable feature (Contact, Activity, Certificate,
Reminder, or To Do) is directly linked to a project. "Contact-related" means that the certificate
is specifically assigned to a contact (such as an insurance or bo nd certificate). All other
information that is not listed above will not be synchronized between computers. This
includes any Activities or To Dos without project relations and the Items Database .
Opening SyncCenter
UDA SyncCenter can be accessed at any time from the ConstructionSuite interface.
Open SyncCenter
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite.
2. On the main interface, open SyncCenter by going to Data > SyncCenter. SyncCenter
will open.
3. Select the sync you would like to perform by clicking on the arrow beside the sync
name. You can also view your saved syncs and scheduled syncs from the U DA
SyncCenter.
Performing a Sync
UDA SyncCenter is now more powerful than ever, giving you a multitude of options from
which to choose. Set your synchronization preferences using the QuickSync form to ensure
that the project information across all of your computers stays up-to-date.
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, open SyncCenter by going to Data > SyncCenter. SyncCenter
will open.
3. Select the sync you would like to perform or schedule by clicking on the arrow beside
the sync name.
402
Chapter 25: UDA SyncCenter
4. If you are syncing between ConstructionSuite databases, use the Sync With
dropdown menu to select a computer with which to synchronize.
5. Designate Sync Direction Options.
Send and Receive Information will synchronize projects on both computers, ensuring that
they both have the same project information.
Send Information will export project and associated information from your computer to the
other database. Use the checkboxes to select which aspects of the program you would like to
synchronize.
Receive Information will import project and associated information from the other computer
into your database.
Local Server has priority will give priority to your computer and overwrite information in the
other database without regard to which was edited most recently.
Remote Server has priority will give priority to the other database and will overwrite
information on your computer without regard to which was edited most recently.
4. Depending on the sync you are performing, you will have the option to sync all information or
only designated information.
Projects will give you the choice to Sync All Projects or Sync only Selected Projects.
Contacts will give you the choice to Sync All Contacts or Sync only Selected Contacts.
Activity will give you the choice to Sync All Activities or Sync only activities between the
following dates. Select a Start and End Date from the drop-down.
To Do will give you the choice to Sync All To Dos or Sync only To Dos between the following
dates. Select a Start and End Date from the drop-down.
4. Click Next.
5. If you selected to Sync Only Selected Projects, Contacts, Activities, or To Dos, you
will be taken to the Selection Screen where you are able to select the pr ojects,
contacts, activities, or to dos you would like to sync.
6. Click Next.
7. If you selected to Sync All, you will be taken to the Sync Confirmation Page. On the
confirmation page, you have the option to review information and go back. You also
have the ability to schedule the same sync from the Confirmation Page. For more
information, see, Scheduling a Synchronization .
8. If all information is correct, click Sync Now. The sync will then take place and a
progress box will explain the status of the sync. Once completed, you'll be taken back
to the UDA SyncCenter. If you have completed all syncs necessary, click Close, and
you'll be taken back to ConstructionSuite.
Scheduling a Sync
If you choose to synchronize between computers rather than sharing a single database, you should
perform frequent and regular synchronizations between databases to ensure that everyone is working
403
Printed Documentation
with the most up-to-date information. With UDA SyncCenter, you can schedule synchronizations on a
daily or weekly basis.
Schedule a sync
1. On the main interface, open SyncCenter by going to Data > SyncCenter. UDA
SyncCenter will open.
2. Select the sync you would like to perform or schedule by clicking on the name under
Saved Syncs.
3. If there are no saved syncs, follow the instructions and determine your sync
preferences until you reach the UDA SyncCenter Confirmation Page.
4. On the confirmation page, in the Sync Setting section, you can save the settings of
this sync to perform later by typing a name in the Sync Name box.
5. On the confirmation page, in the Sync Setting section, you can also schedule the
sync to run automatically at regular intervals. Once the sync is named, you are able
to check the box beside Enable Scheduled Sync. Select a Start Time from the drop
down menu, and determine if you would like a Daily or Weekly Sync, or the number of
days between syncs.
1. On the main interface, open SyncCenter by going to Data > SyncCenter. SyncCenter
will open.
2. If you have not already done so, select your synchronization preferences. See
Defining Synchronization Preferences in the previous section for more information.
3. Click Sync Now to perform the synchronization.
If you have more than one employee who takes a laptop into the field, you could use the Daisy Chain
Technique to ensure that the primary and all user's databases get updated with new information.
Scenario
Brad's company has four licenses of ConstructionSuite, with two computers set up on a network in the
office and two laptops that his project manager and lead carpenter use in the field. While working in the
404
Chapter 25: UDA SyncCenter
office, all of the employees log in to the primary database on Brad's computer, so everyone has access
to the same data.
Before Brad's project manager and lead carpenter go out to their job sites, they each open SyncCenter
and use the Sync Now feature to update each laptop's ConstructionSuite database. That way, they
both have a complete copy of the central database on their laptops.
While out in the field, the project manager makes changes to the Johnson Residence schedule, and the
lead carpenter enters materials into the Anderson Residence estimate. After returning to the office ,
they use the Daisy Chain technique to update all computers.
First, the project manager connects to the lead carpenter's laptop and performs a synchronization
using SyncCenter. Now the carpenter's laptop has the updated Johnson Residence schedule and the
project manager's laptop has the updated Anderson Residence estimate.
Then, the lead carpenter performs a synchronization between his license of ConstructionSuite and the
primary ConstructionSuite database on the office network, which updates the primary database and
transfers any changes that were made to ConstructionSuite files in the office to the carpenter's
database.
To ensure that the project manager's database gets updated with any changes made on the office
database while he was away, another synchronization is performed between the primary database and
the database on the project manager's laptop. Now all ConstructionSuite databases have been updated
using the Daisy Chain Technique.
405
Chapter 26: UDA Backup
About UDA Backup
Protect Your Valuable Data. Each time data is lost, the average business loses about $4,000 as a
result of stopped work, technical support costs, and recovery time. Guard your company against
massive data and profit loss with a regular back up to removable media or another computer on the
network.
Back up. Rest easy. By utilizing UDA Backup, your entire ConstructionSuite™ database can be
archived and stored safely. Then, in the event of lost data, stolen comp uters, or hard drive failure, you
can rest easy knowing that your valuable project data and business information can quickly be
restored.
Automatic Backups. A regular back up procedure adds protection for your database against computer
or hard drive failure, viruses, file corruption, crime, or other causes of data loss. To provide the most
protection, you should schedule regular backups and be sure to transfer your backup folder to a remote
or removable storage device. With the UDA backup utility, you can schedule a daily or weekly backup
to ensure that your data is always secure.
Creating a Backup
UDA Backup can be accessed at any time from the ConstructionSuite interface.
Create a Backup
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, open ProjectBackup by going to Data > Backup > Create
Backup . ProjectBackup will open.
3. Backup your files manually, restore lost files, or schedule a regular backup using the
instructions included in this section.
NOTE: It is highly suggested that you regularly backup your ConstructionSuite program
and files to a location separate from your primary computer's hard drive. A designated
backup device, like an external hard drive, is the recommended tool for backup l ocations to
avoid losing your backups when a computer fails and cannot be repaired.
407
Printed Documentation
Backup files
1. Create a folder on your computer in which to store backup files. (Right-click in the
area you would like to create a new folder and go to New > Folder. Name the folder
and press the Enter key on your keyboard.) This is the folder you will browse to later.
2. If you have not already done so, open Project Backup by clicking Data > Backup >
Create Backup on the main ConstructionSuite interface. Project Backup will open.
3. Click on the Backup tab.
4. In the Select a backup location area, click the Browse button. The Browse for Folder
window appears.
5. Use the expandable/collapsible folder tree to locate the folder you created in Step 1.
6. Select the folder and click OK.
7. Select your preferences for keeping previous backups and enabling backup
reminders.
8. Click the Backup button at the bottom of the screen to manually run a backup.
9. Once the backup is complete, transfer the folder that contains the backup files to a
safe location such as a CD, DVD, USB device, External Hard Drive or other
removable storage.
Restoring Data
In the event of lost data, stolen computers, or hard drive failure, you can easily restore your files and
information. Use the Restore function to completely recover your ConstructionSuite databas e.
Restore files
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies, Inc. > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, open ProjectBackup by going to Data > Backup > Restore
Backup . ProjectBackup will launch.
3. Click the Browse button. The Browse for Folder window appears.
4. Use the expandable/collapsible folder tree to locate the folder where your backup
files are stored.
5. Click on the folder to select it and then click OK.
6. Click the Restore button to import all of the files and information contained in the
backup folder.
Scheduling a Backup
A regular back up procedure adds protection for your database against computer or hard drive failure,
viruses, file corruption, crime, or other errors. To provide the most protection, you should schedule
regular backups and be sure to transfer your backup folder to a remote or removable storage device.
With the UDA backup utility, you can schedule a daily or weekly backup to ensure that your data is
always secure.
NOTE: Before you schedule a backup, ensure that you have created a folder on your
computer to store the database backup. You can do this either on your Desktop or in a
Windows folder by right-clicking in the area you would like to create a new folder and going to
408
Chapter 26: UDA Backup
New > Folder. Name the folder and press the Enter key on your keyboard. This is the folder
you will browse to in Step 5.
Schedule a backup
1. Open ConstructionSuite by clicking the desktop icon or by going to Start > Programs
> UDA Technologies > UDA ConstructionSuite .
2. On the main interface, open ProjectBackup by going to Data > Backup > Restore
Backup .
3. Click on the Schedule tab.
4. Click Browse to locate the folder in which you would like to store the backup.
5. Select a backup interval. On average, Backups will not disrupt any work being done
on the computer, so a backup can be scheduled for any time the computer will be
running, even if it will be in use.
Manual Backups Only is the default setting.
Daily Backups at enables you to select a time of day that you would like to backup your files.
Weekly Backups at enables you to select a time of day and a day of the week that you would
like to backup your files.
7. Click the Schedule button at the bottom of the screen once you have made your
selections.
409
Chapter 27: ConstructionOnline™
ConstructionOnline™ Summary
Trusted by more than 100,000 active users, ConstructionOnline™ connects your entire
project team and prevents delays that can cost your company time and money. Share plans,
files, photos, videos and other information allowing for easy collaboration and providing your
clients an easy way to stay up-to-date with their projects. Manage every detail with powerful
tools such as Project Logging, Change Orders, Calendars and the world’s fastest Online
Scheduling, allowing you to organize and visualize all of your project tasks in one place.
Why ConstructionOnline?
Over the last year, ConstructionOnline has experienced explosive growth because it provides
construction professionals with a go-to place to store and share their files, plans, specs,
photos, and other construction related documentation, as well as reach out to clients with
features such as Change Orders and Option Selection. Whether using it as an online
planroom, an easy way to stay connected with current clients, or even as a presales tool to
attract potential clients, ConstructionOnline is becoming the new face of construction.
ConstructionOnline is unique with its incredibly rich feature set that includes the ability to
create a business profile, create multiple projects, invite fellow construction professionals to
be a part of those projects, control who sees and edits what by setting permissions, and even
receive notifications and updates to see what everyone's doing within each project.
ConstructionOnline is an easy, open platform that can be joined for free and tailored for
individual's business needs. ConstructionOnline only gets better with the additional family of
OnSite mobile Apps that provide instant access to all of these capabiliti es from the
convenience of your phone or iPad.
Learn more:
SuiteLink™
Better Together. Get enhanced features when you use ConstructionSuite with
ConstructionOnline via SuiteLink. SuiteLink, included with a TotalCare membership, will
allow you to seamlessly upload and download information between ConstructionSuite and
ConstructionOnline. SuiteLink makes it easy to connect with your team and keep the m up to
date by directly connecting your ConstructionSuite data with your ConstructionOnline
account.
What is SuiteLink?
SuiteLink is represented by the bottom left box in the ConstructionSuite application. Online,
Weather, and Devices are three tabs that represent your capabilities within SuiteLink.
411
Printed Documentation
SuiteLink Status will show as Online if you are connected to the internet and
have access to ConstructionOnline information. If you have not yet configured
your ConstructionOnline account or are experience connectivity issues with
the internet, your SuiteLink Status will say Offline.
View Notifications will take you directly to the ConstructionOnline tab,
allowing you to see your notifications.
When you have new notifications, View Notifications will be replaced with (#)
New Notifications and a circle with number of new notifications you have to view
will appear on the Online Tab.
To confirm view of the notifications and remove the circle, click the (x) beside
the notification to remove from New Notifications List.
Weather Tab
When completing your company profile during the Initial Configuration, the zip
code you entered will automatically be used to set your weather tab. Once
set, your weather conditions will appear in the weather box, giving you
Today's Weather High, Low, and Conditions.
If you did not set a zip code, you may click 'Click to set Location' and enter
the desired zip code.
If you would like to change your zip code, you may click 'Change Location'
and enter in the desired zip code.
412
Chapter 27: ConstructionOnline™
Latest Notifications will be in the top left and you can view, delete, and launch your
recent notifications from this area.
To remove a notification from the Latest Notifications list, single-click on the X beside
the notification you wish to delete. (These notifications will always be accessible from
your History.
Latest Announcements will be in the top right and you can view and launch your
recent announcements from this area.
Recent ConstructionOnline Files will appear directly below the above sections, and
will allow you to view and launch your files from this area.
To view your file, single-click the file icon or double-click the file name and you will
automatically launch a browser in ConstructionOnline and be taken to your project files
within ConstructionOnline.
Recent ConstructionOnline Photos will line the bottom of your screen, and you can
view and launch your recent photos from this area.
To view your photo, single-click on the image and you will automatically launch a
browser in ConstructionOnline and be taken to your photo gallery within
ConstructionOnline.
413
Printed Documentation
OnSite Mobile Apps are a new, award-winning family of mobile apps for iPhone, iPad and
Android that ties in with the industry's fastest growing web community, ConstructionOnline.
With OnSite Mobile Apps, users gain instant access to their construction files and are able to
keep the communication channel open, having the ability to comment on and share files with
their entire team from their phone or iPad. OnSite Mobile Apps are the first of their kind,
providing construction professionals with the ability to have instant access to their online
planroom, which could store anything from plans and specs to additional files and photos.
Most importantly, OnSite Mobile Apps keep those vital communicatio n tools open and
accessible so contracts and builders can stay connected to their clients, regardless of where
they are. Having the ability to open change orders, view schedules, or instantly access
specifications while on site are all incredibly convenient and vital tasks that, with instant
access available, makes the job that much easier for builders and contractors.
OnSite Photo
Capture and share professional photos in a snap. With OnSite Photo, you can create albums
in just seconds and then upload the photos directly to your account. Take photos from the
field or jobsite and upload them instantly so your team members and clients can view and
share comments. It's the perfect way to upload photos to ConstructionOnline from the
convenience of your mobile device.
OnSite Video
With convenient tap-to-start capabilities, you can record professional videos at the jobsite
and instantly upload them to share. OnSite video allows you to easily record, upload and
share videos through ConstructionOnline, providing a fantastic way to create and store video
records for your business and keep team members connected.
OnSite PlanRoom
OnSite PlanRoom lets you quickly review and share plans and construction documents on
your mobile device. OnSite PlanRoom is designed to synchronize with ConstructionOnline,
where you can easily upload and store your plans and construction documents. You can
easily view plans, specifications, correspondence, and other construction documents from the
convenience of your mobile device. Also, with OnSite Planroom you are able to view, add or
reply to comments on your plans, documents, and images, as well as recieve notifications of
who has uploaded, downloaded, updated, or commented on your account.
OnSite Files
This sleek and powerful app lets you access, review, and share important files from your
mobile device, from PDFs to Word documents and much more. With OnSite Files, you can
access your ConstructionOnline files to view, share and comment on from the convenience of
your mobile device
OnSite Dialog
OnSite Dialog provides effortless collaboration with real-time updates on the latest
information from your account from a mobile device. With OnSite Dialog, you can instantly
414
Chapter 27: ConstructionOnline™
see a live thread of project updates, make project announcements, respond t o client or
subcontractor questions, post comments and quickly access the latest information added to
their ConstructionOnline account.
OnSite Logging
With OnSite Logging, discover a faster, easier way to keep track of daily activity at the
jobsite. Enter notes, capture photos or record video to create a more complete project log.
OnSite Logging ensures that you will never have to scramble to find that missing paperwork
documenting a vital delivery or work delay. All of your project activity and files can be easily
recorded, organized by date and stored in a central location on ConstructionOnline.
OnSite ToDos
Supervise the progress of multiple projects, or focus on one in particular. With OnSite ToDos,
easily handle all of your assigned tasks to keep your team organized and on track. To Dos
are essential for keeping a project team organized, helping to ensure that projects are
completed on time and on budget. The centralized To Do list allows users to focus on a
specific project, or instead supervise the progress of multiple projects at once by organizing
tasks by completion status.
OnSite Calendar
Manage and organize all of your daily project activities, appointments and events into one
centralized calendar to have anywhere your work takes you. OnSite calen dar works with the
new ConstructionOnline Calendar system to offer users the power of managing and
organizing all of their project activities in one central calendar. The ability to plan ahead and
complete work as scheduled is vital to success in the indus try. Now with OnSite Calendar, it's
easier than ever to keep your key players up to date.
OnSite Punchlist
The new OnSite Punchlist is your comprehensive solution for managing multifaceted projects.
The OnSite Punchlist App gives you the ability to create, organize and manage detailed
project punchlists from the field or jobsite, allowing your entire team to coordinate more
efficiently. The app works with your ConstructionOnline Account and keeps you up to date
wherever your work takes you.
NOTE: Additional Apps are currently in development. For the latest news on available
mobile apps, visit the OnSite Mobile Apps page on our website.
415
Chapter 28: Products and Services
ConstructionSuite Specialized Versions
Built with your needs in mind. UDA ConstructionSuite™ is available in specialized versions designed
to satisfy the needs of a variety of clients. Use this section as a detailed outline of the features and
content included in each version.
Residential Versions
Commercial Versions
UDA TotalCare combines unlimited priority phone support, quarterly RS Means costbook
updates, product upgrades, and personalized online training to help you get the most out of
417
Printed Documentation
your ConstructionSuite investment. TotalCare members have direct access to UDA Senior
Product Support Engineers for answers by phone or email and full access to UDA web -based
resources, including remote assistance powered by Citrix technology. UDA TotalCare
provides users with the most important benefit of the peace of mind that they'll get the help
they need when it's most important. The benefits include:
Personalized Training
Make it easy to jumpstart your ConstructionSuite experience with personalized training. UDA
Technologies merges the next generation of online conferencing with the expertise of UDA
product specialists to offer the most in-depth training available for the ConstructionSuite
system.
As a member of the TotalCare community, you and up to 25 of your employees get access to
online, remote meeting capabilities that connect you to a live product specialist. To schedule
your free session, have your TotalCare Customer ID number ready and call 334.826.9035.
Extend your investment with upgrades of the ConstructionSuite system. Hundreds of new
features are engineered for each new release of ConstructionSuite, so you'll always benefit
from the most feature-rich project management system. Available upgrades are offered to
TotalCare members at no additional cost.
Designed for TotalCare members only, these features include specialized tools such as new
UDA Weather Tracking, which offers ConstructionSuite Premier or Catalyst clients and above
the ability to automatically track weather conditions on each project.
ConstructionOnline SuiteLink™
ConstructionOnline SuiteLink lets you easily share project documents, change orders,
estimates, schedules, plans, and photos online with your entire project team including
owners, subcontractors, suppliers, and more. Just upload your project files to
ConstructionOnline and invite anyone you would like to view, contribute, and comment on
your shared project information. Now teamwork and communication have a new name -
ConstructionOnline.
ConstructionSuite is designed to be easy to learn and easy to use, but when questions do
arise, you need answers right then. As a UDA TotalCare member, you'll have peace of mind
knowing that knowledgeable representatives are standing by to offer expert, personalized
service. You'll also benefit from priority call status, which quickly connects you to Senior
Product Support Engineers who work to lessen your downtime and get you back to business
fast.
ConstructionOnline™ Summary
418
Chapter 28: Products and Services
Trusted by more than 100,000 active users, ConstructionOnline™ connects your entire
project team and prevents delays that can cost your company time and money. Share plans,
files, photos, videos and other information allowing for eas y collaboration and providing your
clients an easy way to stay up-to-date with their projects. Manage every detail with powerful
tools such as Project Logging, Change Orders, Calendars and the world’s fastest Online
Scheduling, allowing you to organize and visualize all of your project tasks in one place.
Why ConstructionOnline?
Over the last year, ConstructionOnline has experienced explosive growth because it provides
construction professionals with a go-to place to store and share their files, plans, specs,
photos, and other construction related documentation, as well as reach out to clients with
features such as Change Orders and Option Selection. Whether using it as an online
planroom, an easy way to stay connected with current clients, or even as a pre sales tool to
attract potential clients, ConstructionOnline is becoming the new face of construction.
ConstructionOnline is unique with its incredibly rich feature set that includes the ability to
create a business profile, create multiple projects, invite fellow construction professionals to
be a part of those projects, control who sees and edits what by setting permissions, and even
receive notifications and updates to see what everyone's doing within each project.
ConstructionOnline is an easy, open platform that can be joined for free and tailored for
individual's business needs. ConstructionOnline only gets better with the additional family of
OnSite mobile Apps that provide instant access to all of these capabilities from the
convenience of your phone or iPad.
Learn more:
OnSite Mobile Apps are a new, award-winning family of mobile apps for iPhone, iPad and
Android that ties in with the industry's fastest growing web community, ConstructionOnline.
With OnSite Mobile Apps, users gain instant access to their construction files and are able to
keep the communication channel open, having the ability to comment on and share files with
their entire team from their phone or iPad. OnSite Mobile Apps are the first of their kind,
providing construction professionals with the ability to have instant access to their online
planroom, which could store anything from plans and specs to add itional files and photos.
Most importantly, OnSite Mobile Apps keep those vital communication tools open and
accessible so contracts and builders can stay connected to their clients, regardless of where
they are. Having the ability to open change orders, view schedules, or instantly access
specifications while on site are all incredibly convenient and vital tasks that, with instant
access available, makes the job that much easier for builders and contractors.
OnSite Photo
Capture and share professional photos in a snap. With OnSite Photo, you can create albums
in just seconds and then upload the photos directly to your account. Take photos from the
419
Printed Documentation
field or jobsite and upload them instantly so your team members and clients can view and
share comments. It's the perfect way to upload photos to ConstructionOnline from the
convenience of your mobile device.
OnSite Video
With convenient tap-to-start capabilities, you can record professional videos at the jobsite
and instantly upload them to share. OnSite video allows you to easily record, upload and
share videos through ConstructionOnline, providing a fantastic way to create and store video
records for your business and keep team members connected.
OnSite PlanRoom
OnSite PlanRoom lets you quickly review and share plans and construction documents on
your mobile device. OnSite PlanRoom is designed to synchronize with ConstructionOnline,
where you can easily upload and store your plans and construction documents. You can
easily view plans, specifications, correspondence, and other construction documents from the
convenience of your mobile device. Also, with OnSite Planroom you are able to view, add or
reply to comments on your plans, documents, and images, as well as recieve notifications of
who has uploaded, downloaded, updated, or commented on your account.
OnSite Files
This sleek and powerful app lets you access, review, and share important files from your
mobile device, from PDFs to Word documents and much more. With OnSite Files, you can
access your ConstructionOnline files to view, share and comment on from the convenience of
your mobile device
OnSite Dialog
OnSite Dialog provides effortless collaboration with real-time updates on the latest
information from your account from a mobile device. With OnSite Dialog, you can instantly
see a live thread of project updates, make project announcements, respond to client or
subcontractor questions, post comments and quickly access the latest information added to
their ConstructionOnline account.
OnSite Logging
With OnSite Logging, discover a faster, easier way to keep track of daily activity at the
jobsite. Enter notes, capture photos or record video to create a more complete project log.
OnSite Logging ensures that you will never have to scramble to find that missing paper work
documenting a vital delivery or work delay. All of your project activity and files can be easily
recorded, organized by date and stored in a central location on ConstructionOnline.
OnSite ToDos
Supervise the progress of multiple projects, or focus on one in particular. With OnSite ToDos,
easily handle all of your assigned tasks to keep your team organized and on track. To Dos
are essential for keeping a project team organized, helping to ensure that projects are
completed on time and on budget. The centralized To Do list allows users to focus on a
specific project, or instead supervise the progress of multiple projects at once by organizing
tasks by completion status.
420
Chapter 28: Products and Services
OnSite Calendar
Manage and organize all of your daily project activities, appointments and events into one
centralized calendar to have anywhere your work takes you. OnSite calendar works with the
new ConstructionOnline Calendar system to offer users the power of managing and
organizing all of their project activities in one central calenda r. The ability to plan ahead and
complete work as scheduled is vital to success in the industry. Now with OnSite Calendar, it's
easier than ever to keep your key players up to date.
OnSite Punchlist
The new OnSite Punchlist is your comprehensive solution f or managing multifaceted projects.
The OnSite Punchlist App gives you the ability to create, organize and manage detailed
project punchlists from the field or jobsite, allowing your entire team to coordinate more
efficiently. The app works with your ConstructionOnline Account and keeps you up to date
wherever your work takes you.
NOTE: Additional Apps are currently in development. For the latest news on available
mobile apps, visit the OnSite Mobile Apps page on our website.
421
Glossary
A
AC Plywood: Finished Grade Plywood
ADA: Americans with Disabilities Act
ADJ: Adjustable
AFF: Above Finished Floor
Aggregate: Crushed gravel or rocks used in concrete mixture
AMP: Ampere
Anchor Bolt: A bolt set in concrete with the remaining attached to the bottom plate of the
wall
APA: American Plywood Association
Apron: A raised panel below the window sill
ASTM: American Society of Testing Materials
Atrium: An inner court that is open to the exterior, usually surrounded on all sides by a roof
B
Balcony: A projecting platform surrounded by a railing, that is either supported by columns
or brackets, or that is cantilevered
Baluster: A short post or pillar supporting the stair, deck, or porch railing
Base Moulding: Moulding at the bottom of a wall, located between the floor finish and wall
Basement: Lowest story or level, usually partially below ground level
Bay Window: An angular projection in the wall of a building, comprised of windows
Beam: A horizontal member supporting either a roof, ceiling, or floor joist
Bearing Wall: A wall which supports the load from walls, ceiling joists, or roof systems
Board and batten: Wide vertical wood siding with narrow pieces of trim that cover the joints
Bottom Plate: The horizontal structural member at the bottom of a framed wall
Bow Window: A circular projection in the wall of a building, comprised of windows
Breaker Box: Box containing circuit breakers that control the electric current
BTM: Bottom
C
Cantilever: A horizontal overhang, not supported underneath at its furthest point
Capital: The top of a column, can indicate a particular style
Casement Window: Window with the sash hung vertically, which swings outward on a hinge
Casing: The decorative trim around a window, door, or other opening
CD: Construction Documents
423
Printed Documentation
D
Dentil Mould: A small square block pattern used in sequence, under a cornice
DH: Double Hung
DN: Down
Dormer: Created when placing a window opening vertically in a sloping roof, creating a roof
structure of its own
Double-hung Window: A type of window where both upper and lower sashes can be
lowered and raised
Dropped Ceiling: A false or decorative ceiling, installed below an existing ceiling; can be
used to hide mechanical ductwork and pipes
Drywall: A gypsum wallboard used for interior sheathing; commonly known as sheetrock
DTL: Detail
E
Eaves: The underside of a roof which overhangs a wall
EIFS: Exterior Insulation Finish System, Synthetic Stucco System
EXT: Exterior
F
Facade: The front elevation of a structure
Fanlight: A half circular transom window over a window or door
Fascia: Trim board that covers the ends of the rafters
Fenestration: Windows or openings in a wall surface
Flashing: Sheet metal used at a roof's seams and joints, exterior walls, and around a
chimney to keep water from penetrating the roof system
Flue: Venting for a fireplace or furnace
424
Glossary
Fluting: Small concave slits running vertically on the shaft of a column or trim
Footing: A concrete beam/pad poured below the finished grade which distributes and carries
the load of the structure
Footprint: Consists of a main floor's finished areas, garage and covered porches
Formwork: Forms for shaping concrete footings, slabs, walls, drives, walks, etc.
Foundation: Structure which supports a building
Foyer: A vestibule or entrance
FT: Foot
Furring Strip: A non-structural framing elements
G
Gable: triangular, vertical portion of a wall at the end of a pitched roof, popular in classical
architecture
GALV: Galvanized
Gazebo: A freestanding roofed structure usually open on the sides, often located in a yard or
park
Ground Fault Interrupter (GFI): A circuit within an outlet, to protect against potential
electrical shock in wet areas
Grout: Mortar used between tiles to secure and seal them in place
H
H: Height
HDR: Header
Header: A structural beam over a window, door or other opening
Hearth: The area in front of the fireplace, comprised of marble, tile or some other fireproof
material, usually 18" - 24" deep
Hip Roof: A roof with sloping ends and sides meeting at a ridge
HORZ: Horizontal
Hose Bib: An exterior water faucet
HVAC: Heating, Venting and Air Conditioning
I
INTERIOR: Interior
J
Jamb: The vertical member of a window or door frame
Joists: The horizontal structural members in framing a floor or ceiling system
425
Printed Documentation
L
Lanai: An exterior patio or veranda
Lath: A metal mesh typically used to hold plaster or stucco on walls
Lattice: A framework of wood, plastic, or metal, used to visually screen an area
LF: Linear Foot
Lite: A single pane of glass
Loggia: A roofed open gallery, usually on an upper level
M
Mantel: The decorative shelf above a fireplace
MAX: Maximum
MDF: Medium Density Fiber Board
MIL: Thousandths of an Inch
MIN: Minimum
MISC: Miscellaneous
Mullion: The large vertical member between two adjoining windows
Mutin: The horizontal and vertical strips that hold the panes of glass together in a window
sash
N
Newel: The top or bottom post of a stair rail
NFPA: National Fire Protection Agency
NTC: Not to Scale
O
OC: On Center
OSB: Oriented Strand Board; Structural Particle Board
P
Palladian Window: An arrangement of windows with a half round located above a
rectangular window, typically with mutins or grills
Pediment: The triangular end of a gable roof or doorway
Pier Masonry: Concrete or wood column used to support a floor, roof or porch
Pilaster: A decorative rectangular or circular column projecting out from a wall surface
Pitch: The angle of a roof, expressed in inches per rise over inches per run
426
Glossary
POLY: Polyurethane
Porte Cochere: A covered porch for automobiles to pass through
Portico: A roof supported by columns, usually at the main entrance
Pre-Fabricated: or assembled at an alternate location for ease of installation at the
construction site
Pressure Treated: Chemically treated lumber to resist rot in moisture prevalent situations
PSF: Pounds Per Square Foot
PSI: Pounds Per Square Inch
PT: Pressure Treated
Q
Quoin: A square stone or protruding brick pattern on the corner of a building
R
R-Value: The measurement of how insulation can slow down the transfer of hot and cold
temperatures; the higher the R-value the better the insulation
RAD: Radius
Rafters: Structural roof members
Retaining Wall: A vertical structure built to hold and restrict the movement of land, usually
made of concrete block, poured concrete, or brick, to hold and restrict the movement
of land
Ridge: The apex of a roof, where the rafters meet for support
Riser: The vertical area between two steps
Rough-in: Abbreviation for the mechanical systems of a home
Run: The horizontal distance covered by stairs
S
Sash: The framework of a window or door which holds the glass in place
SBCCI: Standard Building Code Congress International
Scale: In blueprints, or scaled drawings, the relationship of the documents to the actual size
of the building
SF: Square Feet
Sheathing: Exterior covering of a wall surface
Shoe Mould: Quarter round moulding installed at the base of a wall, usually between hard
floor surfaces and a base molding
Sill: The lowest horizontal member of a window which helps to support the bottom sash
Slab: Concrete foundation, serves as the base floor surface of a building
Soffit: The underside of the roof overhang
Span: The distance between walls or columns
427
Printed Documentation
T
T: Thick
T&G: Tongue and Groove
Threshold: A strip of metal, stone, wood or other material placed at the base of an exterior
door
Top Plate: The horizontal member at the top of a framed wall
Tray Ceiling: A recessed area within a flat ceiling, usually at an angle
Tread: The horizontal surface of an individual stair step
Turret: A small tower on a corner of a building
U
UL: Underwriters Laboratory
UNO: Unless Noted Otherwise
V
Valley: The lower area where two roof planes meet
Vault: A ceiling which slopes to a point or arch
Veneer: Surface material, usually with no structural properties
VERT: Vertical
W
W: Wide or Width
Wainscot: Wood paneling, typically below a chair rail
Weephole: A small hole in exterior masonry construction for water to drain
WH: Water Heater
Z
Zone: A specific area in a HVAC or security system that allows different areas in a building to
be operated separately
428
Index
2 Cadsoft ........................................ 165, 166
2004 Contracts .................................... 311 Changing Views ............... 119, 121, 122
2004 Estimate ..................................... 135 Construction Calendar ..... 113, 118, 119,
120, 121, 122, 123
7
Print ................................................. 120
702 Form ..................................... 245, 247
Synchronize ............................. 122, 123
703 Form ..................................... 245, 247
Categories ....................... 46, 47, 145, 151
A
Certificates ................ 76, 78, 79, 104, 106
Activities .. 67, 98, 113, 114, 115, 116, 117,
336 Change Order Management 153, 155, 156
Appropriate Use ...... 8, 132, 307, 347, 351 Company Overhead ............................. 148
B ConstructionSuite Interface....................13
C Deleting .............................................94
429
Printed Documentation
New Contact ........................ 89, 94, 335 Customizing Appearance . 332, 333, 334
Construction Management ................ 321 Editing Contacts and Projects .............. 334
Costbook ............................. 41, 43, 44, 45 Creating Read-Only Copies .............. 181
Costs ....................................... 40, 41, 162 Customizing ............. 140, 142, 143, 145
Customize View .....................................23 Default Settings ........ 157, 158, 159, 160
Dimensions ............................. 85, 87, 149 Line Item Markup ............................. 152
430
Index
New Estimate .... 132, 133, 134, 146, 278 Financing .................... 347, 348, 349, 350
Reports .... 166, 167, 168, 169, 171, 172, Handouts ............................................. 387
173, 174, 175, 176, 177, 178
Help ....................................................... 7
Resources ........................................ 150
History ........................................... 69, 100
Saving .............................................. 179
HTML .................................................. 281
Synchronizing with Schedule .... 160, 161
I
Understanding .................................. 136
Import .................................. 109, 135, 242
EULA ...................................................... 1
Inactive Files ....................................... 280
Exporting
Install ....................................................11
Project Files .......................................74
Insurance Tracking
Schedule .......................................... 279
Certificate Expiration .................. 79, 107
F
Contacts..................... 77, 103, 104, 105
Files
Creating Certificates ...........................78
Copying files ......................................71
Projects ........................................ 78, 79
Deleting .............................................72
Invoice ................................................ 238
Deleting Files .....................................72
Items ........ 39, 40, 41, 42, 48, 49, 162, 163
Exporting............................................74
Items Database
File Properties ....................................74
Adding Items ......................................48
Files Tab View ...................................70
Adjusting Costs .......................... 41, 165
Importing ............................................75
Advanced Mode ............................... 163
Managing ...........................................73
431
Printed Documentation
Filtering Items ....................................42 Master Estimate .. 134, 182, 187, 203, 209,
214
Modifying Costbooks ........ 41, 43, 44, 45
Master Schedule.......... 282, 287, 294, 299
Modifying Items ............................ 48, 49
Materials List ....................................... 177
Modifying Quotes ................... 49, 50, 51
Microsoft Project .................................. 279
Searching ...........................................42
Milestones ........................................... 263
Using Shortcuts ................................ 164
Mini Calendar ...................................... 121
Using with an Estimate ............. 162, 165
Modifying Categories and Subcategories
L ..........................................................46
Marketing Tools O
Image Dimensions............ 384, 388, 391 Printing ....... 63, 87, 95, 102, 127, 181, 282
Sample Campaign ............ 396, 397, 398 Project Information .............................. 144
432
Index
Duplicating .........................................62 R
ProjectSync ................. 401, 402, 403, 404 Classification Report ........................ 174
433
Printed Documentation
Schedule Reports .... 272, 273, 274, 275, Printing ............................................ 282
276, 277
Reminders ....................................... 265
Schedule Template .......................... 253
Reports ..... 272, 273, 274, 275, 276, 277
Scheduled Tasks Reports ................ 272
Resource Allocation ................. 267, 268
Status Report ........................... 175, 275
Saving ...................................... 279, 280
Work Order ...................................... 274
Selecting Project ...................... 252, 259
Report Templates ..................................26
Sending via Email ............................ 281
Resource Allocation ............................. 150
Shifting Start Date ............................ 271
Restoring Deleted Files .........................72
Synchronizing .................................. 278
Restoring Projects ............................... 408
Task Information .............................. 266
S
Understanding .................. 249, 254, 256
Sample Data..........................................25
Working Days ................................... 269
Schedule
Zoom ............................................... 259
Appearance .............................. 259, 270
Search....................... 24, 61, 93, 117, 129
Clearing Information ......................... 264
Server Database....................................33
Color Scheme .................................. 270
Sidebar ................................................ 121
Critical Path ..................... 263, 270, 271
Specialized Versions ........................... 417
Customizing ..................................... 257
Specifications
Exporting.................................. 279, 281
Appropriate Use ............................... 351
HTML Version .................................. 281
Opening ........................................... 351
Importing 2003 or 2004 Files ............ 254
Revising ........................................... 354
Milestones ........................................ 263
Saving .............................................. 354
Modifying Tasks ............................... 260
434
Index
Specifications Wizard ....................... 352 To Do ...................... 68, 99, 125, 126, 127
Synchronize .. 33, 112, 278, 401, 402, 403, Understanding Types ........................... 106
404
Users ....................................................31
System Requirements ............................ 6
Using Postcards .................................. 390
T
W
Takeoff ..................................................87
Watermarks ......................................... 333
Templates ..... 26, 134, 182, 187, 203, 209,
214, 282, 287, 294, 299, 310, 327, 345, Workflow ............................. 80, 81, 82, 83
355
Workgroup Server ............... 26, 31, 32, 33
435